Exam Kit in Social Science VII 9789352745906, 9352745906

Table of contents :
I. Histry
II. Geography
III. Political Science
contents.pdf
Blank Page
Blank Page
Blank Page
Blank Page
Blank Page
Blank Page
Blank Page

Citation preview

CBSE CBSE in

2021

SOCIAL SCIENCE

2021

CBSE

2021 in

SOCIAL SCIENCE

7

The Ultimate Exam Preparation Kit Strictly based on CBSE Latest Syllabus  Basic Concepts  In a Nutshell  Keywords with explaina on  Date Line  NCERT Textbook Exercises  Objec ve Type Ques ons  Mul ple Choice Ques ons  Addi onal Ques ons  Self-Assessment Test 

ISBN 978-93-5274-590-6

9 789352 745906

LAXMI PUBLICATIONS (P) LTD (An ISO 9001:2015 Company)

9789352745906- 0299

M.R.P. ` 299.00 X07-9030-299-EXAM KIT IN SOC SC VII

7

CBSE 2020 in

SOCIAL SCIENCE 11 VII

CBSE 2020 in

SOCIAL SCIENCE

By Bina Viswas

11 VII

Exam-Kit in Social Science–VII © by Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. All rights reserved including those of translation into other languages. In accordance with the Copyright (Amendment) Act, 2012, no part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise. Any such act or scanning, uploading, and or electronic sharing of any part of this book without the permission of the publisher constitutes unlawful piracy and theft of the copyright holder’s intellectual property. If you would like to use material from the book (other than for review purposes), prior written permission must be obtained from the publishers.

Printed and bound in India Typeset at Goswami Associates, Delhi New Edition ISBN: 978-93-5274-590-6 Limits of Liability/Disclaimer of Warranty: The publisher and the author make no representation or warranties with respect to the accuracy or completeness of the contents of this work and specifically disclaim all warranties. The advice, strategies, and activities contained herein may not be suitable for every situation. In performing activities adult supervision must be sought. Likewise, common sense and care are essential to the conduct of any and all activities, whether described in this book or otherwise. Neither the publisher nor the author shall be liable or assumes any responsibility for any injuries or damages arising here from. The fact that an organization or Website if referred to in this work as a citation and/ or a potential source of further information does not mean that the author or the publisher endorses the information the organization or Website may provide or recommendations it may make. Further, readers must be aware that the Internet Websites listed in this work may have changed or disappeared between when this work was written and when it is read.

Branches

All trademarks, logos or any other mark such as Vibgyor, USP, Amanda, Golden Bells, Firewall Media, Mercury, Trinity, Laxmi appearing in this work are trademarks and intellectual property owned by or licensed to Laxmi Publications, its subsidiaries or affiliates. Notwithstanding this disclaimer, all other names and marks mentioned in this work are the trade names, trademarks or service marks of their respective owners.

Published in India by

Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.

(An ISO 9001:2015 Company) 113, GOLDEN HOUSE, GURUDWARA ROAD, DARYAGANJ, NEW DELHI - 110002, INDIA Telephone : 91-11-4353 2500, 4353 2501 Fax : 91-11-2325 2572, 4353 2528 www.laxmipublications.com [email protected]

C—

Printed at:

&

Bengaluru

080-26 75 69 30

&

Chennai

044-24 34 47 26, 24 35 95 07

&

Guwahati

0361-254 36 69,

&

Hyderabad

040-27 55 53 83, 27 55 53 93

&

Jalandhar

0181-222 12 72

&

Kochi

0484-237 70 04,

&

Kolkata

033-22 27 43 84

&

Lucknow

0522-220 99 16

&

Mumbai

022-24 93 12 61

&

Ranchi

0651-220 44 64

251 38 81

405 13 03

Contents

PART A: HISTORY (OUR PASTS-II) 1. Tracing Changes through a Thousand Years 2. New Kings and Kingdoms 3. The Delhi Sultans 4. The Mughal Empire 5. Rulers and Buildings 6. Towns, Traders and Craftsperson 7. Tribes, Nomads, and Settled Communities 8. Devotional Paths to the Divine 9. The Making of Regional Cultures 10. Eighteenth Century Political Formations

1 13 26 37 50 62 73 84 96 107

PART B: GEOGRAPHY 1. Environment 118 2. Inside Our Earth 128 3. Our Changing Earth 139 4. Air 152 5. Water 166 6. Natural Vegetation and Wildlife 176 7. Human Environment – Settlement, Transport and Communication 189 8. Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region 199 9. Life in the Temperate Grasslands 212 10. Life in Deserts 221

v

vi PART C: POLITICAL SCIENCE 1. On Equality

Unit I: Equality in Indian Democracy

231

Unit II: State Government 2. Role of the Government in Health 3. How the State Government Works

241 254

Unit III: Gender 4. Growing up as Boys and Girls 5. Women Change the World

265 277

Unit IV: Media and Advertising 6. Understanding Media 7. Understanding Advertising

289 300

8. Markets Around Us 9. A Shirt in the Market

Unit V: Markets

310 321

Unit VI: Equality in Indian Democracy (Contd.) 10. Struggles for Equality

332

Sample Paper–I

340

Sample Paper–II

344

Sample Paper–III

348

Preface The latest series of Exam Kit in Social Science Class VI to VIII has been designed to cater to the needs of young learners as per the latest syllabus and guidelines provided by NCERT. The aim of the series is to provide a thorough solution to all the learning needs of the respective students. The latest changes have duly been incorporated. Each book of the series is complete in all respects and provides a comprehensive and complete explanation of each topic. The series will help both, the learners and educators, to have an in-depth knowledge of all the avenues of learning. Though the utmost care has been taken to provide error-free contents, there is always a scope for improvement. So any suggestion for the improvement will be duly considered in the latest editions and acknowledged with gratitude. Author

(vii)

PART A: HISTORY (OUR PASTS-II)

1 Chapter

Tracing Changes through a Thousand Years

I. BASIC CONCEPTS Maps trace the origin and spread of civilizations. Ancient cartographers were expert artists who recorded territorial and chronological developments on maps.

New and Old Terminologies

•• Historical records available in different languages trace the development of grammar and vocabulary besides tracing the changes in usages of words and terminologies. A Persian Minhaj-e-Siraj first coined the term HINDUSTAN chronicler in the 13th century. He used this as a political boundary to describe the lands of Punjab and the Ganga-Yamuna Doab. •• Babur in the 16th century used ‘Hindustan’ to describe a physical area and culture of the people of north India. It was never used to describe south India. •• Amir Khusrau used the term ‘Hind’ to describe a cultural entity in the 14th century. •• The word ‘foreigner’ was not used in the modern political sense but to describe anybody who was not the part of that particular society or culture. The synonymous words for ‘Foreigner’ in Hindi and Persian are Pardesi and Ajnabi, respectively.

II. IN A NUTSHELL Historians and Their Sources •• Historians study coins, inscriptions, architecture and textual records for information. •• From the year 750 onwards paper became more easily available and religious texts, laws and taxation accounts, holy texts and ruler chronicles of wars and other treatise on grammar, logic and astronomy and mathematics were written and preserved in temples, libraries, archives and in the personal collections of wealthy citizens. •• Manuscripts were mainly copied by hand. A Persian scholar Ziyauddin Barani revised his own writings every two years.

1

2

Social Science—VII (History)

New Political and Social Groups •• The period from 750 A.D. onwards witnessed great socio-politico-cultural changes with the introduction of new languages, technology and food habits of the society. •• There was great mobility and emergence of new social hierarchy. •• Rajputs gained prominence as a newly emerging warrior class, Kshatriya by caste. Marathas, Jats, Sikhs and Ahoms emerged. A new caste of Kayasthas, mainly scribes and secretaries, also emerged. •• This period witnessed expansion of agriculture and introduction of new types of crops and methods of cultivation. •• More forests were cleared and communities migrated and relocated. •• Complex social structure developed with emergence of new social groups like peasants, priests and merchants and new areas of trade and commerce like regional markets. This necessitated the payment of taxes and the exchange of goods and services. •• Growth of new social groups led to division of castes or ‘jats’ into sub-castes called ‘jatis’ depending on the power and influence of the groups. •• Jatis had to abide by the village rules strictly and the village emerged as a semi-autonomous self-sufficient unit within the larger social structure. Region and Empire •• Large states or empires began to emerge like that of the Cholas, the Tughluqs or the Mughals. •• These dynasties were formed on a pan-regional basis with clearly delineated boundaries often including the diverse social groups and cultures. •• Over the years, regions retained both their distinctive culture as well as the elements of a composite pan-regional character. Old and New Religions •• The importance of Brahmins increased. Knowledge of Sanskrit brought the great respect in society. •• Temple construction came to be commissioned by royal dynasties. •• The older collective approach to religion lost importance, and personalized religious beliefs emerged. •• The idea of bhakti as a method of complete personal devotion to a particular deity, emerged. •• With the advent of Islamic rule, Islam became a prominent religion with the Muslim rulers patronizing it. •• Like Hinduism various interpretations and sects like Shias and Sunnis emerged in Islam as well. Time and Historical Periods •• Historians study time as divided into successive segments or periods. •• British historians divided Indian history into ‘Hindu’, ‘Muslim’, and ‘British’ periods.

Tracing Changes Through a Thousand Years

3

•• Many historians describe the period from 700 to 1750 CE as the medieval period. •• Historians now mainly categorize Indian history on the basis of society, economy and culture as a way to show continuity.

III. KEYWORDS •• Cartographer: A person who draws and produces maps. •• Archive: A collection of historical documents or records providing information about a place, institute or group of people. Also, a place where official and historical documents are kept. All national and state governments keep all official records and transactions stored in archives. •• Habitat: The natural home and environment of a plant or an animal. Also, social and economic environment and lifestyle of people residing in a region. •• Patron: A person who gives monetary and other support to another person (artist, craftsman, learned man or a noble), organization, or a cause. •• Medieval Period: In India, the medieval period refers to the time from 6th to 16th century. •• Manuscript: Originally, a book, document, or a piece of music written by hand other than typed or printed. Generally, an author’s handwritten or typed text that has not been published as yet is called a manuscript. •• Jati: A caste or sub-caste which was identified on the basis of the backgrounds or occupations are called Jati. •• Region: An area, or a part of country having defined characteristics, but not fixed boundaries. •• Periodization: The process of classifying the past into distinct blocks of time to simplify the study and research of history.

IV. DATE LINE

• • • •

7th century CE : The teaching of the holy Quran was brought to India. 1154 AD : Al-Idrisi made a map of Indian subcontinent. 1266 – 1287 : Reign of Ghiyasuddin Balban. 1356 : Ziyauddin Barani wrote the first chronicle, another version two years later.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 2 1. Look at the areas in the interior of the subcontinent on Map 2. Are they as detailed as those on the coast? Follow the course of the River Ganga and see how it is shown. Why do you think there is a difference in the level of detail and accuracy between the coastal and inland areas in this map? Ans. The areas in the interior of the Indian subcontinent are not as detailed as the areas on the coast.

Social Science—VII (History)

4

This map was drawn in early eighteenth century, and was used by the European sailors and merchants. Since the sailors and merchants visited only the harbours on coast and did not go into the interior of the subcontinent, the coastal areas were more accurately drawn. Page 3 2. Can you think of any other words whose meanings change in different contexts? Ans. The word ‘Jana’ also has different meanings in different contexts. Earlier, it used to refer to a group of people or general public. Lately, the word is used to denote land. Page 4 3. Compare the following: (1) In the middle of the thirteenth century a scholar wanted to copy a book. He did not have enough paper. So he washed the writing off a manuscript he did not want, dried the paper and used it. (2) A century later, if you bought some food in the market you could be lucky and have the shopkeeper wrap it for you in some paper. When was paper more expensive and easily available – in the thirteenth or the fourteenth century? Ans. Paper was expensive during the 13th century but more available in the 14th century. Page 8 4. Of the technological, economic, social and cultural changes described in this section, which do you think were most significant in the town or village in which you live? Ans. In urban areas there were a variety of occupations while in rural areas agriculture was the primary occupation. So, technological changes were not much significant in the villages. Rather, economic, social, and cultural changes had a significant impact on villages. Page 10 5. Why do you think rulers made such claims? Ans. The rulers wanted to claim absolute power for themselves. 6. Make a list of the languages mentioned by Amir Khusrau. Prepare another list of the names of languages spoken today in the regions he mentioned. Underline the names that are similar and circle those that are different. Ans. Names of regions

Languages Khusrau mentioned

Languages spoken today

Sindh (Now in Pakistan)

Sindhi

Punjabi and Urdu

Lahore/Panjab

Lahori/Panjabi

Punjabi and Urdu

Tracing Changes Through a Thousand Years

Kashmir

Kashmiri

Kashmiri

Karnataka

Dvarsamudri

Kannada

Andhra Pradesh

Telangani

Telugu

Gujarat

Gujari

Gugarati

Tamil Nadu

Malabari

Tamil

Bengal

Gauri

Bangla

Eastern Uttar Pradesh Awadhi

Lakhnnauvi

Area around Delhi

Hindi

Hindawi

5

7. Did you notice that the names by which languages are known have changed over time? Ans. Yes, the names of spoken languages at the times of Amir Khusrau have changed significantly in the present day as Kashmir. 8. What was the duration of rule of the Khalji and Mughal dynasties? Ans. Khalji dynasty: from 1290 to 1320 AD Mughal dynasty: from 1526 to 1857 AD. Page 11 9. Find out whether and for how long your state was part of these pan-regional empires. Ans. This should be answered by the students themselves. For example, if one lives in Delhi the answer would be about a 1000 years from 700 to 1750. 10. Do you remember what Amir Khusrau had to say regarding Sanskrit, knowledge and Brahmins? Ans. “Common people do not know it, only Brahmins do.” He said that Sanskrit was not limited to any region.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 14–15) Imagine You are a historian. Choose one of the themes mentioned in this chapter. Such as economic, social and political history, and discuss why you think it would be interesting to find out the history of that theme. Ans. Students self-attempt. Let’s Recall 1. Who was considered a “foreigner” in the past? Ans. Any person who appeared in a village or town from another place and was not an inborn part of that society or culture or geographical area was called a foreigner. E.g. ‘ajnabi’ in Persian or ‘pardesi’ in Hindawi, more precisely meaning stranger.

6

Social Science—VII (History)

2. State whether true or false: (a) We do not find inscriptions for the period after 700. (b) The Marathas asserted their political importance during this period. (c) Forest-dwellers were sometimes pushed out of their lands with the spread of agricultural settlements. (d) Sultan Ghiyasuddin Balban controlled Assam, Manipur and Kashmir. Ans. (a) False, (b) True,  (c) True,  (d) False 3. Fill in the blanks: (a) Archives are places where ______________ are kept. (b) ______________ was a fourteenth-century chronicler. (c) __________ , ___________ , ___________ , ___________ and ___________ were some of the new crops introduced into the subcontinent during this period. Ans. (a) documents, old records of transactions, manuscripts, etc., (b) Ziyauddin Barani, (c) Potatoes, corn, chillies, tea, coffee. 4. List some of the technological changes associated with this period. Ans. (i) Persian wheel was used for irrigation (ii) Spinning wheel was used for weaving (iii) Use of guns during battles. 5. What were some of the major religious developments during this period? Ans. The major changes that took place in Hinduism during this period were: •• Worship of new deities •• Temple construction commissioned by royal dynasties •• Growth of Brahmanical domination over society •• Emergence and growth of the Bhakti movement or complete devotion to a single deity. •• The advent of new religions like Islam which preached social equality and was originated from the idea of devotion to one all-powerful God called Allah and The Holy Quran was the religious text of the Muslims. Let’s Understand 6. In what ways has the meaning of the term “Hindustan” changed over the centuries? Ans. (i) The term ‘Hindustan’ was first used by a Persian chronicler in the 13th century, Minhaj-i-Siraj. He used it to describe a geographical entity comprising Punjab, Haryana and the Ganga-Yamuna Doab. These were the dominions of the Delhi Sultanate. (ii) Again in the 16th century Babur used the term ‘Hindustan’ to describe the flora and fauna and culture of the people of a geographical area. (iii) Amir Khusrau in the 14th century used the term ‘Hind’. 7. How were the affairs of jatis regulated? Ans. Jatis had their own set of rules and regulations framed and managed by a council of jati elders within a jati panchayat. They also were regulated within the larger framework of village laws governed by a chieftain.

Tracing Changes Through a Thousand Years

7

8. What does the term pan-regional empire mean? Ans. Large empires like those of the Cholas, the Tughluqs or the Mughals include many regions. These kingdoms are known as pan-regional empire. For example: (i) A Sanskrit prashasti informs that Ghiyasuddin Balban was the ruler of a vast empire that stretched from Bengal (Gauda) in the east to Ghazni (Gajjana) in Afghanistan in the west and included all of south India (Dravida). (ii) When the Mughal Empire declined in the eighteenth century, it led to the re-emergence of regional states that had been a part of the mighty Mughal Empire once. However, this emergence was more of an assertion of political independence. The basic cultural and legal structure retained the legacies of the Mughals. Let’s Discuss 9. What are the difficulties historians face in using manuscripts? Ans. When scribes copied manuscripts, they made minor, but significant changes with words and sentences. As a result, their own versions got included in the copied version. These differences multiplied until a totally changed version from the original manuscript was present. Present day historians have to study different versions of the same manuscript. 10. How do historians divide the past into periods? Do they face any problems in doing so? Ans. Historical time periods do not follow the clock or the calendar. •• It is measured in terms of social, political and economic organization of a certain society that is termed historical period, of a time that possesses shared characteristics. •• Modern historians categorize historical time on the basis of economic and social factors prevalent in any given society like – hunter-gatherers, early farmers, people living in towns and villages, and early empires and kingdoms. •• Thousands of years of Indian history have seen so many changes that it is very difficult for historians to categorize Indian history into periods. No particular century is identical. •• Moreover it is difficult to term the developments in any particular period as exclusive to that time and there is every possibility that a development in society may have transcended time periods. Let’s Do 11. Compare either Map 1 or Map 2 with the present-day map of the subcontinent, listing as many similarities and differences you can find. Ans. Map 1 and map 2 represent two different time periods. •• Map 1 was coined in 1154 by an Arab geographer named Al-Idris while map 2 was drawn in 1720 by a French cartographer.

8

Social Science—VII (History)

•• Map 1 appears to be an inverted image of south India with Sri Lanka at the top where there should be north India. Map 2, drawn nearly 600 years later gives a more accurate and familiar picture of our subcontinent.

•• The coastline is more clearly defined in Map 2. The present day maps are generally coloured with different recognized symbols for different altitudes, etc. Map 2 bears more similarities with the present day maps. 12. Find out where records are kept in your village or city. Who writes these records? Is there an archive? Who manages it? What kinds of documents are stored there? Who are the people who use it? Ans. In my city there is a state archive to manage and preserve historical documents and records. Records are also kept in government run libraries and museums. Moreover all deeds, deaths and birth records are maintained by the municipality office. The Chief Archives Office maintains them. The records are used by historians, journalists, researchers, political analysts, etc.

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Define the following terms: Jaati Panchayat, The Quran, Scribes, Patrons

Tracing Changes Through a Thousand Years

9

Ans. •• Jaati panchayat – assembly of elders who coined rules of behaviour for members of the jaati. •• The Quran – the most important holy book of the Muslims preaching the oneness of God named Allah and the Prophethood of Muhammad. •• Scribes – professional writers to copy down manuscripts. •• Patrons – the upper and rich class that provided livelihood to Brahmins, artists and scholars. II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The name of the famous 14th century chronicler was _______________. 2. The groups of warriors of Kshatriya caste were known as __________ during eighth and fourteenth centuries. 3. During the medieval period a ______________ was any stranger who appeared in a given village. 4. A person who draws and makes maps is called a ______________. 5. Between the years 700 and 1750, one of the major technological advancement was ______________ which was used for irrigation. Ans. 1. Ziyauddin Barani. 2. Rajputs, 3. foreigner, 4. cartographer. 5. Persian wheel III. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Money and treasures are stored in archives during medieval period. 2. The scribes who copied the manuscripts used to incorporate their own words here and there. 3. People were grouped into ‘jatis’ on the basis of their backgrounds and occupations. 4. Ghiyasuddin Balban’s empire stretched from Uttar Pradesh to Tamil Nadu. 5. At the time of Amir Khusrau, the language spoken in Odisha was known as Gauri. 6. Brahmins earned a lot of respect as they could read Sanskrit. Ans. 1. False, 2. True, 3. True, 4. False, 5. False, 6. True

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. A cartographer draws (a) Maps (b) plans (c) paintings (d) sketches 2. Al-Idrisi was a/an ______ geographer. (a) German (b) Indian (c) French (d) Arab 3. Archives are (a) Historical manuscripts (b) Municipal records (c) Land agreements (d) Property certificates.

10

Social Science—VII (History)

4. The Ulema were (a) Priests (b) Islamic scholars (c) judges (d) advisors to the sultan. 5. A chronicler is one who (a) Records history of a particular time (b) Writes a biography (c) Writes land records (d) Writes religious texts. 6. Amir Khusrau (a) Coined the word Hind (b) Was a 14 century chronicler (c) Was Arabic in origin (d) Was a poet 1. (a)

2. (d)

ANSWERS 3. (a) 4. (b)

5. (a)

6. (a)

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Who used the term Hindustan first? Ans. The term Hindustan was used by Minhaj-i-Siraj in 13th century. 2. Who is a cartographer? Ans. A person who makes maps. 3. What is manuscript? Ans. Hand written document is termed as manuscript. 4. Who is scribe? Ans. Scribe is the writer or a copier of a manuscript. 5. How did Brahmins dominate over this period? Ans. Brahmins dominated over other castes through their exclusive knowledge of Sanskrit that gave them mastery over the religious texts. 6. Which major religious movement developed during this time? Ans. The Bhakti movement developed during this time. 7. Name the prominent groups in this age. Ans. Prominent groups in this age are: Rajputs, Marathas, Sikhs, Jats, Ahoms and Kayasthas. 8. Who were the patrons of the Brahmins? Ans. The new rulers who were looking for prestige and recognition were the patrons of the Brahmins. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Elucidate the importance of time in history. Ans. Time in history is not a mere passing of units of minutes, seconds or hours. Time in history actually studies changes in society, economy, ideas and religion. Consequently, time in history is divided into periods or segments.

Tracing Changes Through a Thousand Years

11

2. Explain the influence of pan-regional rule. Ans. With the decline of the Mughal Empire many important and powerful regional states evolved that retained the polity and social and economic structure of the Mughal Empire. At the same time they developed a distinct political and cultural identity of their own that led to the greater flowering of Mughal culture. 3. How were manuscripts copied? Ans. Between 700 and 1750 CE, manuscripts were handwritten and copied by hand. However, the copied document often digressed from the original document leading to changes in information. 4. How did society change during the period 700 to 1750 CE? Ans. This period witnessed technological changes like the emergence of the Persian wheel in irrigation, the spinning wheel in weaving and the use of guns in war. New foods like breads and potatoes, corn and chilies and beverages like tea and wine came to India. The arrival of foreign communities brought in social, economic and religious changes. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Explain the importance of historical items like coins, inscriptions, and monuments in the shaping of Indian history. Ans. Importance of Coins: •• Coins give evidence of the economic condition of a particular kingdom. •• The amount of metal in the coin points out to the strength of the economy. •• As coins were issued by kings, they give us an insight into the extent of his power and kingdom. Importance of Inscriptions: •• Inscriptions that are engraved on rock faces, pillars or stones point to the laws, edicts and administration of a particular kingdom. •• They inform about the major wars, treaties or territorial extension of the empire. •• They inform about the reign of specific emperors like the Ashokan inscriptions explain about Ashoka’s Dhamma and his ideas of governance and moral conduct of his people. •• They also provide information about the nature of the rule of a particular emperor. Importance of Monuments: •• Monuments provide information about the architecture, technology and scientific progress of a particular empire. •• They also tell about the economic condition of the empire. •• Military strategy and defense are also understood through forts. •• Palaces point to the hierarchical structure of the members of the royal family. •• The carvings on the walls of the monuments e.g. The Qutub Minar give information about the rule of the Mamluk dynasty.

12

Social Science—VII (History)

2. How is the medieval period one of continuity and change? Ans. The term ‘medieval’ means ‘time in the middle’. •• In India this period saw the arrival of new migratory groups. •• New religions were introduced while ancient religions stood reformed. •• This period saw the emergence of a composite culture that would set the fundamentals of a multi-polar Indian society of the modern era. •• Society and economy reached new heights that attracted European investors. •• New methods of warfare, artillery like guns, new foods and methods of cultivation and new technologies in irrigation also evolved. New dress and styles emerged. •• The Turkish sultans adopted to the existing conditions of society and culture and encouraged the evolution of a new Indo-Islamic culture. The Delhi sultans laid the foundations of an era of Indian history that was to continue till 1858.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What does the term ‘pan-regional empire’ means? 2. What are the difficulties the historians face while using manuscripts? 3. What are the sources of information for the historians? 4. What are food and beverages that arrived in India between the years 700 and 1750? 5. What were the changes in Hinduism that occurred during this time?

2

New Kings and Kingdoms

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• The inscriptions of the Cholas refer to more than 400 terms for different kinds of taxes collected. •• Vetti was collected in the form of forced labour •• Land revenue collected was known as Kadamai. •• Even thatching the house, or use of a ladder to climb palm trees attracted taxes. •• According to Chola inscriptions, categories of land are: •• Vellanvagai: Land gifted to the Brahmanas. •• Shalabhoga: Land given for the maintenance of a school. •• Devadana, Tirunamattukkani: Land gifted to tempele. •• Pallichchhandam: Land donated to Jaina institutions. •• Prashasti was the description of achievements of kings written by royal poets. •• Periyapuranam, a 12th century inscription tells us about the lives of ordinary men and women. •• In China, Tang dynasty ruled for about 300 years (7th to 10th centuries). Xi’an, the capital city was one of the largest cities of the world at that time.

II. IN A NUTSHELL Emergence of New Dynasties •• Big landlords and chieftains were subordinate to the kings known as ‘samantas’. •• Paid tribute to kings and emperors. •• More powerful ones were known as ‘maha-samantas’ or ‘maha-mandaleshwara’. (The great lord of a ‘circle’ or region). •• Became more powerful at times and asserted their independence. •• The Rashtrakutas who were vassals of the Chalukyas asserted their independence under the leadership of their lord Dantidurga. •• Brahmin clans like the Gurjara-Pratiharas gave up their traditional profession to become a militia group consequently establishing their rule in Rajputana. The same can be said of the Kadambha Mayurasharman in Karnataka. Administration •• In spite of kings assuming lofty titles like ‘maharaja-adhiraj’ (great king, overlord of beings) or ‘tribhuvana-chakravartin’ (lord of three worlds) they ruled in collaboration with Brahmins, traders and samantas.

13

14

Social Science—VII (History)

•• Peasants, animal herders and artisans were compelled to produce as ’rent’ to lords and kings. Traders paid revenue in the form of tax. •• These taxes funded fort and temple construction, administrative requirements and wars. Conquest over new territory meant acquisition of wealth by plunder and opening up of new trade routes. Prashastis and Land Grants •• Brahmin scholars composed prashastis in praise of the lords and kings as brave and valiant warriors and efficient administrator. The Allahabad Prashasti in eulogy of Samudragupta by his court poet Harisena is famous. •• Land grants were made by kings to Brahmins and were recorded in copper plates. •• Kalhana wrote a long account of the history of Kashmiri kings borrowing from a variety of sources like documents, laws and eye witness accounts. Surprisingly, he has been quite critical in his account. Wealth from War •• Gurjara — pratiharas, Rashtrakutas and the Palas fought for control over Kanauj in the Ganga valley which was known as the ‘tripatite struggle’. •• Mahmud of Gazni raided the Somnath and other temples between 10001025 CE to finance his designs of conquering the whole of central Asia and transforming Gazni into a magnificent city. •• The Chauhans of Delhi and Ajmer clashed with the Chalukyas and Gahadavalas in the west. Prithviraj was the most famous Chauhan ruler who defeated Mohammad Ghori in the 1st Battle of Tarain. •• Sultan Mahmud’s biography ‘KITAB-UL-HIND’ by Al-Beruni has advices taken from Sanskrit scholars. The Chola Kingdom •• Muttaraiyar, a chieftain family dominated over the Kaveri delta. Vijayalaya, a descendent of the Uraiyur Cholas, captured the delta and built the city of Tanjavur and the magnificent temple dedicated to Goddess Nishumbhasudini. •• Successors of Vijayalaya further extended the territories over the neighbouring Pandya and Pallavea territories. •• Rajaraj 1 was the most powerful Chola king. His son Rajendra Chola further extended the kingdom raiding the Ganga valley as well. He was consequently given the title, Gangaikonda. •• The Tanjavur and Gangaikonda Cholapuram temples are splendid examples of art and architecture. The bronze deities signify the highest standards of bronze sculpture. •• Temples were the nuclei of Chola culture, economy and society. They also functioned as banks. •• The Kaveri often overflowed its banks and the water was harnessed into canals to provide irrigation to agriculture. •• Forests were cleared, huge tanks were built to hold rainwater and embankments were built to facilitate irrigation and agriculture.

New Kings and Kingdoms

15

Administration •• Peasant settlements,‘ur’, became larger villages owing to agricultural prosperity and were called ‘nadu’ with a council to collect taxes and enforce laws. •• Rich landowners were gifted the title of ‘vendavelan’ and accorded important state offices. •• Brahmins were given landgrants called ‘bramhadeya’ and a council of Brahmins called ‘sabha’ administered these lands. Towns were under associations of traders known as ‘nagarams’. •• The ‘sabha’ functioned in separate departments to look after various aspects of administration dividing themselves into committees.

16

Social Science—VII (History)

III. KEYWORDS •• Prashasti: The description of achievements and praise of kings written by royal poets. •• Sultan: An Arabic term which means ruler. •• Samanta: Big landlords or warrior chiefs who pay taxes, bring gifts to the king, and povide the king with military support. •• Temple: Place of worship of a god or a goddess for the Hindus. •• Advaita: A system of Indian ph : 1050, phy preached by Shankaracharya. •• Nadu: Territory Villages formed a large unit. •• Nagarams: Association of traders. •• Sabha: Society, council, or public meeting •• Ur: A council of assembly in time of Chola Kings.

IV. DATE LINE

• 5th–5th century : The area of Tamil Nadu was opened up for a large-scale cultivation. • 7th century : The rise of the new dynasties. • Mid 8th century : Rise of Rashtrakutas. • 985 : Rajraja I Chola became great ruler. • 1168 – 1192 : Ruler of Prithviraja III around Delhi. • 1191 : Prithviraja III defeated Md. Ghori in first Battle of Tarain. • 1192 : Prithviraja defeated and killed by Md. Ghori in the 2nd Battle of Tarain.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 16 1. Locate the Gurjara-Pratiharas, Rashtrakutas, Palas, Cholas and Chahamanas (Chauhans). Can you identify the present-day states over which they exercised their control? Ans. The Gurjara-Pratiharas ruled over south eastern Rajasthan and north – western Madhya Pradesh. The Rashtrakutas dominated over Maharashtra and western Andhra Pradesh. The Palas ruled over West Bengal, the Cholas over Kerala, Karnataka and southern Tamil Nadu. The Chauhans ruled over modern day Delhi and Ajmer regions.

New Kings and Kingdoms

17

Page 17 2. Do you think being born as a Kshatriya was important in order to become a ruler during this period? Ans. Yes. It was important that the ruler should trace a Kshatriya lineage. Page 18 3. The inscriptions of the Cholas who ruled in Tamil Nadu refer to more than 400 terms for different kinds of taxes. The most frequently mentioned tax is vetti, taken not in cash but in the form of forced labour, and kadamai, or land revenue. There were also taxes on thatching the house, the use of a ladder to climb palm trees, a cess on succession to family property, etc. Are any such taxes collected today? Ans. Today, there are no taxes for the use of a ladder to climb up a palm tree. No taxes are collected in the form of forced labour. However, land revenue is collected today.

18

Social Science—VII (History)

4. In what ways was this form of administration different from the present-day system? Ans. In the modern day, taxes cannot be levied according to the will of the ruler. There is a defined tax structure and no excess can be imposed by the government without due process of law. Page 19 5. Also, see if you can find some of the areas mentioned in the inscription on Map 1. Other rulers made similar claims as well. Why do you think they made these claims?

Ans. All rulers were constantly looking for ways to expand their territories. Page 21 6. Look at Map 1 and suggest reasons why these rulers wanted to control Kanauj and the Ganga valley?

New Kings and Kingdoms

19

Ans. These rulers wanted to control Kanauj and the Ganga valley because Kanauj was an ancient city rich in culture, tradition and strategic importance. As it was centrally located, it was the gateway to central, southern and western India. Moreover, the Ganga valley was extremely fertile and rich in resources. 7. Look at Map 1 again and discuss why the Chahamanas may have wanted to expand their territories? Ans. The Chahamanas had the central region and wanted to expand their empire in all directions. They wanted the fertile land irrigated by Ganga-Yamuna River system. The Chahamanas wanted to become the supreme power in northern India. Page 25 8. How was the administration organized? Ans. The administration of Cholas had the village councils and Nadu groups of peasant villages. Chola kings used to control the Nadu works. Page 27 9. Do you think women participated in these assemblies? In your view, are lotteries useful in choosing members of committees? Ans. ‘Periyapuranam’ a 12 century Tamil work highlights the daily tasks of women to be tending children or husking paddy. Therefore, it was obvious that women stuck to household chores and did not participate in administrative affairs. Members of administrative committees should be chosen on the basis of their stature and efficiency and not based on the lottery system. 10. Were there any Brahmanas in this hamlet? Describe all the activities that were taking place in the village? Why do you think temple inscriptions ignore these activities? Ans. The inscription is about a social group, the Pulariyas, considered to be outcastes by Brahmanas and Vellalas. There were no Brahmanas in this hamlet. The activities that were taking place in the village are: 1. Little children moved about in groups. 2. Dark children were prancing about. They wore bracelets made of black iron. 3. The dark children were carrying little puppies. 4. A female labourer put her baby to sleep on a sheet of leather under the shade of an Arjuna tree. 5. Drums were hanging from the branches of mango trees. 6. Tiny headed bitches laid in little hollows on the ground. 7. Red-Crested cocks used to crow before dawn. 8. Wavy-haired Pulaiya women sang as they were husking the paddy. The temple inscriptions almost always bore the ‘prashasti’ or the achievements of the kings. This is because the kings were the patrons of the Brahmanas and the Brahmanas always wanted to make their patrons happy. The Brahmanas ignored the low caste people and their activities were never inscribed.

20

Social Science—VII (History)

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 28–29) Imagine You are present in an election for a sabha. Describe what you see and hear. Ans. During a sabha election, the activities must have taken place could be: 1. Nominations for the election are announced. 2. A slip of paper with the names of candidates written on it would be put in a box. 3. A young boy is to be called upon to take out a slip from the box. 4. The names of selected candidates are announced while people cheer the selected candidates. Let’s Recall 1. Match the following 1. Gurjara-Pratiharas (i) Western Deccan 2. Rashtrakutas (ii) Bengal 3. Palas (iii) Gujarat and Rajasthan 4. Cholas (iv) Tamil Nadu Ans. 1. (iii);  2. (i);  3. (ii);  4. (iv) 2. Who were the parties involved in the “tripartite struggle”? Ans. The Gurjara-Pratiharas, Palas and Rashtrakutas were involved in the tripartite struggle over Kanauj. 3. What were the qualifications necessary to become a member of a committee of the sabha in the Chola Empire? Ans. In order to be a member of a committee, (i) one had to be a prominent landlord. (ii) He should give land revenue. (iii) His age should be between 35 and 70 years. (iv) He should be honest and should have knowledge about the administrative matters. (v) He should not be a member of any committee in the last three years. (vi) To contest the elections he should submit his and his relatives’ accounts. 4. What were the two major cities under the control of the Chahamanas? Ans. The Chahamanas or Chauhans ruled over Delhi and Ajmer. Let’s Understand 5. How did the Rashtrakutas become powerful? Ans. In the seventh century, the Rashtrakutas were big landlords or warrior chiefs subordinate to the Chalukyas. They were acknowledged as ‘samantas’. They brought tribute to the Chalukyas, presented themselves at court and offered military support in times of war. Consequently, they gained power and declared themselves as ‘maha-samantas’ or ‘maha-mandalshwara’, the lords of a greater region. Soon, they asserted their own independence in the Deccan. In the mid-18 century, Dantidurga, a Rashtrakuta chief performed

New Kings and Kingdoms

21

the ‘hiranya-garbha’ (golden womb) ritual and established the dynasty as a Kshatriya independent clan. 6. What did the new dynasties do to gain acceptance? Ans. The new dynasties extended control over surrounding regions and adopted lofty titles like ‘maharaja-adhiraj’ or ‘tribhuvana-chakravartin’ and delegated Brahmin scholars to write eulogies about them as brave and valiant warriors in inscriptions called ‘prashastis’. Building temples was a way of showing the power and glory of their reign. 7. What kind of irrigation works were developed in the Tamil region? Ans. During the Chola period, agriculture received great impetus. Huge tanks were constructed to store rainwater. As the Kaveri flooded its banks, canals were dug to channelize the water to the fields. Embankments were built to prevent erosion. 8. What were the activities associated with Chola temples? Ans. Chola temples were the nuclei of society, economy and culture. These were centres of craft production. Temples were also endowed with land and the produce of the land was spent in the huge maintenance of the temple activities. Temples provided livelihood to all classes of society like priests, cooks, flower arrangers, dancers and sweepers. They functioned as banks as well. Let’s Discuss 9. Look at Map 1 once more and find out whether there were any kingdoms in the state in which you live. Ans. This should be answered by the student himself / herself. One example is given: The Pala kingdom encompasses modern day West Bengal around the Gangetic delta where I live. 10. Contrast the “elections” in Uttaramerur with present-day panchayat elections. Ans. The members of the committee were chosen by the lottery system in Uttaramerur while modern day panchayat elections are based on secret ballot system where the adult population votes for the different candidates. Let’s Do 11. Compare the temple shown in this chapter with any present-day temple in your neighbourhood, highlighting any similarities and differences that you notice. Ans. This should be answered by the student. However, one example is given for reference: The Chola temples were in the shape of a pyramid with a broad base tapering onto the top. The present day temples are mostly triangular in structure. The Chola temples had elaborate sculptures and carvings. Modern temples are more simplistic in design. The Chola temple was a centre of community life while modern temples are only places of religious worship.

22

Social Science—VII (History)

12. Find out more about taxes that are collected at present. Are these in cash, kind, or labour services? Ans. The main taxes that are collected at present are income tax, property tax, goods and services tax, water tax, road tax, etc. The taxes are paid in cash, or in cheque, or through online banking, but neither in kind, nor in labour services.

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. As samantas gained power and wealth, they declared themselves to be ______ and________. 2. The ____________ __________and the Gurjara-Pratihara Harichandra were Brahmanas who gave up their traditional professions and took to arms. 3. In the Chola kingdom land revenue was called_____________. 4. The boundaries of agricultural land were demarcated by constructing ___________ ___________. 5. The city of ________ was a prized territory and the centre of conflict in the ________ struggle. 6. Chola ____________ images are among the finest in the world. 7. Al Beruni wrote _________________. 8. _______________ were associations of traders. ANSWERS 1. maha-samanta, maha-mandaleswara 2. kadambha, mayurasharman 3. kadamai 4. earthen, embankments 5. Kanauj, tripartite 6. bronze 7. Kitab-ul-Hind 8. Nagarams. II. Define the following: 1. Samanta 3. Sabha

2. Nadu 4. Prashastis ANSWERS

1. In the 7th century emerged big landlords or warrior chiefs who were recognized by the kings as their subordinates. 2. In the Chola kingdom groups of villages formed larger units called nadu. 3. It was an assembly of Brahmins. 4. These were records by Brahmins in praise of kings and their valour and bravery.

New Kings and Kingdoms

23

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The 7th century saw the rise of powerful overlords called (a) samantas (b) mandals (c) purohits (d) maharajas 2. The Rashtrakuta chief Dantidurga overthrew the (a) Palas (b) Pandyas (c) Chalukyas (d) Chahamanas 3. The most mentioned tax among the Cholas was (a) kadamai (b) vetti (c) land revenue (d) property cess. 4. The long history of Kashmiri kings was written by (a) Kalhana (b) prashasti (c) Chand Bardoi (d) Al beruni 5. Prithviraj defeated (a) Dantidurga (b) Mohammad Ghori (c) Gahadavahals (d) Chalukyas 1. (a) samantas 3. (b) vetti 5. (b) Mohammad Ghori

ANSWERS 2. (c) Chalukyas 4. (a) Kalhana

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Who was Dantidurga? Ans. Dantidurga was a Rashtrakuta chief who became a Kshatriya after performing a ritual called Hiranya – garbha. 2. What were prashastis? Ans. The description of achievements and praise of kings written by royal poets or the learned Brahmanas. 3. Who was Kalhana? Ans. Kalhana was a great Sanskrit poet from Kashmir. 4. Who was Prithviraja III? Ans. Prithviraja III was a famous Chauhan ruler of Delhi. He defeated the Afghan ruler Sultan Mohammad Ghori. 5. Who wrote Kitab al-Hind? Ans. The Arab poet Al-Beruni wrote Kitab al-Hind. 6. Who destroyed the temple of Somnath? Ans. The Afghan ruler Sultan Mahmud of Ghazni destroyed the temple of Somnath.

24

Social Science—VII (History)

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Define the types of land grants in the Chola kingdom. Ans. Chola inscriptions mention several categories of land grants (i) Vellanvagai: land of non-Brahmanas peasant proprietors (ii) brahmadeya:land gifted to Brahmanas (iii) shalabhoga:land for the maintenance of a school (iv) devadana, tirunamattukkani:land gifted to temples (v) pallichchhandam:land donated to Jaina institutions 2. How did Dantidurga become a Kshatriya? Ans. Dantidurga was a Rashtrakuta chief who overthrew the Chalukya king. He performed the ‘hiranya-garbha’ ritual to enlist himself among the Kshatriya clan. It was a ritual by which the sacrifice was inducted into the Kshatriya caste even if he was not born into it. 3. Why did the conquerors target temples? Ans. The conquerors invaded temples to acquire the huge wealth stored in them. Moreover all conquerors demonstrated their power and glory by building massive temples. Thus when they attacked each other, they also targeted these temples. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Write a short note on Mahmud of Ghazni. Ans. Mahmud of Ghazni invaded India for 17 times in the course of 25 years between 1000 to 1025 CE. In this period, he attacked and plundered the temples of north India to accumulate wealth to fund his dreams of conquest of central Asia. He required money to maintain his huge army. With the wealth he looted and transformed his capital Ghazni into a magnificent city. His court had glittering pearls and diamonds and the city had beautiful orchards, palaces and gardens. Even though Mahmud has been variously named in history as a looter and plunderer, he had a great taste in refined arts and was an accomplished scholar himself. Hindustan greatly attracted him and he commissioned his court scholar Al-Beruni to compose a work on the life and times of the people of Hindustan. This work, Kitab-ul-Hind, is a great source in history to study about the period. 2. Trace the growth in the power of the Chola kingdom. Ans. A minor chiefly family known as the Muttaraiyar held power in the Kaveri delta. They were subordinate to the Pallava kings of Kanchipuram. Vijayalaya, who belonged to the ancient chiefly family of the Cholas from Uraiyur, captured the delta from the Muttaraiyar in the middle of the ninth century. He built the town of Thanjavur and a temple for goddess Nishumbhasudini there. The successors of Vijayalaya conquered neighbouring regions and the kingdom grew in size and power. The Pandyan and the Pallava territories were conquered and added to the empire.

New Kings and Kingdoms

25

Rajaraja Chola was the most powerful king who expanded the Chola kingdom and reorganized the civil and military administration. His son Rajendra Chola extended the territories up to the Ganga valley, raided south-east Asia and Sri Lanka. He built a powerful navy. He built a magnificent capital at Thanjavur named Gangaikonda Cholapuram.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What were called as ‘ur’? 2. What are nagarams? 3. Who was the most famous Chahamana ruler? 4. Who built the town of Thanjavur? 5. How long did Tang dynasty last?

3

The Delhi Sultans

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• Masjid is the place where a Muslim prostrates in reverence to Allah (literal meaning). Masjid in Arabic is called mosque in English. •• Sultan Muhammad Tughluq was not politically knowledgeable. His lack of sense of political judgement was evident from his appointment of a wine distiller, a barber, a cook and two gardeners to high administrative posts.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Delhi emerged as an important city in the 12th century as the capital of the Tomara Rajputs. •• The Tomaras were defeated by the Chahamanas (Chauhans) in the mid-12th century. •• Jain temples were built and Delhi also emerged as a busy commercial centre. •• Coins called Delhiwal were minted and were in wide circulation. •• The transformation of Delhi took place under the Delhi Sultans. •• Valuable histories composed by court historians, travellers, administrators, poets and merchants that were called TWARIKH and were written in Persian. •• These writers were urban settlers who at times also advised the Sultan. They mainly wrote in praise of the Sultan to gain rich favours. •• Minhaj-i-Siraj observed that Raziya Sultan was more capable than the sons of Iltutmish. However, he expressed discontent in a woman being a ruler. Consequently, Raziya was deposed and killed in 1240.

26

The Delhi Sultans

27

Formation and Expansion of the Delhi Sultanate •• In the early 13th century the control of the Sultanate was limited only to the fortified areas and not the hinterland. •• Revenue was dependent on trade, loot and plunder. •• Control of the Sultan could easily break due to natural calamities and rebellions. •• Mongol invasions and rebellions by Afghan chiefs were a constant threat to the stability of the empire. •• The first expansions occurred under Ghiyasuddin Balban, Alauddin Khalji and Muhammad-bin-Tughluq. •• Their armies cleared the Ganga-Jamuna Doab, expelled nomads, tribals and pastoralists and distributed the land among peasants. They cultivated the land and paid taxes to the Sultan. •• Trade and commerce were encouraged. Administration and Rule under the Khaljis and Tughluqs •• Appointment of military commanders called iqtadars or muftis as governors of provinces called iqtas. •• Salary was in the form of land revenue assignments in lieu the iqtadars rendered military service. •• Maintenance of armies and soldiers out of these revenue assignments. •• The office of the muqti was not hereditary and depended upon the will of the Sultan. •• Accountants kept a check on the accounts of the revenue collections. Supervision was maintained on the number of soldiers maintained by Muqtis. •• Local chieftains were subdued and forced to pay taxes. Many of them converted to revenue collectors for the Sultan. The Sultanate in the 15th and 16th Centuries •• The rule of the Tughluqs was succeeded by the Sayyids and the Lodis. •• Central control had greatly declined and independent states in Gujarat, Malwa, Rajasthan and Bengal had emerged.

III. KEYWORDS •• Birth Right: Privileges claimed on account of birth. Nobles used to inherit the right to rule because they were born in royal families. •• Gender Distinctions: Social and biological discriminations between men and women. Usually, these discriminations are used to prove that men are superior to women. •• Dehliwal: Coin minted in Delhi. The kingdom under Tomara Rajputs is called Dehliwal. •• Hinterland: The lands adjacent to a city or port that supply raw materials, goods, and services. •• Garrison Town: A fortified settlement with soldiers.

28

Social Science—VII (History)

•• Masjid: Arabic word of mosque. In Arabic Masjid means a place where a Muslim prostrates before Allah. •• Namaz: Prayer. •• Qibla: The position of standing facing Mecca during namaz. •• Khutba: Sermon during the prayers of Friday, Eid and Eid-ul-Adha. •• Client: Someone who is protected by another person, a dependent, or hangeron. •• Iqta: The lands or territories under the governance of military commanders. •• Tarikh: Histories of events in governance written in Persian by learned men, poets, courtiers, administrators, and secretaries. •• Mongols: East-central Asian ethnic group native to Mongolia. •• Kharaj: A type of individual Islamic tax on agricultural land and its produce developed under Islamic law. •• Jagir: A piece of land given to the officials of the kingdom. •• Patwari: The officer who kept the local and revenue record. •• Jital: A copper made coin. •• Tanka: A silver coin introduced by Iltutmish.

IV. DATE LINE The Rulers of Delhi The Rajputs: Tomaras Ananga Pala Chauhans Prithviraj Chauhan Early Turks Qutbuddin Aybak Shamsuddin Iltutmish Raziya Ghiyasuddin Balban Khalji Rulers Jalaluddin Khalji Alauddin Khalji Tughluq Dynasty Ghiyasuddin Tughluq Muhammad Tughluq Firuz Shah Tughluq Sayyid Dynasty Khizr Khan Lodi Dynasty Bahlul Lodi Sikandar Lodi Ibrahim Lodi

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

Early 12th century – 1165 1130 – 1145 1165 – 1192 1175 – 1192 1206 – 1290 1206 – 1210 1210 – 1236 1236 – 1240 1266 – 1287 1290 – 1320 1290 – 1296 1296 – 1316 1320 – 1414 1320 – 1324 1324 – 1351 1351 – 1388 1414 – 1451 1414 – 1421 1451 – 1526 1451 – 1489 1489 – 1520 1520 – 1526

The Delhi Sultans

29

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 32 1. Do you think that the circle of justice is an appropriate term to describe the relationship between the king and his subjects? Ans. Fakhr-i-Mudabbir wrote in the 13th century a king cannot survive without soldiers and a soldier cannot survive without a salary. The salary can be paid only out of the land revenue from peasants. Land revenue is paid only when the peasants are prosperous and happy. This is possible only when the king is just and efficient. Page 33 2. Express Minhaj’s ideas in your own words. Do you think Raziyya shared these ideas? Why do you think it was so difficult for a woman to be a ruler? Ans. Minhaj wrote that female rule went against the dictates of God. In the account of God’s creation her role did not fall in the category of men and so then how she could rule in spite of her excellent qualities. Raziya was appointed as heir by Iltutmish because all his sons were unworthy. She dressed like a man, sat in open court, rode on horseback and went out in open battle. She believed she had all the capabilities of an efficient ruler. Women were considered to be subordinate to men in the social order, and therefore, unfit to rule. Page 37 3. Compare Figures 2, 3, 4 and 5. What similarities and differences do you note amongst the mosques? The mosques in Figures 3, 4 and 5 show an evolution in architectural tradition that culminates in Shah Jahan’s mosque in Delhi.



Fig. 2

  

Fig. 4

30



Social Science—VII (History)

Fig. 3

  

Fig. 5

Ans. Similarities •• Arch-shaped gates •• Commissioned by the sultans themselves •• Use of stone and bricks Differences •• Figures 3, 4 have several courtyards to offer prayers while the rest have a large central courtyard. •• The Begumpuri mosque has a series of domes while the rest have a central main dome. Page 38 4. Can you think of any reason why a slave would be better than a son? Ans. A slave were trained in the arts of warfare and administration and prepared to assume bigger offices in the future. They were more loyal as they were reared to be loyal to the king. Thus, they were better suited to take up responsibility as the sons of the Sultans would often be pleasure-loving and treacherous. 5. Why do you think Barani criticised the Sultan? Ans. Barani believed that the Sultan was losing control over his empire by being non-judicious in his appointments when he began to appoint his domestic staff to high posts. Page 40 6. Describe the ways in which the chieftains arranged for their defence. Ans. The chieftains built forts in mountains and rocky and rugged terrain as well as in forests out of wood. They built ramparts and built up their resources within these bamboo forts. Thus, only powerful armies could penetrate their forts.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 43–44) Imagine You are a peasant in Alauddin Khalji’s or Muhammad Tughluq’s reign and you cannot pay the taxes demanded by the Sultan. What will you do? Ans. I will pay the amount that is possible for me to pay as taxes. I will explain the Sultan the reasons for my inability to pay the taxes. I will also promise the Sultan to pay the taxes in full once I have good yield from my fields.

The Delhi Sultans

31

Let’s Recall 1. Which ruler first established his or her capital at Delhi? Ans. The Tomara Rajputs 2. What was the language of administration under the Delhi Sultans? Ans. Persian 3. In whose reign did the Sultanate reach its farthest extent? Ans. Muhammad-bin-Tughluq. 4. From which country did Ibn Battuta travel to India? Ans. Morocco (Africa). Let’s Understand 5. According to the “Circle of Justice”, why was it important for military commanders to keep the interests of the peasantry in mind? Ans. The kings were dependent on the army and the army was paid out of the revenues from agriculture. Land revenue could only flow in steadily if the peasants were prosperous. Thus, the peasantry had to be kept happy. 6. What is meant by the “internal” and “external” frontiers of the Sultanate? Ans. The internal frontiers were the garrison and fortified towns. Forests in the Doab region were cleared to encourage agriculture. Internal trade was also encouraged. The external frontiers were the expanded and conquered territories especially under the Khaljis and the Tughluqs. 7. What were the steps taken to ensure that muqtis performed their duties? Why do you think they may have wanted to defy the orders of the Sultans? Ans. The muqtis were frequently transferred from iqta to iqta. Their posts were not hereditary. They had to maintain a strict record of the soldiers maintained by them. Royal accountants were appointed to check the records of the revenue collected and spent by the muqtis. Severe laws of service were imposed upon them. 8. What was the impact of the Mongol invasions on the Delhi Sultanate? Ans. Iltutmish refused to grant asylum to the Shah of Persia who was being chased by Genghis Khan to avoid a Mongol invasion. •• Alauddin maintained a huge standing army always kept in readiness •• Muhammad Bin Tughluq shifted the capital to Daulatabad in order to safeguard the capital from Mongol invasions. •• Large forts were built in frontier areas and old ones were constantly repaired. Let’s Discuss 9. Do you think the authors of tawarikh would provide information about the lives of ordinary men and women? Ans. The writers of Tawarikh were commissioned by the rulers and would write to gain favour of the rulers. They were among court poets, scholars and historians and therefore wrote about the rule and lives of the kings.

32

Social Science—VII (History)

10. Raziyya Sultan was unique in the history of the Delhi Sultanate. Do you think women leaders are accepted more readily today? Ans. Yes, I think that in the modern society women are readily accepted as heads of states and governments. India has already seen a woman Prime Minister and President as well as several women Chief Ministers and Governors. 11. Why were the Delhi Sultans interested in cutting down forests? Does deforestation occur for the same reasons today? Ans. The Delhi Sultans cut down forests in order to reclaim land for agricultural purposes. They expelled the forest dwellers and pastoralists from these areas to relocate peasants to cultivate the land. Forests were also cleared to facilitate troop movements and carve out new trade routes. Today deforestation occurs due to urbanization, overpopulation and indiscriminate use of natural resources. Let’s Do 12. Find out whether there are any buildings built by the Delhi Sultans in your area. Are there any other buildings in your area that were built between the twelfth and fifteenth centuries? Describe some of these buildings, and draw sketches of them. Ans. This is a project work to be worked out by the students with the help of teachers.

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Define the following terms: (i) Dehliwal (ii) Hinterland (iii) Garrison town (iv) Masjid (v) Khutba (vi) Bandagan (vii) Kharaj (viii) Qibla (ix) Muqti Ans. (i) Dehliwal – the coins minted in Delhi during the Chahamanas that had a wide circulation. (ii) Hinterland – The land adjacent to a city that supplies it with all essential goods and services. (iii) Garrison town – A settlement of soldiers. (iv) Masjid – A place where a Muslim prostrates before Allah. (v) Khutba – The sermon during the Friday, Eid and Eid-ul-Adha namaz. (vi) Bandagan – Slaves trained especially for military service. (vii) Kharaj – Half of the produce by land. (viii) Qibla – During prayer, Muslims face Mecca which lies to the west of India. This is called qibla. (ix) Muqti – The Sultans appointed military commanders as governors of territories or iqta of varying areas. The holder of these iqtas were called iqtadar or muqti. II. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. The coins minted in Delhi were called Dehliwal. 2. Sultana Raziya was from Rajput dynasty.

The Delhi Sultans

33

3. Tawarikh was written in Sanskrit. 4. In 13th century, the salaries of soldiers used to come from taxes paid by the peasants. 5. Ibn Battuta, a 14th century traveller was from Morocco, Africa. 6. Alauddin Khalji used a ‘token’ currency like present day paper currency. ANSWERS 1. True 2. False 3. False 4. True 5. True 6. False III. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Qutubuddin Aybak ruled from __________ to ___________. 2. Sultan __________’s daughter, Raziya became a Sultan in __________. 3. Military expeditions into southern India started during the reign of ____________. 4. The Mongols under the leadership of ____________ invaded Iran in __________. 5. Muhammad Tughluq set up his new capital in ______________. 6. Sher Shah Suri challenged and defeated the Mughal emperor ____________. 1. 1206, 1210 3. Alauddin Khalji 5. Daulatabad

ANSWERS 2. Iltutmish, 1236 4. Genghis Khan, 1219 6. Humayun

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Valuable histories were written known as (a) twarikh (b) itihaas (c) prashasti (d) chronicles 2. The chronicler during Raziya was (a) Al beruni (b) Ibn Batuta (c) Minhaj-i-Siraj (d) Fakhr-I-Muddabir 3. Alauddin constructed a new garrison town at (a) Siri (b) Jahapanah (c) Daulatabad (d) Delhi 4. The ritual of Muslims facing Mecca during prayers is called (a) Hadees (b) Qibla (c) Ramzan (d) Quran 5. The province was known as (a) Jagir (b) iqta (c) mansab (d) muqti 6. Ibn Batuta came to India in the (a) 14th century (b) 13th century (c) 11th century (d) 15th century 7. The Mongols under Chenghis Khan invaded (a) Transoxiana (b) Hindustan (c) Persia (d) China

34

Social Science—VII (History)

8. The idea of “Three Orders” was first formulated in (a) India (b) Iran (c) England (d) France 1. (a) twarikh 3. (a) Siri 5. (b) iqta 7. (a) Transoxiana

ANSWERS 2. (c) Minhaj-i-Siraj 4. (b) Qibla 6. (a) 14th century 8. (d) France

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What is the duration of rule of Aanga Pala? Ans. Ananga Pala ruled from 1130 to 1145. 2. What was the other name for Iqtadar? Ans. The other name for Iqtadar is Muqti. 3. Who defeated the Tomara Rajputs? Ans. The Chauhanas of Ajmer defeated the Tomara Rajputs in 12th century. 4. Why did the authors of tawarikh write in favour of the Sultans? Ans. The writers of tawarikh wrote in favour of the Sultans in the hope of rich rewards. 5. Why was Raziya removed from the throne? Ans. Though Raziya was a very able Sultan, the nobles did not like her attempts to rule independently and dethroned her in 1240. 6. What was the duty of the muqtis? Ans. The muqtis were supposed to lead military campaigns and maintain law and order in their iqtas. 7. What was the duty of the accountants appointed by the state? Ans. The duty of the accountants was to check the amount of the revenue collected by the muqtis. 8. What is the literal meaning of masjid? Ans. In Arabic language, Masjid means the place where a Muslim prostrates in reverence to Allah. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What were the important sources of the Delhi Sultanate? Ans. The Delhi Sultans issued coins, commissioned inscriptions, built mosques and tombs that provide information about the reign. The histories called ‘twarikhs’ and the travelogues of various travellers are also important sources of information. 2. Why did the writers of ‘twarikhs’ criticize the Sultans? Ans. The historians criticized the appointment of low-born and low-caste individuals to high posts by the Sultans, especially the appointment of slaves.

The Delhi Sultans

35

3. Name the types of taxes collected. Ans. The 3 types of taxes collected were: •• Kharaj-amounting to half of the produce from land •• Taxes on the ownership of cattle •• Taxes on houses and property. 4. Why was a large part of Indian subcontinent left out of the control of the Delhi Sultans? Ans. The capital of the Delhi Sultans was Delhi, and it was very far from a large part of the subcontinent. Delhi Sultans were unable to control Bengal, where local chieftains gained power and established their rule. The Delhi Sultans could not penetrate the forest areas of the Gangetic plains, and a large part of Deccan Plateau was outside the control of the Delhi Sultans. The distance from the capital was the main reason for this. 5. Why do you think Muhammad Tughluq’s policy of ‘token’ currency did not work? Ans. Muhammad Tughluq did not control the prices of the goods, rather he issued a ‘token’ currency made of inexpensive metals like copper, etc. instead of gold or silver. However, people started saving the gold or silver currency and started paying the taxes with the ‘token’ currency. People started making counterfeited currency. This resulted in the crash of economy. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Discuss the administrative structure under Muhammad Bin Tughluq. Ans. Muhammad Tughluq took a series of revolutionary measures which were however poorly executed. •• He transferred the capital from Delhi to Daulatabad to avoid future Mongol invasions and that Daulatabad was more centrally located. However, instead of shifting only the office of the Sultan, he ordered the entire population to be shifted. It was a long and arduous journey and the people were greatly harassed. However, the people could not adjust to the alien conditions of the new capital and he ordered a mass return to Delhi. This exercise resulted in a huge loss to the treasury and caused great misery to the people. •• Muhammad Tughluq imposed extra taxes on the Doab region as it was the most fertile land in India. However in that particular year, there had been a severe drought and the peasants refused to pay the enhanced taxes. When the collectors forced them, they abandoned their lands and fled to the jungles. Agriculture suffered a serious setback. •• In order to replenish the treasury, Muhammad Tughluq introduced a copper token currency. However, the government did not monopolise the minting of copper coins and coins began to be faked. Soon gold and silver coins were accumulated by the people and the royal treasury was filled with useless debased copper coins. Trade came to standstill as merchants refused to accept these coins. This further depleted the treasury.

36

Social Science—VII (History)

2. Why did Muhammad Tughluq’s schemes fail? Ans. Muhammad Tughluq’s schemes failed as•• They were brilliantly conceived but failed due to faulty execution •• The Sultan was a visionary, but he did not put his ideas into practical use •• He appointed officers on his whims, some of whom were incapable •• He refused to pay heed to good advice •• He conceived over-ambitious projects that were physically not possible •• The Ulema did not co-operate with him as he refused to allow them to interfere in administrative affairs. 3. Who was Sher Shah Suri? Discuss his administrative policies. Ans. Sher Shah Suri was initially a manager of a small territory for his uncle in Bihar. With his shrewdness, intelligence and determination, he challenged the Mughal emperor Humayun and defeated him in 1540. He captured Delhi and started Suri dynasty in 1540. His administrative policies to a large extent were borrowed from that of the earlier efficient ruler Alauddin Khalji. He improved some of those policies. Even the greatest Mughal emperor Akbar followed Sher Shah’s policies as model.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. How did Alauddin Khalji control prices? 2. Who abolished the iqta system? 3. Which language was used by the Delhi Sultans for administrative purposes? 4. Who built the Moth ki Masjid? 5. Why did the early Delhi Sultans favour their slaves?

4

The Mughal Empire

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Babur: 1526 – 1530 •• Defeated Ibrahim Lodi in 1526 in the 1st Battle of Panipat •• Defeated Rana Sanga in 1527 in the Battle of Khanua •• Defeated Rajputs in 1528 at Chanderi •• Established rule over Delhi and Agra Humayun: 1530 – 1540, 1555 – 1556 •• Divided inheritance into his brothers according to his father’s will •• Mirza Kamran weakened Humayun’s cause against Afghan competitors. •• Lost to Sher Shah Suri at Chausa in 1539 and at Kanauj at 1540 •• Fled to Iran •• Recaptured Delhi in 1555 with the help of Safavid Shah Akbar: 1556 – 1605 •• Became emperor at 13 years of age •• Led military campaigns against Suris, Afghans, Malwa, Gondwana, etc. •• Suppressed revolt of his half brother Mirza Hakim and the Uzbegs. •• Launched military campaigns against Gujarat, Bihar, Bengal, and Orissa between 1570 and 1585. •• Between 1585 and 1605, Qandahar was seized, Kashmir and Kabul were annexed. Started campaigns against Deccan. •• Prince Salim (Jahangir) started rebel against father, the Emperor Akbar. Jahangir: 1605 – 1627 •• Continued the military campaigns started by his father. •• The ruler of Mewar, Amar Singh accepted Mughal service. •• Was not successful against Sikhs, Ahoms, and Ahmadnagar. •• Prince Khurram (Shah Jahan) started rebellion. Shah Jahan: 1627 – 1658 •• Continued the military campaigns in the Deccan •• Defeated rebel Khan Jahan Lodi •• Defeated Bundelas •• Lost Qandahar to Safavids.

37

38

Social Science—VII (History)

•• Shah Jahan’s sons started fight for the throne during 1657 – 1658, Shah Jahan was imprisoned for life by Auranzeb. Aurangzeb: 1658 – 1707 •• Defeated Ahoms in 1663, but they rebelled again in the 1680s. •• Defeated the Sikhs and Yusufzai temporarily. •• Defeated Maratha chieftain Shivaji, but he escaped and declared himself an independent king. •• Prince Akbar rebelled against him. •• Annexed Bijapur in 1685, and Golconda in 1687. •• Faced rebellion of Sikhs, Jats, Satnamis, Ahoms, Marathas •• After his death, there was a continued conflict amongst his sons for the throne.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• The Mughals created a most powerful empire in a short period of time and established laws, institutions and administrative structures that became legacies for future generations. •• Babur, the founder of Mughal rule in India, was a direct descendant of Genghis Khan from his mother’s side and Amir Timur from his father’s side. Military Conquests •• Babur captured Kabul in 1504 and consequently defeated Ibrahim Lodi in the 1st Battle of Panipat to conquer Delhi. This also marked the end of the Delhi Sultanate. •• Humayun was defeated in the Battle of Chausa in 1539 and Battle of Kanauj in 1540 by Sher Shah. He fled the country for the next 15 years only to return in 1555 to re-establish the Mughal rule by defeating the successors of Sher Shah. Relations with Rajputs •• The Mughals entered into matrimonial alliances with many Rajput families. •• Many Rajput princes were offered high offices especially by Akbar. •• The defeated Rajputs, like the Sisodiya clan were reinstated in their jagirs and awarded honourable posts in the royal court. Jagirdari and Mansabdari Systems •• Mansab was a military rank •• The mansabdar was required to maintain a particular number of cavalrymen depending on the rank called ‘zat’. •• Mansabdars received jagirs or land as salary. •• Revenue was administered by jagirdars. Zabt and Zamindars •• Land revenue was the main source of income of the Mughal state. •• Zamindar was the term used to define all intermediaries between the cultivator and the state.

The Mughal Empire

39

•• Akbar’s revenue minister Raja Todar Mal formulated the 10 year Bandobast that fixed the revenue on each crop. Based on this, each province was divided into revenue circles called ‘zabt’. •• Peasant and zamindar revolts were not uncommon which increased during the reign of Aurangzeb. Akbar’s Policies •• Abul Fazl has elaborately highlighted Akbar’s policies in ‘Ain-i-Akbari’, the last volume of Akbarnamah. •• The empire was divided into provinces called ‘subas’ each under a governor called the subadar. He performed political and military functions. The Diwan was in charge of revenue while the ‘mir bakshi’ was the army paymaster. •• Akbar’s nobles commanded large armies and remained loyal to him and so the empire functioned smoothly. •• In Fatehpur Sikri, Akbar built the Ibadatkhana to assemble scholars from all religions. •• Eventually, he propounded the theory of ‘Sulh-i-kul’ or universal peace and believed in equal governance over subjects from all religions. The Empire in the 17th Century •• Administrative and military efficiency led to great economic prosperity. •• However, the peasantry were poor as the high revenue left very little surplus in the hands of the primary producers. •• As the authority of the emperor weakened, these powerful mansabdars became extremely powerful and openly defied central authority. •• New regional dynasties sprang up in Hyderabad, Awadh and Bengal. •• Nevertheless, they continued as an integral part of the Mughal Empire in polity, administration and culture.

III. KEYWORDS •• Mughals: Name is given to Mongol invaders who set up their rule in India after invading several territories. •• Primogeniture: The right of succession belonging to the first born child. •• Coparcenary: Joint heirship •• Mansabdar: An individual who holds a mansab, which means a position or rank. •• Zat: Rank and salary of mansabdars were determined by a numerical value called zat. •• Jagir: Mansabdars received their salaries as revenue assignments called jagirs which were more or less similar to iqtas. •• Zabt: The revenue system during Akbar’s rule where each province was divided into revenue circles with its own schedule of revenue rates for individual crop is called zabt. •• Zamindar: Local headmen of villages or powerful chieftains, basically the intermediary officers between the emperor and the peasants.

Social Science—VII (History)

40

Suba: The empire was divided into provinces called suba. Subadar: The governor of a province or a suba. Diwan: The financial officer in each province. Bakhshi: Military paymaster Sadr: The minister in charge of religious and charitable patronage Faujdar: Military commander Kotwal: Town police commander Farman: A document carrying an official order Dogma: A statement or an interpretation declared as authoritative with the expectation that it would be followed without question. •• Bigot: An individual who is intolerant of another person’s religious beliefs or culture. •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

IV. DATE LINE

• 1237 • 1404 • 1526 – 1530



• • • • • • • • •

1539 1540 1555 1568 1569 1632 1685 1687 1698

: Genghis Khan died. : Timur died. : Babur reign. He captured Delhi in 1526 by defeating Ibrahim Lodi, He laid the foundation of Mughal Empire. : Sher Shah defeated Humayun at chausa. : Sher Shah again defeated Humayun at Kanauj. : Humayun recaptured Delhi. : Akbar seized Sisodiya capital of Chittor. : Akbar seized Ranthambhor. : Ahmadnagan was annexed by Shah Jahan. : Aurangzeb annexed Bijapur. : Aurangzeb annexed Golconda. : Aurangzeb compaigned in the Deccan against the Marathas.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 46 1. Do you think this painting suggests that the Mughals claimed kingship as a birthright?

The Mughal Empire

41

Ans. Yes. The above is a miniature painting depicting Amir Timur and his descendants and the Mughal emperors. The painting shows Timur surrounded by his sons and grandsons and their descendants, who were the Mughal emperors. This shows the lineage in the kingship of the Mughals who ruled by birthright. Page 47 2. How was Humayun’s relationship with Safavid of Iran different from Akbar’s? Ans. Sher Shah Suri defeated Humayun twice and Humayun fled to Persia. Safavid Shah helped Humayun recapture Delhi. However, Akbar seized Qandahar from Safavids in 1595. 3. Did the annexation of Golconda and Bijapur in Aurangzeb’s reign end hostilities in the Deccan? Ans. Aurangzeb annexed Bijapur in 1685 and Golconda in 1687. However, the Marathas started guerrilla warfare against him. Aurangzeb had to personally manage the campaigns against Deccan. So, the annexation of Bijapur and Golconda did not completely end hostilities in the Deccan. Page 50 4. Which do you think is a fairer division of inheritance: primogeniture or coparcenary? Ans. I think coparcenary is a fairer division of inheritance. The primogeniture is based totally on luck, which is not fair at all, while coparcenary is based on equality. Page 51 5. Aurangzeb insulted Shivaji when he came to accept Mughal authority. What was the consequence of this insult? Ans. Shivaji escaped from prison after Aurangzeb insulted him and locked him up. Shivaji continued his campaign against Aurangzeb. He began guerrilla warfare against the Mughals. 6. Nobles with a zat of 5000 were ranked higher than those of 1000. In Akbar’s reign, there were 29 mansabdars with a rank of 5000 zat; by Aurangzeb’s reign the number of mansabdars had increased to 79. Would this have meant more expenditure for the state? Ans. During Akbar’s time, the number of zat holders was 29 which increased to 79 during Aurangzeb. This obviously have meant more expenditure for the state.

42

Social Science—VII (History)

Page 55 7. Can you identify the Jesuit priests in this picture?

Ans. The Jesuit priests are sitting second to the right of the emperor wearing black robes.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 57–59) Imagine You have inherited a kingdom. (Remember Babur and Akbar were about your age when they became rulers). How would you make your kingdom stable and prosperous? Ans. I would have taken the following measure: 1. I would ensure safety and security to each and every individuals of my empire. 2. I will take care of the needs of the rural people, especially, the peasants and the craftsmen. I would ensure that they were not pressurized unjustifiably for tax payments. 3. I would see to it that the government officials should be honest and should not take bribes. 4. I would control the price of the goods. 5. Under my rule, there would not be any gender bias. The women would be appointed according to their capability. 6. Rich and poor – all will be treated equally under my rule. Let’s Recall 1. Match the following: Mansab Marwar Mongol Governor Sisodiya Rajput Uzbeg Rathor Rajput Mewar Nur Jahan Babur Subadar Rank

The Mughal Empire

43

Ans.     Mansab Babur Mongol Uzbeg Sisodiya Rajput Mewar Rathor Rajput Marwar Nur Jahan Rank Subadar Governor 2. Fill in the Blanks: (a) The capital of Mirza Hakim, Akbar’s half-brother, was ____________. (b) The five Deccan Sultanates were Berar, Khandesh, Ahmadnagar, ____________ and _________________. (c) If zat determined a mansabdar’s rank and salary, sawar indicated his ____________. (d) Abul Fazl, Akbar’s friend and counsellor, helped him frame the idea of ____________ so that he could govern a society composed of many religions, cultures and castes. ANSWERS (a) Kabul (b) Bijapur, Golconda (c) Number of cavalrymen (d) Sulh-i-kul 3. What were the central provinces under the control of the Mughals? Ans. Agra, Panipat, Ajmer, Lahore, Delhi, Allahabad, Mathura, Amber, Fatehpur Sikri, Chittor and Ranthambore. 4. What was the relationship between the mansabdar and the jagir? Ans. The Mansabdars received their salaries from the jagirs, but did not reside in them or administer them. They would be serving in some other part of the country. They only exercised rights over the revenue assignments. Let’s Understand 5. What was the role of the zamindar in Mughal administration? Ans. Zamindars were powerful chieftains who collected taxes from the peasants and passed them on to the royal treasury. They were thus intermediaries. In some areas, they might become too powerful and posed a challenge to the sovereignty of the Mughal ruler. At times they may have been supported by the peasants. 6. How were the debates with religious scholars important in the formation of Akbar’s ideas on governance? Ans. Akbar held prolonged discussions with Jesuit priests, ulemas, Brahmin priests and Zoroastrians in the Ibadatkhana at Fatehpur Sikri. He concluded that religious leaders often created divisions among common people due to their over-emphasis on rituals and laws leading to bigotry. This led Akbar to formulate the principle of ‘sulh-i-kul’ or universal harmony and peace to encourage co-operation among the followers of different religions in his realm.

44

Social Science—VII (History)

7. Why did the Mughals emphasise their Timurid and not their Mughal descent? Ans. The Mughals traced direct patrilineal descent from Amir Timur and matrilineal descent from Genghis Khan. However, the memory of Genghis Khan was associated with mass murder of other peoples and thus the Mughals avoided this reference. Moreover, the Uzbegs were also enemies of the Mughals. The Mughals were proud of their Timurid ancestry as it earned a good reputation for them. Let’s Discuss 8. How important was the income from land revenue to the stability of the Mughal Empire? Ans. Land revenue was the main source of income in the Mughal Empire. Tax from the peasantry served as expenses to pay the army, carry out administrative work and other welfare schemes. 9. Why was it important for the Mughals to recruit mansabdars from diverse backgrounds and not just Turanis and Iranis? Ans. As the empire expanded, it became important for the Mughals to recruit Afghans, Marathas, Rajputs and Indian Muslims into the Mansabdari system as there was now more need to maintain larger forces. The small Turani population did not yield enough for the vast system. Moreover, it was also a check on the excessive growth of power among the Turani nobles. 10. Like the Mughal Empire, India today is also made up of many social and cultural units. Does this pose a challenge to national integration? Ans. Unity in diversity is the very essence of integration in India. Different cultures, traditions and customs compose the overall oneness of India under a common identity. So, it does not pose a challenge to national integration. 11. Peasants were vital for the economy of the Mughal Empire. Do you think that they are as important today? Has the gap in the income between the rich and the poor in India changed a great deal from the period of the Mughals? Ans. India is still predominantly an agricultural economy. Peasants form the backbone of our economy. The peasants are more affluent in the present system than in the past. Moreover, Indian society in general is far more egalitarian and the common people today have more access to the country’s resources than in the past. Let’s Do 12. The Mughal Empire left its impact on the different regions of the subcontinent in a variety of ways. Find out if it had any impact in the city/village/region in which you live. Ans. This should be answered by the students themselves. One hint is given: Being a resident of Delhi, the legacies of Mughal rule are most visible. The Prime Minister still delivers the Independence Day speech from the Red Fort. Mughal architecture is an integral part of Indian culture. Mughal food is a daily favourite.

The Mughal Empire

45

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Define the Following Terms:   Farman, Mir Bakshi, Sadr, Kotwal, Dogma, Bigot Ans. Farman – A royal order issued by the emperor Mir Bakshi – The paymaster of all mansabdars Sadr – The in charge of all religious and charitable work of the empire Kotwal – The town police commander Dogma – An authoritative statement to be followed without question Bigot – A person who is intolerant of other’s religious beliefs II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Mughals were descendants of two great lineages ______________ and _____________. 2. The first Mughal emperor was ______________, who defeated ______________ at Panipat in ____________. 3. Sher Shah Suri defeated Humayun ___________. 4. Aurangzeb killed his three ____________ and imprisoned his _____________ to capture the throne of Delhi. 5. Jahangir’s mother was a ____________ princess, while Shah Jahan’s mother was a _____________ princess. 6. Rank and salary of a mansabdar was determined by a numerical value called _______. ANSWERS 1. Genghis Khan, Timur 2. Babur, Ibrahim Lodi, 1526. 3. twice. 4. brothers, father 5. Kachhwaha, Rathor 6. zat. III. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Mughals did not like to be known as the descendants of Timur. 2. Babur was only 12 years old when he became the ruler of Ferghana. 3. Prince Salim rebelled against Akbar during the last years of Akbar’s reign. 4. Shivaji started guerrilla warfare against Aurangzeb after escaping from Aurangzeb’s prison. 5. Aurangzeb reigned from 1558 to 1607. 6. Todar Mal wrote Ain-i-Akbari and Akbar Nama. ANSWERS 1. False 2. True 3. True 4. True 5. False 6. False

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The Mughals traced descent from (a) Timur (b) Genghis khan (c) Both (d) Aryans

46

Social Science—VII (History)

2. In 1526 Babur defeated (a) Ibrahim Lodi (b) Sher Shah (c) Daulat Khan Lodi (d) Uzbegs 3. Humayun’s ambitious brother was (a) Mirza Hakim (b) Mirza Kamran (c) Shah of Iran (d) Bairam Khan 4. Akbar faced revolt from his son (a) Uzbeg (b) Bairam Khan (c) Safavid Shah (d) Prince Salim 5. Shah Jahan was the title taken by (a) Prince Khurram (b) Prince Khusrau (c) Prince Salim (d) Prince Shahryar 6. The mansab rank consisted of (a) Jagirs (b) iqtas (c) zat (d) zabt 1. (c) Both 3. (b) Mirza Kamran 5. (a) Prince Khurram

ANSWERS 2. (a) Ibrahim Lodi 4. (d) Prince Salim 6. (c) zat

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Who fought guerrilla warfare? Ans. The Marathas under the leadership of Shivaji fought guerrilla warfare against the Mughal emperor Aurangzeb. 2. When did Akbar become the emperor? Ans. Akbar became the emperor in 1556. 3. Under which rule did the eldest son inherit his father’s estate? Ans. Under the rule of primogeniture, the elder son inherited his father’s estate. 4. What was the Timurid system of divisional inheritance? Ans. The Timurid system of divisional inheritance was coparcenary inheritance. 5. What title did Mehrunissa receive? Ans. Noor Jahan. 6. Who was the administrator of a subah? Ans. Subadar. 7. Who wrote Ain-i-Akbari? Ans. Abul Fazl wrote Ain-i-Akbari. 8. What was the system of revenue collection known as? Ans. The system of revenue collection was known as zabt. 9. Which princess was the mother of Shah Jahan? Ans. The Rathore Princess.

The Mughal Empire

47

10. Who revolted against Aurangzeb with Maratha’s help? Ans. Prince Akbar. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What was Mansabdari system? Ans. Mansabdari system was a grading system established by the Mughal emperors. This system was set to fix the rank and salary of the military commanders. These military commanders are called the mansabdars. The mansabdars were supposed to maintain a specific number of cavalrymen. They were responsible for the registration of the cavalrymen, and branding of the horses of these cavalrymen. 2. Describe the Rajput policy of Akbar. Ans. The Rajputs were the fiercest rivals of the Mughals in North India. Akbar was a very wise and far-sighted ruler. He understood that to establish a long-term Mughal empire, the support and cooperation of Rajputs was necessary. He adopted special policy to deal with the Rajputs. Akbar established matrimonial alliances with the Rajputs. He also assigned high posts to the Rajput chiefs. This way, instead of subjugation, Akbar could establish friendly ties with the Rajputs. 3. Why was Babur successful against Ibrahim Lodi in the first Battle of Panipat? Ans. Babur was a very intelligent general. He arranged his army such way that they could easily move from one part of the battlefield to the other. Babur introduced a strong artillery and he had a well-trained army. These were the reasons of Babur’s success. 4. What was Akbar’s religious policy? Ans. Akbar was very liberal with respect to religions. He respected all religions and everyone in his empire was free to follow their own religion. He discussed religion with ulema, Brahmanas, Jesuit priests, and Zoroastrians. He built Ibadat Khana where he held the religious discussions. Akbar established the idea of universal peace or sulh-i-kul. This system did not discriminate people of different religions, rather encouraged everyone to focus on honesty, justice, and peace. 5. Write a short note on Jahangir. Ans. Jahangir was Akbar’s son and became ruler in 1605 after Akbar’s death. He continued the military campaigns started by his father. The friendly relationship with the Rajputs was maintained during his rule. He was also very liberal on religious matters like Akbar. He followed sulh-i-kul. He is still remembered for his justice. Jahangir married Noor-Jahan, who ruled his empire while he was addicted to opium and wine. Jahangir died in 1627. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. How different were the Mughals from their predecessors? Ans. The Mughals represented a large empire under the continuous rule of a single dynasty. The Mughals were the longest ruling dynasty in Indian history. The

48

Social Science—VII (History)

legacy of the Mughal rule continued much beyond the physical boundaries of the empire. Mughal code of laws were prevalent even during the British rule. Todarrmal’s revenue system was also used by the British. Mughal architecture blended with Hindu styles evolved into a Pan- Indian composite culture. 2. How did Babur invade India? Ans. Babur lost his father Umar Sheikh Mirza when he was 12 years old and became the ruler of the small principality of Farghana in 1494. Over the next few years he captured Samarkand, but in due course of time he lost both Samarkand and Farghana and became a homeless wanderer. He captured Kabul in 1504 with help from the Shah of Persia and was invited by Daulat Khan Lodi, uncle of the most unpopular Ibrahim Lodi the Delhi Sultan, to invade India. In 1525, Babur captured Punjab and returned to Kabul. However when Daulat Khan revolted, Babur marched to India, defeated Ibrahim Lodi in the 1st Battle of Panipat and triumphantly marched into Delhi. 3. Describe the Mughal relations with the Rajputs. Ans. The Mughals campaigned against those Rajputs who refused to accept their authority. Though, the defeated Rajputs were not deposed, yet they were reinstated in their kingdoms as ‘watan jagirs’. From the time of Akbar, who married the Kacchawaha princess of Amber, Mughal princes married Rajput princesses. The Mughals followed a conciliatory policy towards the defeated Rajputs and won over their strength and solidarity. Rajput rulers were honourably received in the Mughal court and given high administrative posts and mansabs. 4. Describe Todarmal’s revenue system. Ans. Todarmal, Akbar’s brilliant revenue minister had worked under Sher Shah. Much of the revenue system was thus inspired by the same. The land was surveyed, measured and the rate of fertility was fixed. The land was divided into ‘good, bad and middling’, depending upon the fertility. The lands were measured with bamboo poles with iron rings as marks called ‘jarib’. The revenue was fixed at one-third of the total produce. The zamindars were stripped of any proprietary claims and were left as revenue collectors. The system was for a period of 10 years and known as ‘Bandobast’. The revenue was to be paid in cash or kind. 5. How does the Ain-i-Akbari highlight Akbar’s administrative system? Ans. Abul Fazl highlights the policies of Akbar in the last volume of Akbarnamah, the Ain-i-Akbari. The entire kingdom was divided into provinces called subas under the charge of a governor called subadar who was a high ranking noble or a royal prince. The subadar executed both military and administrative functions. Revenue collection was the responsibility of the Dewan. The empire was also divided into a number of land revenue assignments called ‘Jagirs’ under a jagirdar as a mode of payment to the various high ranking officials. At the village level were panchayats under officials like the ‘patwaris’ and ‘Muqaddams’. The districts were called ‘parganas’. The emperor was the absolute authority over this entire system and his will was the law.

The Mughal Empire

49

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Describe the military administration of the Mughals. 2. Discuss Akbar’s religious policy? How did it help in coagulating the empire? 3. Outline the conquests of the Mughal emperors. 4. Name the Mughal emperor who followed the coparcenary inheritance. 5. Under whose rule the Mughals permanently lost Qandhar?

5

Rulers and Buildings

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Between the eighth and the eighteenth centuries. The kings and their officers built two kinds of structures – forts, palaces, garden, residences and tombs and temples, mosques, tanks, bazaars, etc.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Two kinds of structures were most prevalent (a) Forts, palaces, gardens, tombs and residences (b) Public buildings like mosques, temples, tanks and wells •• Merchants built ‘havelis’ as domestic structures •• Buildings by kings were the means of exhibiting their power and grandeur of their reign •• They would also serve as relics for future generations to remember their rule Engineering Skill and Construction •• The building of a superstructure with a large room required great technological skill. By the 7th and 10th centuries more rooms, doors and windows came to be added •• The ‘trabeate’ style (placing a horizontal column between two vertical columns) was widely used between the 8th and 13th centuries, especially in mosques, temples, tombs and ‘baolis’ or step-wells. •• Use of arches from the 12th century onwards to support the weight of the superstructure called ‘arcuate’ style •• Use of limestone mixed with stone-chips to make concrete to make the structures greatly durable Building Temples, Mosques and Tanks •• These were beautifully constructed as they were not only the places of worship, but also the means of exhibiting power, wealth and grandeur by the rulers. For example, King Rajarajadeva constructed the Rajarajeswaram Temple. •• Kings wanted to appear as God, and therefore, the deity carried the name of the king. The largest temples were constructed by the kings.

50

Rulers and Buildings

51

•• Muslim sultans appeared as the ‘shadow of God’ as Alauddin’s inscription in the Qawwat-ul-Islam mosque points. •• Mosques represented order and symmetry as created by God out of chaos. •• In every dynasty rulers wished to impress upon the subjects their moral and divine right to rule and hence the elaborate structures to show their direct communication with God. •• Construction of grand capitals and cities brought fame to the reign. •• Sultans and kings constructed wells and reservoirs to store water. Iltutmish constructed the ‘Hauz-i-sultani’ that won him the respect of his subjects. Why were Temples destroyed? •• As kings targeted each other’s power and empires naturally the symbols of this power and wealth, temples, were also attacked. •• The Buddhist chronicler Dhammakitti writes that the Pandyan king Shrimara Shrivallabha invaded Sri Lanka and destroyed the Buddhist temples and seized the gold statue of Buddha. •• Sultan Mahmud of Ghazni attacked the temples of North India not only for their wealth, but also to become a champion of the iconoclastic principle of Islam. Gardens, Tombs and Forts •• Mughal architecture involved more complex geometrical styles. •• Gardens called ‘charbaghs’ were extensively laid out by Jahangir and Shah Jahan in Kashmir. •• Mughal architecture extensively used Timurid styles of the large central dome and the imposing and tall gateway. •• Babur had a great personal interest in Botany and willed that he be laid amidst gardens and fountains after his death. •• Mughals used red sandstone and white marble extensively. Humayun’s tomb is one of the most perfect geometric buildings of the period. •• Shah Jahan, the ‘Engineer king’ built profusely in Delhi and Agra. His public audience halls were built in the form of a mosque with the throne facing ‘qibla’ or Mecca. •• This was done to portray the emperor as a representative of God. •• The central hall consisted of 40 pillars called ‘chihil sutun’. •• The grandest piece in white marble during Shah Jahan was the Taj Mahal on the Yamuna river front. •• The Agra Fort was also on the river front presumably to control the passage of nobles along the river. Region and Empire •• Regional styles emerged between the 8th and 18th centuries in Vijayanagar, Golconda and Bijapur. •• In Mathura, temples resembled Mughal palaces.

Social Science—VII (History)

52

•• Rajput styles like the filigree window called ‘jharokha’ and the curved arches heavily influenced Mughal architecture. Rajput miniature painting also influenced Mughal painting. •• In Bengal temples were constructed with roofs in the style of thatched huts. •• Mughal styles also influenced Gujarat and Malwa.

III. KEYWORDS

Haveli: Large mansion Superstructure: The part of a building above the ground floor Baoli: Large stepped-well. Mahamandapa: An ornamented main hall of the temple. Garbhagriha: The main shrine of the temple. Padsheahs: Emporors. Gurdwara: A place of worship and congregation for Sikhs. Church: A place of worship of Christian. Autobiography: Life history written by oneself. Biography: Life history of a person written by another writer. Pishtag: Central towering tomb and the gateway. Pietra Dura: Coloured hard stones placed in depressions carved into marble or sandstone creating beautiful ornate patterns. •• Diwan-i-am: Ceremonial hall for public hearing •• Diwan-i-khas: Ceremonial hall for private audience. •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

IV. DATE LINE

• • • • • • • • • •

999 : Kendairiya mahadev temple was built. Early 11th century : Rajarajeshwara Temple was built. 1644 – 1656 : Jama Masjid was built. 1193 : Qutab Minar was built. 1235 : Quwat-ul-Islam mosque was built. 1589 – 1601 : Golden Temple was built. 1565 – 1571 : Humayun Tomb was built. 1638 – 1649 : Shahjahanabad, new capital of Shah Jahan was built. 1631 – 1653 : Taj Mahal was built. 1526 – 1707 : The Golden Age of Mughal acrhitecture in India.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 60 1. What would have been the impact of a building like the Qutub Minar on observers in the thirteenth century? Ans. In the thirteenth century Qutub Minar must be one of the tallest structures in the world. So, certainly it would have been an impressive structure for the observers.

Rulers and Buildings

53

Page 62 2. What differences do you notice between the shikhara of the two temples? Can you make out that the shikhara of the Rajarajeshvara Temple is twice as high as that of the Kandariya Mahadeva? Ans. The Kandariya Mahadeva Temple had a peak like structured Shikhara with adjacent Shikharas rising alongside. The Rajarajeshwara Templet has a pyramidal Shikhara rising in step formation. The Rajarajeshwara temple had the highest Shikhara of its time. Yes, I can make out that the shikhara of the Rajarajeshwara Temple is twice as high as that of the Kandariya Mahadeva. Page 63 3. Compare Figures 2a and 2b with Figures 5a and 5b. Ans. (i) The arch in Figures 2a and 2b is pointed at the middle. However, the arch in Figures 5a and 5b is rounded. (ii) Figures 2a and 2b show “trabeate” or “corbelled” style of architecture. Figures 5a and 5b show “arcuate” style of architecture. (iii) Figures 5a and 5b has a keystone which is missing in Figures 2a and 2b. 4. Describe what the labourers are doing, the tools shown and the means of carrying stones. Ans. The labourers are carrying stones up the inclined plane in order to build the roof and dome of the structure. They are carrying hammers, rods, levers and chisels. The labourers on the roof are mixing mortar for plastering the sides of the dome. The labourers are carrying stones on shoulders, or rolling the stones with the help of iron rods. Horses are used to carry heavy construction materials. Page 65 5. Can you find Hauz-i-Sultani on Map 1 in Chapter 3? Ans. Yes, Hauz-i-Sultani can be located in the Map 1 of Chapter 3. Page 66 6. In what ways do you think the policies of Rajendra I and Mahmud of Ghazni were a product of their times? How were the actions of the two rulers different? Ans. When powerful kings defeated other rulers, they demonstrated their political prowess and victory by attacking and plundering the wealth of the temples

54

Social Science—VII (History)

built by the defeated rulers. When Rajendra I constructed the Shiva Temple in his capital, he brought in prized statues from the temples of the defeated rulers. He instated the sun-dial from the Chalukyas as well as Ganesha and Durga idols, the Bhairava image from Kalinga and a Kali idol from the Palas of Bengal. Mahmud of Ghazni looted and plundered temples of North India to build an army and an imposing capital. The repeated destruction of the Somnath Temple was a way of showing himself as a hero of Islamic ideals. Page 72 7. Look at the illustration and try and identify the bell towers? Ans.         

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 73–74) Imagine You are an artisan standing on a tiny wooden platform held together by bamboo and rope fifty metres above the ground. You have to place an inscription under the first balcony of the Qutub Minar. How would you do this? Ans. I would curve the inscription with chisel and hammer. Let’s Recall 1. How is the “trabeate” principle of architecture different from “arcuate”? Ans. The ‘trabeate’ structure involved the construction of roofs, windows and rooms by placing a horizontal column over two vertical columns. The ‘arcuate’ structure involved the construction doors, windows and the superstructure above supported by arches.

2. What is a ‘shikhara’?

Ans. ‘Shikhara’, a Sanskrit word meant mountain peak or the rising spire of the Hindu temple above the main chamber of the deity called the ‘garbagriha’.

Rulers and Buildings

55

3. What is ‘pietra-dura’?

Ans. ‘Pietra-dura’ was inlaid ornate work made of coloured hard stones fitted into depressions in walls made of marble and red sandstone.

4. What are the elements of a Mughal ‘chahar bagh’ garden?

Ans. The Mughal ‘chahar bagh’ gardens were so called because they were symmetrically divided into quatrains. The gardens usually had a ‘river front’ i.e they were built on river banks probably to keep a regular supply of water. Let’s Understand 5. How did a temple communicate the importance of a king? Ans. The kings constructed temples to show their power and wealth. Moreover, they wanted to impress upon the people their claim to being God-like on earth and thus had divine right to rule over their subjects. Temples were also the ways of leaving legacies of their rule over history to remember them.

6. An inscription in Shah Jahan’s diwan-i-khas in Delhi stated: “If there is

Paradise on Earth, it is here, it is here, it is here.” How was this image created? Ans. Shah Jahan’s audience halls resembled a mosque. The pedestal on which his throne was placed was referred as the qibla, the direction faced by Muslims at prayer. Everybody faced that direction when court was in session. The idea of the king as a representative of God on earth was suggested by these architectural features. 7. How did the Mughal court suggest that everyone – the rich and the poor, the powerful and the weak – received justice equally from the emperor?

56

Social Science—VII (History)

Ans. Shah Jahan emphasized on the connection between equality of justice and the Mughal court in The Red Fort. Behind the throne of the emperor was inlaid pietra dura work portraying Orpheus the Greek God who could tame ferocious beasts as well as timid ones by playing his lute. This indicated that the king would harmonise all high and low under a single rule.

8. What role did the Yamuna play in the layout of the new Mughal city at

Shahjahanabad? Ans. The Imperial palace only commanded the river front. This was done to deny access to the water way to powerful nobles who could use the Yamuna as a means of attacking the emperor. Only the most favoured nobles like Shah Jahan’s eldest son Dara Shikoh was given access to the river front. The other nobles had to build their palaces away from the river front. Let’s Discuss 9. The rich and powerful construct large houses today. In what ways were the constructions of kings and their courtiers different in the past?

Ans. The nobles constructed palaces and havelis. They were large domed structures with spacious courtyards outlined with gardens and orchards. There were several quarters within the complex to house the many servants of the elaborate household.

10. Look at Figure 4. How could that building be constructed faster today? ns. This temple could be constructed with the help of modern cranes to lift the A

huge stones. Modern equipment could be used to cut stones. Let’s Do 11. Find out whether there is a statue of or a memorial to a great person in your village or town. Why was it placed there? What purpose does it serve? Ans. I live in the city of Kolkata. The most famous monument is the Victoria Memorial constructed as a mark of honour to Queen Victoria of England by

Rulers and Buildings

57

the then Viceroy Lord Curzon. India was under British rule then. Today it serves as an important archive and museum of colonial art and throws much light on the history of Kolkata.

12. Visit and describe any park or garden in your neighbourhood. In what ways is it similar to or different from the gardens of the Mughals? Ans. The Mughals followed geometric quadrangular patterns and there was extensive use of flowers and trees and orchards.

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The Qutub Minar was constructed by ___________ around _________. 2. The part of a building above the ground floor is called _____________. 3. The ______________ Temple at Thanjavur had the tallest shikhara amongst temples of its time. 4. The water reservoir Hauz-i-Sultani was built by Sultan _______________. 5. Sultan Mahmud of ___________ destroyed the temple at ____________. 6. In Red Fort, Delhi, behind the emperor’s throne, there were a series of _____________ inlays. 1. Qutubuddin Aybak, 1199. 3. Rajarajeshwara 5. Ghazni, Somnath

ANSWERS 2. superstructure. 4. Iltutmish 6. pietra dura

II. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. There are two bands of inscriptions under the balcony of Qutub Minar. 2. King Dhangadeva built the Kandariya Mahadeva Temple in 1999. 3. The architectural type where a keystone is situated at the centre of the arch is called trabeate architecture. 4. King Rajarajadeva took the name of the god to appear like a god. 5. King Rajendra Chola displayed his prized statues seized from defeated rulers in a Shiva temple. 6. The Chahar Bagh gardens were triangular in shape. 1. True 4. True

ANSWERS 2. False 5. True

3. False 6. False

III. Define the following: Minar, Superstructure, Garbagriha, Pishtaq, Hasht bihisht. Ans. Minar: A tall tower like structure made of stones and bricks with carvings and inscriptions from the Quran. Superstructure: The part of the building above the main floor. Garbagriha: The area inside the temple where the main shrine was instated.

58

Social Science—VII (History)

Pishtaq: The tall gateways to Mughal buildings. Hasht Bihisht: A central hall surrounded by 8 rooms to give the effect of “the 8 paradises’’.

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Baolis were (a) Large step wells (b) temples (c) mosques (d) tombs 2. The Qutub Minar was completed by (a) Alauddin Khilji (b) Iltutmish (c) Qutbuddin Aybak (d) Balban 3. Large mansions were called (a) Chahar Baghs (b) qilas (c) havelis (d) qibla 4. The screen was used by (a) arcuate technique (b) Corbelled technique (c) superstructure technique (d) pishtaq technique 5. The Sultan was regarded as the (a) Shadow of God (b) deputy of God (c) priest (d) minister 6. The Persian word ‘ab’ meant (a) Population (b) prosperity (c) settlement (d) water 7. Sultan Iltutmish constructed the (a) Hauz-i-Sultani (b) Diwan-i-Aam (c) Delhi Kunha (d) Jama Masjid 8. The Kandariya Mahadeva Temple was built by (a) Pandyas (b) King of Sri Lanka (c) Chandelas (d) Cholas 9. The tallest __________ belongs to the Rajarajeswara Temple (a) Shikhara (b) garbagriha (c) gopuram (d) charupallam 10. The ‘chihil sutun’ was (a) audience hall (c) arches 1. (a) Large step wells 3. (c) havelis 5. (a) Shadow of God 7. (a) Hauz-i-Sultani 9. (a) Shikhara

(b) gateways (d) 40 pillared halls. ANSWERS 2. (c) Qutbuddin Aybak 4. (b) Corbelled technique 6. (d) water 8. (c) chandelas 10. (d) 40 pillared halls.

Rulers and Buildings

59

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Who were referred to as “Shadows of God”? Ans. The Muslim Kings (Sultans) were referred to as ‘Shadows of God’. 2. Explain Qibla. Ans. The pedestal on which the throne was placed, it is a direction faced by the Muslims at prayer (namaz). 3. What is a Shikhara? Ans. The top most pointed portion of a temple is called a Shikhara. 4. Why was limestone cement used in the construction of large structures? Ans. The quality of limestone cement is very good. When mixed with stone chips, it hardened into concrete. So large structures were made of limestone cement.

5. Who built the large reservoir called Hauz-i-Sultani? Ans. Iltutmish

6. When was the tomb of Humayun built?

Ans. The tomb of Humayun was built between 1562 and 1571.

7. Who built the Kandariya Mahadeva Temple?

Ans. King Dhangadeva of Chandela dynasty built Kandariya Mahadeva Temple.

8. What was mahamandapa?

Ans. The main hall in the Hindu temples, where dances were performed was called mahamandapa. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What types of structures were built by kings and their officials between eighth and eighteenth centuries? Ans. Generally two types of structures were built by the kings and their officials between eighth and eighteenth centuries. These were: (i) Forts, palaces, residences, tombs, gardens, etc. (ii) Temples, mosques, water reservoirs, wells, bazaars, etc. which were meant for the public welfare and use.

2. Write a note on Rajarajeshwara Temple.

Ans. Rajarajeshwara Temple was built in the early 11th century at Thanjavur. It had the tallest shikhara among the contemporary temples. The construction of this temple was not an easy job, because there were no cranes those days 90 tonne stone had to be lifted for the top of the shikhara. An inclined path or ramp had to be built and the stone was placed on boulders and was rolled to the top. The inclined ramp was 4 km long, so that it was not too steep. The inclined path was dismantled after the temple was built, but people remembered this for a long time and the village near the temple was named “Village of the Incline” (Charupallam).

60

Social Science—VII (History)

3. Do you think the actions of Rajendra I and Mahmud of Ghazni different with

respect to seizing and looting temples? Ans. The Chola king Rajendra I looted the temples of the kingdoms he defeated and he seized the prized statues from those temples. He later had built a Shiva temple where he displayed those seized statues. He did not destroyed or demolished those statues, but displayed them to showcase his valour. However, Sultan Mahmud looted and destroyed Somnath Temple several times. He destroyed several other Hindu temples too. This was to win credit as an Islam rule by destroying Hindu temples. Thus, their actions and intents were different. 4. Who were involved in the building of Qutub Minar? Ans. The construction of Qutub Minar started during the rule of Qutbuddin Aybak, but he could not finish it. The construction was finished during the rule of Iltutmish. It was repaired by Alauddin Khalji, Muhammad Tughluq, Firoz Shah Tughluq and Ibrahim Lodi.

5. Write a short note on Humayun’s Tomb.

Ans. Humayun’s wife Hamida Bano built Humayun’s Tomb. The construction started in 1564 and ended in 1572. It followed the Persian method of construction. Stone and marble was also used to build the tomb. It had a central dome and a tall gateway called pishtaq. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Write a short note on the Kandariya Mahadeva Temple. Ans. The Chandela king Dhangadeva built the Kandariya Mahadeva Temple in 999 CE. It has an ornate imposing gateway that leads to the main courtyard called ‘mahamandapa’ where devotional songs and dance were performed. The ‘garbagriha’ was the main shrine where the deity was instated and only the high priests and the royal family were allowed to perform rituals there. The complex has a number of other temples with intricate carvings from episodes in the Ramayana, the Mahabharata and the Puranas. The temple is dedicated to Lord Shiva.

2. What is the history behind the “Village of incline’’?

Ans. The Rajarajeshwara Temple at Thanjavur has the tallest ‘shikhara’ of all. However in medieval times, in the absence of cranes, it was most difficult to lift huge blocks of stone to such great heights. Therefore, an inclined plane was constructed to lift the stones. This plane was constructed 4km away to reduce its incline. The adjoining villagers witnessed its construction and subsequently came to be known as ‘Charupallam’ or “The village of incline’’.

3. Discuss two technological and stylistic developments in construction in the 12th century. ns. Two notable architectural developments in the 12th century were: A •• The weight of the superstructure above the doors and windows were carried by the arch and this style came to be known as ‘arcuate’

Rulers and Buildings

61

•• Limestone came to be used. This was mixed with stone chips to make concrete that made construction of large buildings faster and easier and more durable.

4. How did the King or Sultan claim divine right by constructing temples?

Ans. Large temples dedicated to main deities were constructed by Kings to show their proximity to God. Subordinate rulers could only build smaller temples. The temple was a symbolic representation of God’s rule on the world and showed God was ruling the world through his deputy. Persian chronicles described the Sultan as the ‘shadow of God’. An inscription in the Qawwat-ul-Islam mosque portrays Alauddin to possess the qualities of Moses and Solomon. Just as God created the world out of chaos and established order and symmetry likewise the Sultan was imposing God’s rule on earth.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Under which Mughal emperor’s reign a huge amount of construction activities occurred? 2. Which city did Shah Jahan choose to build his capital? 3. Which architectural style do the temples in Vrindavan resemble? 4. What do you know about Gothic style of architecture? 5. Describe the labour that was used to build the Agra Fort.

6

Towns, Traders and Craftsperson

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Hampi •• Constructed in 1336, it was a fortified city that was the capital of the Vijayanagar. Empire situated in the Krishna-Tungabhadra region. •• The interlocking technique was used to wedge walls without use of mortar or cement. •• There was the use of splendid arches, pillared halls, well-planned orchards and gardens and the use of sculptural motifs like the lotus and corbels. •• Hampi developed as a bustling commercial centre with Chetty, European and Portuguese traders. •• Devadasis or temple dancers performed before the deities and the priests and kings. Hampi developed as a cultural hub and the Mahanavami festival was most popular. •• Hampi declined when the Deccan sultans rose to power. Surat •• Surat was the gateway to the trade with the west in the Gulf of Ormuz and west Asia. It was also called the Gateway to Mecca as many pilgrim ships sailed from here. •• It was a cosmopolitan city with the Portuguese, Dutch and English setting up their factories and their ships anchoring in the docks. •• Textiles were famous, cotton as well as ‘zari’ work, in west Asia, Africa and Europe. •• The Kathiawad seths and mahajans had huge banking networks and their ‘hundis’ or cheques were highly creditable in Egypt, Mesopotamia and Europe. •• Surat declined with the decline of the Mughal rule. Masulipatam •• Situated in the Krishna delta, it witnessed intense commercial activities by both the Dutch and English East India Companies. The Dutch built the fort at Masulipatam. •• Trade on textiles and spices were controlled by the Qutub Shahi rulers to decrease European influence.

62

Towns, Traders and Craftsperson

63

•• There was fierce competition between the nobles, Europeans, Telegu Komatti Chettis and Persian merchants. •• When Aurangzeb annexed Golconda, the Europeans were forced to look at other centres of trade. •• Thus, Masulipatam lost its prosperity.

II. IN A NUTSHELL Administrative and Pilgrimage Centres •• In the medieval era towns combined administrative as well as other functions like being centres of trade, commercial activities and craft production. •• Temple towns and pilgrimage centres became new patterns of urbanization from which cities developed. •• Rulers made rich endowments on temples that became centres of economy and society of a particular locality and pilgrims flocked to these areas. •• Temple authorities used these finances to indulge in activities of trade and banking. •• Consequently artisans, craftsmen and small traders settled around temple towns and there was an increase in various kinds of commercial activities. •• Temple towns prominent in the period were Thanjavur, Kanchipuram, Somnath and Vidisha. •• The Chahamana capital Ajmer in the 12th century was an ideal example of peaceful religious co-existence. The Hindu pilgrimage site Pushkar co-existed with the Dargah of the Sufi saint Khwaja Muinuddin Chisti. Network of Small Towns •• In the 8th century small market towns called mandapikas or mandis developed where traders settled as well as regularly commuted to trade in horses, salt, camphor saffron, betel nut and spices. •• There were street markets called haats where pedlars and artisans gathered selling pots and pans and utensils, cloth and sugar and articles of iron and stone. •• Inscriptions suggest that zamindars or local chieftains would fortify the area and collect taxes on traders and merchants. At times the temple would also be granted such rights as a part of donation. Traders Big and Small •• Banjaras normally carried out horse trading through their associations that would negotiate with warriors. •• Traders travelled in caravans and formed guilds to protect their interests like the ‘manigramam and ‘nanadesai’ in South India. •• The Chettiars, Marwari Oswal, Hindu baniyas and Gujaratis, Muslim Bohras traded extensively in the Red Sea, East Africa, Persian Gulf and South-east Asia and China.

64

Social Science—VII (History)

•• Spices, muslin, cotton and ivory were bought by Italian merchants and distributed in European markets. •• Indian cotton and spices ultimately drew the European traders to India. Crafts in Towns •• The craftsmen of Bidar carved gold and silver inlay known as ‘bidri’. •• The goldsmiths, blacksmiths, bronzesmiths, masons and carpenters were instrumental in building temples, tanks, reservoirs and palaces from The Panchalas or Vishwakarma community. •• Cotton cleaning, spinning and dyeing became specialized crafts. The weaver community among the Saliyar and Kaikkolars became prosperous. New Towns and Traders •• The European merchants now turned to the east for trade and began to monopolise the seas with their superior naval powers, as the Mughals declined in the 17th century. •• Increased demand for textiles led to encouragement of weaving, spinning, dyeing and bleaching of textiles. •• Indian weavers lost their independence as they had to work on advances made by the Europeans and on patterns and designs set by them. •• The English became the most dominant traders and fortified towns, St. George in Madras and Fort William in Calcutta, and Bombay emerged also called Presidencies.

III. KEYWORDS •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Administrative Town: Town with administrative functions such as Delhi. Temple Towns: Town with prominent temple(s) such as Puri in Odisha. Port Town: Town with port function as its main functions such as Mumbai. Commercial Town: Town where sale and purchase of commodities are the major functions. Emporium: A place where goods from diverse production centres are brought and sold. Hundi: Hundi is a note recording a deposit made by a person, which can be claimed in another place by presenting record of the deposit. Factor: It referred to an official merchant of the East India Company. Hatta: Haat (several shops) of later times or market street of that time, where a number of shops are lined are called Hatta. Mandapas: Pavilions or places where kings used to hold the court to issue orders to their subordinates. Suba: Province under Mughal empire which was controlled by a Subadar. Sthapatis: Sculptors which made beautiful bronze idols and fall, ornamental bell, metal lamps. Pilgrimage Centres: Religious places where people go for pilgrimage.

Towns, Traders and Craftsperson

65

IV. DATE LINE •• •• •• •• ••

1336 1565 1704 17th century 18th century

: : : : :

Vijayanagar empire was founded. Vijayanagar defeated. Murshidabad became the capital of Bengal. Masulipatnam as centre of activity. Rise of Bombay, Calcutta, Madras.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 75 1. What would a traveller visiting a medieval town expect to find? Ans. A medieval town usually consisted of a temple that was the centre of religious, social and commercial activity. It would be inhabited by traders, merchants, administrative officers and artisans and craftsmen. Page 76 2. Why do you think people regarded Thanjavur as a great town? Ans. Thanjavur developed as temple town and set the pattern of urbanization in medieval India. Rulers built temples and they developed as religious, social and cultural hubs. Rich endowments were made to the temples. Consequently a wealthy class of priests, workers, artisans and traders emerged who settled around the temple to cater to the needs of the pilgrims. The temple authorities used the wealth to finance trade and banking. Page 77 3. What do you think were the advantages of using this technique? Ans. The alloy bronze, of copper and tin, had a greater proportion of tin to make bills with greater ringing sound. Chola bronze statues were made of the lost-wax process that made the statues look highly clean and polished. The statues were also more durable and perfectly shaped due to the wax mould used. Page 78 4. Make a list of towns in your district and try to classify these as administrative centres or as temple/pilgrim centres. Ans. As I live in Paschim Bardhaman in the state of West Bengal the towns are: Asansol, Durgapur, Kulti, Bhanowara, Jamuria, Raniganj, Raghunathchak, Ballavpur, Andal, Ukhra, Kajora, Pandabeshwar, Panagarh, Mankar, Kalyaneshwari, etc. The main administrative centres are: Asansol and Durgapur. The temple town is Kalyaneshwari.

Social Science—VII (History)

66 Page 79

5. Find out more about present-day taxes on markets: who collects these, how are they collected and what are they used for. Ans. In the market today there is GST called Goods and Services Tax that includes all taxes under one roof which are service taxes both under the state as well as the centre. Page 80 6. As you can see, during this period there was a great circulation of people and goods. What impact do you think this would have/had on the lives of people in towns and villages? Make a list of artisans living in towns. Ans. As trading towns flourished, the demand for goods and raw materials increased. The traders also demanded services in return for payment. There was migration of artisans and craftsmen to these towns from villages. The towns also became consumer centres for the agricultural products, be it crops or inedible raw materials like cotton. As a result, these towns were vital to the growth of economy and provided huge employment opportunities. They were also the centres of cultural exchange between traders from various parts of the world. Page 83 7. Why do you think the city was fortified? Ans. Hampi was the Vijayanagar’s, capital. Subsequently, it had to be well protected because of the great wealth and its political importance as it also housed the royal palace. Page 85 8. Why did the English and the Dutch decide to establish settlements in Masulipatnam? Ans. Masulipatnam became the most important on the Andhra coast and thus both the English and the Dutch wanted to control the spice trade and thus built settlements.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 88–90) Imagine You are planning a journey from Surat to West Asia in the seventeenth century. What are the arrangements you will make? Ans. One must book a place in a merchant ship. One must have medicines and proper luggage ready. One must be prepared for sea sickness and other dangers. One can be a small trader called a pedlar. Let’s Recall 1. Fill in the Blanks:



1. The Rajarajeshvara Temple was built in ———.

2. Ajmer is associated with the Sufi saint ————.

Towns, Traders and Craftsperson

67

3. Hampi was the capital of the ———— Empire. 4. The Dutch established a settlement at ———— in Andhra Pradesh. Ans. 1. Thanjavur, 2. Muinuddin Chisti, 3. Vijayanagar, 4. Masulipatam 2. State whether True or False: 1. We know the name of the architect of the Rajarajeshvara temple from an inscription. 2. Merchants preferred to travel individually rather than in caravans. 3. Kabul was a major centre for trade in elephants. 4. Surat was an important trading port on the Bay of Bengal. Ans. 1. False, 2. False, 3. False, 4. False. 3. How was water supplied to the city of Thanjavur? Ans. The city of Thanjavur was on the banks of the Kaveri River. 4. Who lived in the “Black Towns” in cities such as Madras? Ans. The native traders and craftsmen called ‘’blacks’’ by the European traders. Let’s Understand 5. Why do you think towns grew around temples? Ans. Temples received great endowments from rulers and merchants. The priests used the wealth in banking and other commercial activities. Many pilgrims flocked to these temples and large number of artisans and craftsmen settled here in order to provide goods and services to these pilgrims. Thus, they developed from temple towns to large trading towns as well. 6. How important were craftspersons for the building and maintenance of temples? Ans. The artisans, masons, sculptors and craftsmen were the real workforce behind the construction of temples. 7. Why did people from distant lands visit Surat? Ans. Surat was a very important dock in Western India •• It was the gateway to the trade with west Asia •• It was also called the gate to Mecca as many pilgrims sailed from there •• The textiles of Surat were famous. 8. In what ways was craft production in cities like Calcutta different from that in cities like Thanjavur? Ans. In Thanjavur, craft production centred on the temple and its needs. They also served the needs of the pilgrims. The craftsmen made exquisite bronze statues and bronze bells. In Calcutta, the artisans worked on advances made by the European traders and also on set patterns designed by them. Artisans thus began to lose their independence. Let’s Discuss 9. Compare any one of the cities described in this chapter with a town or a village with which you are familiar. Do you notice any similarities or differences?

68

Social Science—VII (History)

Ans. Calcutta, renamed Kolkata, is a legacy of earliest English settlements in the East. It is now a metropolitan city and a state capital. The English fortified the settlement as Fort William. It was of great strategic importance. It was the centre of the cotton cloth trade made by the weavers in the hinterlands. The British Calcutta has a large number of differences with a town or village. 10. What were the problems encountered by merchants? Do you think some of these problems persist today? Ans. There was stiff competition among traders from different communities. For this purpose the trades would form guilds to protect their interests. However, at times the guild would dictate terms to traders as well. There were not enough ships for merchants to ship their wares to different countries. Moreover, there were dangers of pirates and storms and other calamities. The Portuguese pirates were infamous and Jahangir had to give them a crushing defeat to teach them a lesson. Let’s Do 11. Find out more about the architecture of either Thanjavur or Hampi, and prepare a scrap book illustrating temples and other buildings from these cities. Ans.

The stone chariot of the Vithala Temple.

The watch tower in Hampi.

The walls were built by the interlocking technique without use of any mortar or cement. 12. Find out about any present-day pilgrimage centre. Why do you think people go there? What do they do there? Are there any shops in the area? If so, what is bought and sold there? ns. Kedarnath in Uttarakhand is one of the most sacred pilgrimage centres in A India for the Hindus. The site is dedicated to Lord Shiva situated high up in the Himalayas near the Chorabari Glacier which is the source of the Mandakini River. Lord Shiva is considered the most powerful Hindu God and people flock to the shrine because it is believed that he released the holy Ganges from his matted hair and thus crops grew and plenty came upon earth.

Towns, Traders and Craftsperson

69

Pilgrims bathe the Linga of Lord Shiva with the holy water from the Mandakini to appease him and seek his blessings. The area has temporary shops selling food, meals, small religious exhibit, blankets and other items required to travel and stay in the mountains. However, from November to April the area is closed due to intense snowing.

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. ___________ was the capital of the Cholas near the perennial river _________. 2. Chola bronze statues were made using _______________ technique. 3. The famous inlay work of the craftspersons of Bidar is known as __________. 4. Hampi was the capital of the _____________ Empire. 5. __________ in Gujarat was a cosmopolitan city. 1. Thanjavur, Kaveri 4. Vijayanagara

ANSWERS 2. lost wax 5. Surat

3. Bidri

II. Define the Following Terms: Temple Towns, Mandapika, Hattas, Lost-wax Process, Vishwakarmas, Devdasis, Emporium, Hundi, Black Town, Urbanisation Ans. Temple Towns: Temple towns were urban centres that grew up around temples where pilgrims visited. A variety of crafts and commercial activities developed in order to cater to the needs of the temples. These towns developed soon as busy commercial centres. Mandapika: Large markets developing in towns. Hattas: Small street markets. Lost-wax Process: First, an image was made of wax. This was covered with clay and allowed to dry. Next it was heated, and a tiny hole was made in the clay cover. The molten wax was drained out through this hole. Then molten metal was poured into the clay mould through the hole. Once the metal cooled and solidified, the clay cover was carefully removed, and the image was cleaned and polished. Vishwakarmas: The Panchala community consisting of goldsmiths, bronzesmiths, carpenters, masons and sculptors and ironsmiths. Devadasis: Temple dancers who served the Gods. Emporium: A place where goods from different areas were brought, sold and displayed under one place. Black Town: The portion of Presidency towns where native traders and merchants lived. Urbanisation: The process of migration from rural areas to towns in search of non-agricultural pursuits.

70

Social Science—VII (History)

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Medieval towns were (a) administrative centres (b) craft production centres (c) centres of both administration and trade (d) commercial centres 2. Mandapas served as (a) royal courts (b) army barracks (c) shrine worship (d) both a and b 3. Sthapatis were (a) bronze sculptors (b) masons (c) chieftains (d) priests 4. Vrindavan is an example of (a) an army barrack (b) temple town (c) capital city (d) suba headquarter 5. Pushkar lake is in (a) Ajmer (b) Thanjavur (c) Vrindavan (d) Calcutta 6. Street markets were called (a) mandis (b) mandapas (c) gopurams (d) hattas 7. Banjaras were (a) horse traders (b) sculptors (c) artisans (d) subadars 8. Inlay work in copper and silver was called (a) fresco (b) bidri (c) sthapati (d) vishwakarma 9. Muslim merchants were collectively called (a) moors (b) chettis (c) saliyars (d) hundis 10. Devadasis were (a) temple dancers (b) priestesses (c) queens (d) servers ANSWERS 1. (c) centres of both administration and trade 2. (d) both (a) and (b) 3. (a) bronze sculptors 4. (b) temple town 5. (a) Ajmer 6. (d) Hattas 7. (a) horse traders 8. (b) bidri 9. (a) moors 10. (a) temple dancers

Towns, Traders and Craftsperson

71

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What do temple towns represent? Ans. Temple towns were very important in the urbanization. 2. What is bell metal? Ans. Bell metal is a type of bronze, in which there is a greater proportion of tin. This produces a ringing sound like a bell. 3. What was imported to India from Africa? Ans. Gold and ivory were imported from Africa to India. 4. Why was Surat called the Gate to Mecca? Ans. Surat was an important port city and during those days the pilgrim ships to Mecca used to set from Surat. 5. Why did the Dutch and East India Companies attempt to control Masulipatnam? Ans. Masulipatnam was an important port on Andhra coast and both Dutch and East India Companies attempted to gain control over this port. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How did Kabul become important in the 16th century? Ans. Afghanistan had a number of mountain passes that facilitated the movement of caravans. Kabul and Kandahar were part of the Silk Route. Horse trade was most popular in this region. Tavernier noted that in the 16th century the horse trade in Kabul amounted to ` 30000 annually. Camels, dry fruits, dates, silk and slaves were main items of export from Kabul. 2. Comment on the growth of new towns as trading centres. Ans. Some towns like Ahmedabad (Gujarat) went on to become major commercial cities but others like Thanjavur shrank in size and importance over the centuries. Murshidabad (West Bengal) on the banks of the Bhagirathi, which rose to prominence as a centre for silks and became the capital of Bengal in 1704, declined in the course of the century as the weavers faced competition from cheap mill-made cloth from England. 3. Comment on the rise of new centres of trade in the 18th century. Ans. Bombay, Calcutta and Madras developed as Presidency towns into which weavers were forced to make settlements called “black towns’’. The older trading centres like Thanjavur and Masulipatam declined. European traders built these new cities and fortified their settlements like St. George in Madras and Fort William in Calcutta. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. How did weaving develop as an important craft? What changes took place in this craft? Ans. The Saliya community of Thanjavur wove cloth for flags during temple festivals, royal silk for the high priests and kings and nobility and coarse cotton cloth for commoners. The Kaikkolars also emerged as specialized weavers. They

72

Social Science—VII (History)

were prosperous communities who also made donations to temples. Cotton cleaning, weaving and dyeing became specialized crafts. In the 16th century Indian textile designs became more refined. However, the weavers lost their independence as they were forced to work on the advances made by European merchants and on designs and patterns fixed by them. 2. How did Thanjavur develop as an important administrative centre? Ans. Thanjavur was situated on the Kaveri Delta and home to the magnificent Rajarajeshwara Temple dedicated to Lord Shiva and built by Rajendra Chola. It grew up soon as a bustling temple town. Along with the temple, it had royal palaces and pavilions called “mandapas’’ where the king would often hold royal court. They also were army barracks. Temples were pivots of society and economy. Rulers built temples to show off their power and prestige and immense wealth. Rich endowments were made and pilgrims flocked to these places. The king thus appointed officials to regulate law and order and trade in these areas. A variety of trades and occupations also gathered here to serve the influx of pilgrims. The traders and merchants formed guilds to protect their interests and also administer their localities. The king imposed taxes on these guilds. 3. Write a short note on the trading communities in medieval India. Ans. The main trading communities were: •• Banjaras. •• Mainly horse traders. •• Formed groups that negotiated with the soldiers. •• Formation of guilds to protect traders called “Manigramam’’ and “Nanadesai’’. •• Marwari Oswals and Chettis that were principal trading groups. •• Gujarati traders – Hindu traders as well as Muslim Bohras. •• Extensive trade in Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Southeast Asia. China and East Africa. •• They sold textiles and spices in these ports and, in exchange, brought gold and ivory from Africa; and spices, tin, Chinese blue pottery and silver from Southeast Asia and China. •• The western coastal towns and ports were settlements of Arab, Persian, Chinese, Jewish and Syrian traders.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What was special about Surat Hundis? 2. How did the European Companies gain control on the sea trade? 3. What were the articles on which temple authorities collected taxes? 4. How was the town of Hampi? 5. What is bronze?

7 Chapter

Tribes, Nomads, and Settled Communities

I. BASIC CONCEPTS There were three types of medieval towns a temple town, an administrative centre, and commercial town or a port town. •• During medieval period many social, political and economic, changes took place. •• Many new communities like tribes, nomads and postral communities emerged. •• Several changes took place in medieval period in subcontinent. People of different tribes, clans came in direct contact with ‘varna’ base society.

II. IN A NUTSHELL Social change was not uniform everywhere and thus different societies developed differently everywhere in medieval India. Society was divided into the ‘varna’ system and between the rich and poor. The hierarchy between social classes was most pronounced during the Sultanate period. Beyond Big Cities-Tribal Societies •• Tribal societies did not follow rules of caste and rituals set by Brahmanical society and there was no inequality. •• They were united by kinship bonds. •• Agriculture and hunting-gathering by utilization of natural resources and joint ownership of pastures and were the rules. •• Tribals lived in forests and retained their distinctive culture. •• At times both societies were interdependent that led to a change in both societies. Who were Tribal People? •• The tribals had rich oral tradition of recording history and there are practically no written records. •• Some powerful tribes like the Khokhar and Gakkhar in Punjab, the Langahs and Arghuns in Multan and Sind and the Balochis in the north-west.

73

74

Social Science—VII (History)

•• The Nagas and Ahoms dominated the north-east •• Raja Man Singh as well as Aurangzeb later fought the powerful Cheros of Bihar, while the Santhals and Mundas dominated over Bengal and Odisha. •• The Kolis lived in Maharashtra, Karnataka and Gujarat •• In the south there were large tribal populations of Koragars, Vetars and Maravars lived •• The Bhils occupied large parts central India •• Some Bhils and Gonds became settled agriculturists and even zamindars How Nomads and Mobile People Lived •• •• •• ••

They travelled over long distances and milk products formed their staple diet Banjaras were nomads who traded in caravans called ‘tanda’ and carried grain They transported food grains for the Mughal army Many pastoral nomads also traded domesticated animals.

Changing Societies: New Castes and Hierarchies •• New skills emerged with the growth of new needs that led to the development of “jatis’’ or sub-castes within the larger ‘varna’ network. •• Rajputs emerged as powerful Kshatriya clans. The Chandelas, Hunas and Chalukyas were also considered Rajputs. •• Brahmins endorsed many tribes as “jatis’’. •• The north-western tribes actually embraced Islam. A Close Look: The Gonds •• They inhabited the Gondwana region and were divided into clans each with a ‘raja’ or ‘rai’. •• Each area was divided into ‘garhs’ further divided into villages called ‘chaurasi’. Each chaurasi was divided into ‘barhots’. •• The emergence of large states led to the once equal Gond society becoming unequal and the rajas demanded the status of Rajputs. •• Aman Das assumed the title of Sangram Shah and his son Dalpat was married to the Chandela princess Durgawati. •• Dalpat suffered an untimely death, but the brave princess ruled on behalf of her infant son Bir Narain and put up a stiff resistance against the Mughals. The Ahoms •• Migrated from Myanmar to the Brahmaputra valley defeating the ‘bhuinyan’ chieftains •• Built a large state by defeating the Chuttiyas and Koch-Hajo with the use of gunpowder and cannon •• They employed forced labour called ‘paiks’ to work for the state

Tribes, Nomads, and Settled Communities

75

•• Introduced new methods of irrigation and rice cultivation •• Ahom society was divided into administrative units called ‘khels’ that controlled several villages •• With the rise of Brahmanical influence Ahom society diverted from their original tribal beliefs and adopted Hinduism •• Great patronage was accorded to poets and scholars and history of the community was written in Ahom language.

III. KEYWORDS •• Varna: Caste division in Hindu society according to birth and occupations. •• Clan: A group of families or households claiming descent from a common ancestor. Tribal organization is often based on kinship or clan loyalties. •• Nomads: Wandering people. Many are pastoralists who wander from one pasture to another with their herds and flocks. •• Itinerant Groups: Group of craftsperson who travel from one place to another practising their crafts as occupations. •• Shifting Cultivation: Trees and bushes of a forest are cut and burnt. Ashes provide nutrients to soil where crops are grown till the soil is fertile. •• Jati: Caste sub-division within the Varna system and hereditary in nature. •• Tanda: Caravans of Banjaras. •• Paik: Forced labour of the Ahom state. •• Buranjis: Historical works during the Ahom kingdom.

IV. DATE LINE

• 1523 • 1581 • 1591



• 1692 • 1714 – 1744

: Ahoms annexed kingdom of Chhutiyas. : Ahom annexed kingdom of Koch-Hojo :  Cheros were defeated by Raja Man Singh, Akbar’s famous general. : Mughals attached Ahoms. : Sib Singh signed Ahom kingdom.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 92 1. On a physical map of the subcontinent, identify the areas in which tribal people may have lived.

76

Social Science—VII (History)

Ans.

Page 95 2. Find out how grain is transported from villages to cities at present. In what ways is this similar to or different from the ways in which the Banjaras functioned? Ans. Today grain is exported through trucks from villages or mills where grain is now mechanically husked and sent to towns where there are processed and then transported to cities by middlemen dealing in the transportation. The Banjaras also functioned more or less in a similar way. They formed associations to negotiate with buyers. They bought grain cheaply from farmers and carried to places like barracks and towns where they sold it. They maintained their own carts and oxen.

Tribes, Nomads, and Settled Communities

77

Page 99 3. Discuss why the Mughals were interested in the land of the Gonds. Ans. The Mughals were interested in the state due to its rich resources and strategic importance. After defeating the Gonds the Mughals received a rich booty of coins and elephants. Page 100 4. Why do you think the Mughals tried to conquer the land of Ahoms? Ans. The Ahom kingdom was on one of the richest deltas of the world. Also the society was cultured and sophisticated. The kingdom was of great strategic importance. The Mughals wanted to be in complete control over the GangaBramhaputra valley for its rich revenues.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 101–103) Imagine You are a member of a nomadic community that shifts residence every three months. How would this change your life? Ans. If I were a member of a nomadic community, my life would keep changing all the time. A settled house would never be possible. Houses would be made of temporary materials. It would change my life drastically because, my formal education would be affected greatly. Let’s Recall I. Match the following: 1. garh (a) khel 2. tanda (b) chaurasi 3. labourer (c) caravan 4. clan (d) Garha Katanga 5. Sib Singh (e) Ahom state 6. Durgawati (f) paik Ans. 1. (b), 2. (c), 3. (f), 4. (a), 5. (e), 6. (d).

2. Fill in the blanks:

(a) The new castes emerging within varnas were called ____________. (b) _____________ were historical works written by the Ahoms. (c) The ____________ mentions that Garha Katanga had 70,000 villages. (d) As tribal states became bigger and stronger, they gave land grants to _________ and ________. Ans. (a) jatis, (b) buranjis, (c) Akbar Namah, (d) temples, Brahmins.

3. State whether true or false:

(a) Tribal societies had rich oral traditions. (b) There were no tribal communities in the north-western part of the subcontinent.

78

Social Science—VII (History)

(c) The chaurasi in Gond states contained several cities. (d) The Bhils lived in the north-eastern part of the subcontinent. Ans. (a) True, (b) False, (c) False, (d) False

4. What kinds of exchanges took place between nomadic pastoralists and settled agriculturists? Ans. Nomadic pastoralists roamed from place to place and sold milk and milk products to settled agriculturists. They in turn exchanged these for grain, utensils and other items of daily use. They also sold wool to farmers.

Let’s Understand 5. How was the administration of the Ahom state organised? Ans. The Ahom state depended on forced labour called ‘paiks’ to work for the state. The paiks were made to work on a rotational basis and sent from the heavily populated areas to the less populated areas. This created the emergence of new clans and consequently the administration became decentralized. 6. What changes took place in varna-based society? Ans. New types of polity and economy initiated changes in the traditional ‘varnabased’ society. •• New castes emerged within the bramhanical hierarchy •• Artisans and craftsmen were give separate caste status •• The Kshatriyas caste further subdivided to include Rajputs clans like the Hunas, Chandelas and Chalukyas •• Many tribes assumed ‘jati’ status

7. How did tribal societies change after being organised into a state?

Ans. Tribal societies like the Gonds and the Ahoms transformed themselves into powerful states. They centralized their administration and began to dominate the smaller tribal chiefs. Their basically equal society now became divided into unequal social classes. They also came under the Hindu caste system and Brahmins received land grants. They suppressed the older political system and assumed lofty titles as kings of large kingdoms. Let’s Discuss 8. Were the Banjaras important for the economy? Ans. The Banjaras were the most important nomadic traders who travelled in caravans called ‘tandas’. During the Khaljis, they were the main grain transporters to the main grain markets and also supplied grain to Mughal armies during wars. An official of the East India Company also reported about such a tanda with 14000 oxen and 6-7 hundred banjaras. 9. In what ways was the history of the Gonds different from that of the Ahoms? Were there any similarities? Ans. The differences were •• The larger Gond tribes subjugated other Gond tribes and carved out a large kingdom for themselves. The Ahoms migrated from Myanmar to

Tribes, Nomads, and Settled Communities

79

the Bramhaputra valley and subjugated the existing political order of the ‘bhuinyas’. •• The Gond chiefs now demanded the status of Rajputs while Ahom society was divided into several castes of artisans called ‘khels’. •• The Gond society completely adopted the caste system and rejected their traditional tribal beliefs while the Ahoms assimilated various Hindu rituals but did not totally reject their traditional beliefs. The similarities were•• Both became Hindunised •• Both were attacked and defeated by the Mughals •• Both had centralized administrations. Let’s Do 10. Plot the location of the tribes mentioned in this chapter on a map (NCERT page 53). For any two, discuss whether their mode of livelihood was suited to the geography and the environment of the area where they lived. Ans. The Gonds living in Gondwana were forest tribes who practised shifting cultivation. The Ahoms lived in the Brahmaputra valley and practiced artisan and cultivation together.

80

Social Science—VII (History)

11. Find out about present-day government policies towards tribal populations and organise a discussion about these. Ans. The government has passed a series of laws to educate the tribes in modern education. Special provisions are made to secure government jobs to improve their economic status and bring them into mainstream society. The government has also granted them the protection to preserve their distinctive language and culture.

12. Find out more about present-day nomadic pastoral groups in the subcontinent.

What animals do they keep? Which are the areas frequented by these groups? ns. The present pastoralists are: A •• Gaddi shepherds in the western Himalayas •• Gujjar Bakarwalas of Jammu •• Banjaras of Rajasthan.

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Define the following terms: Garh, Chaurasi, Barhot, Bhuiyans, Paik, Khel, Buranji, Census Ans. Garh: Large divisions of the Gond kingdom Chaurasi: Each garh was divided into units of 84 villages. Barhots: The chaurasi was divided into units of 12 villages. Bhuinyas: Older political system under landlords in the Brahmaputra valley Khel: Tribal clans Buranji: Historical works of the Ahoms II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The Balchis tribals lived in the ___________ during the Mughal rule. 2. The provinces in Gond kingdom were known as _______. 3. According to Akbar Nama, the Gond kingdom had __________ villages. 4. Sib Singh was the tribal chief of ____________. 5. In Ahom society, khel was referred to as ___________. 1. north west 4. Ahom

ANSWERS 2. Garha 5. clan.

3. 70000

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Society was already divided into (a) Jatis (b) clans 2. Members of each tribe were united by (a) Caste (b) class 3. Some powerful tribes controlled (a) large territories (b) kingdoms

(c) varnas (c) kinship bonds (c) states

Tribes, Nomads, and Settled Communities

81

4. Kamal Khan Gakkhar was made a mansabdar by (a) Gonds (b) Ahoms (c) Akbar 5. Large tribes in the north-west were (a) Ahoms (b) Gonds (c) Balochis Ans. 1. (a), 2 (c), 3. (a), 4. (c), 5. (c).

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Who are called the tribes? Ans. Many societies in Indian subcontinent did not follow the social rules or caste systems prescribed by the Brahmanas. Such societies are generally called the tribes. 2. Name the region where the Gonds lived. Ans. Gondwana. 3. Name the tribe which was very influential in Punjab during 13th and 14th centuries. Ans. Khokhar tribe. 4. What were varnas? Ans. Varnas were the four groups in which the society was divided based on the works allotted to them. 5. What is census? Ans. Enumeration of people living in a country after an interval is called census. 6. Where do Kutiya Kond tribes lived? Ans. Kutiya Kond tribes lived in Odisha. 7. Who was the chief of Ghakkhar tribe? Ans. Kamal Khan was the chief of Ghakkhar tribe. II. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What are the characteristic of the tribal societies? Ans. The characteristics of the tribal societies are: (i) There is no caste based hierarchy among men and groups in the tribal societies. (ii) The societies are bound by kinship bonds. (iii) The social organization is simple and straightforward. Formal and complex organization is missing. (iv) They have communitarian basis of land holding. 2. What was the occupation of the Ahoms? Ans. The primary occupation of the Ahoms was agriculture. They used to construct embankments, improve on the irrigation system, and other public works besides agriculture. During the wars most of the men had to serve in the army.

82

Social Science—VII (History)

3. Who are nomadic pastoralists?

Ans. The nomadic people who travel from one place to another in search for pastures and fodder for their farm animals are called nomadic pasturalists. They live on milk and other pastoral products. They trade milk, wool, ghee etc. for grains, cloth, utensils and other products.

4. How was the administrative system of the Gond kingdom?

Ans. The Gonds were the largest tribal group in India. The kingdom was divided into garhs. Each garh was ruled by a particular clan. Each garh comprised 84 villages called chaurasi. The chaurasis were further divided into barhots composed of 12 villages each. III. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Comment on the growth of tribal societies. Ans. In the sub-continent there were many societies that did not adhere to the Brahmanical structure and order. They were tied together by kinship bonds and rules of equality. These societies lived in forested areas and made use of its resources. The main means of livelihood were shifting agriculture, hunting and gathering. Some tribes like the Banjaras indulged in trade through caravans. They were mainly transporters of grain. Pastoralism and trade in animals was also a common feature. Pastures were owned jointly. Though they clashed with caste-based societies, these tribes maintained their distinctive culture and order and often collaborated with caste-based cultures.

2. Enlist the different tribes in the sub-continent.

Ans. It is difficult to report on tribal societies as they did not keep written records and depended on oral traditions. Though they were scattered throughout the continent, the area of influence varied. At times large areas were controlled by powerful tribes. In Punjab, the Khokhar tribe was very influential during the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. Later, the Gakkhars became more important. Their chief, Kamal Khan Gakkhar, was made a noble (mansabdar) by Emperor Akbar. In Multan and Sind, the Langahs and Arghuns dominated extensive regions before they were subdued by the Mughals. The Balochis were another large and powerful tribe in the north-west. They were divided into many smaller clans under different chiefs. In the western Himalaya lived the shepherd tribe of Gaddis. The distant north-eastern part of the subcontinent too was entirely dominated by tribes – the Nagas, Ahoms and many others. In present day Jharkhand and Bihar, the Cheros emerged in the 12th century. In Bengal and Odisha the Santhals and Mundas emerged. The Maharashtra highlands and Karnataka were home to Kolis, Berads and numerous others. Kolis also lived in many areas of Gujarat. Further south there were large tribal populations of Koragas, Vetars, Maravars and many others. The powerful Bhils of central India became zamindars and the Gonds carved out a kingdom for themselves.

Tribes, Nomads, and Settled Communities

83

3. Discuss the economy of the tribals. Ans. Most of the tribals were pastoralists and hunter-gatherers. Some tribes like the Gonds practised shifting cultivation but later shifted to settled agriculture. The nomadic pastoralists traded milk and milk products and wool for grain and other necessities. The Banjaras were important trader nomads who travelled in large caravans called Tandas and transported grain to military camps and markets during the Sultanate as well as the Mughal periods. Many nomadic tribes sold animals like horses and artisanal products. Small pedlars travelled selling daily household wares.

4. How did new hierarchies emerge within the tribal structure?

Ans. As economy, polity and society became more complex, new sub-castes called jatis, emerged. Tribal societies also entered into the hierarchical structure. In Thiruchirapalli taluka in Tamil Nadu Bramhin councils deliberated on what caste status was to be given to architects, artisans and rathakaras or chariot-makers. Many Rajput clans like the Chandelas, Hunas and Chalikyas became powerful and demanded Kshatriya status. With support from the Bramhanas many tribes became a part of the caste system. Some tribes in the North-west adopted Islam to stay out of the unequal caste order.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST Choose the correct option: 1. (i) Aurangazeb captured (a) Santhal forts (b) Chero forts (c) Ahom forts (ii) In the late 16th century some Bhils became (a) Paiks (b) zamindars (c) mansabdars (iii) Rathakaras were (a) Chariot-makers (b) weavers (c) warriors (iv) The _________ was the powerful Gond kingdom (a) Karnataka (b) Garh Katanga (c) Mundas (v) Ahom king _________ patronized Hinduism (a) Sib Singh (b) Durgawati (c) Dalpat 2. Give one word answers. (a) What was the caravan of Banjaras called? (b) Who were Bir Narain? 3. Briefly answer the following questions. (a) What is the meaning of ‘Gondwana’? (b) What do you mean by clans?

8

Devotional Paths to the Divine

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• Various kinds of Bhakti and Sufi movements evolved since the 18th century.

II. IN A NUTSHELL The devotional tradition of India today is a rich legacy of the Bhakti and Sufi movements of the 8th century. •• New ideas of devotion emerged following the growth of an urban culture and trade. •• Ideas of a continuous cycle of birth and rebirth, inequality of individuals based on nobility of birth and caste and also ideas of equality emerged. •• Again Buddhist and Jain traditions of freedom from the cycle of life and the complete submission to one supreme God gained ground. •• The idea of Bhakti as explained in the Bhagvad Gita gained popularity. •• Supremely powerful deities, Vishnu, Shiva and Durga emerged and were ritualistically worshipped. •• Local deities came to be worshipped as various manifestations of these supreme deities. •• Local myths and oral traditions became a part of the Puranas. A New Kind of Bhakti in South India – Alvars and Nayanars •• New religious movements Alvars (devotees of Vishnu) and Nayanars (devotees of Shiva) were popular who tried to remove untouchability and included the sects of Pulayars and Pabars into their faith. •• They were critical of Buddhist and Jain principles and advocated faith to Vishnu and Shiva as paths to salvation. •• They drew from the love and heroic traditions of Sangam literature and travelled extensively preaching their faith composing songs and poems in praise of the deities. •• The Cholas and Pandyas built elaborate temples in praise of these deities and strengthened the link between the Bhakti cult and temple worship. •• Hagiographies or religious biographies of the Alvar and Nayanar saints were also composed.

84

Devotional Paths to the Divine

85

Philosophy and Bhakti •• Shankara, one of the most influential philosophers advocated the doctrine of Advaita or oneness of the individual soul with the supreme God. •• The world is an illusion or ‘maya’ and renunciation was the only way of a true Bramhan towards salvation. •• Ramanuja in Tamil Nadu advocated complete devotion to Vishnu as a means of salvation. •• His idea of Vishishtadvaita advocated the distinctiveness of the soul in spite of oneness with the Supreme Being. He was the main inspiration behind the Bhakti movement in North India. Basavanna’s Virashaivism •• Started in Karnataka in the 12th century as a strong advocation of equality of all mankind. •• Reaction against Bramhanical domination over caste, inequality of women, ritualism and idol worship. Saints of Maharashtra •• Maratha saints composed simple songs to inspire people – Eknath, Namdev, Tukaram, Janeshwar and Sakkubai all belonged to the Mahar caste. •• Worship of a form of Vishnu called Vithala and the belief in a personal God residing in all individuals. •• These saints rejected ritualism and any show of devotion. •• Their mode of Bhakti was not in renunciation, but within the complexities of daily household life. •• Saints like Narsingh Mehta advocated Bhakti through sharing the pain and suffering of others. Nathpanthis Siddhas Yogis •• Religious groups that criticized ritualistic religion through simple logic. •• Advocated renunciation and concentrated on deep meditation. •• Training of the mind and body through Yogasanas which could bring Ultimate Realisation of the self and bring oneness with the Supreme Being. Islam and Sufism •• Muslim mystics who rejected ritualism and stressed on love and devotion. •• Sought union with God as a lover seeks union with the beloved. •• Stressed on monotheism and rejected the ritualism of the Shariat. •• Developed a method of chanting, singing and dancing discussion of parables and breath control under the training of a master called ‘pir’. •• Sufi saints started their own genealogy of teaching called ‘silsilas’. •• Came from Central Asia and settled in Hindustan in the 12th century. The Chishti sect was most influential. •• Sufi masters held sessions called ‘khanquas’ to solve human problems through song and dance.

86

Social Science—VII (History)

•• The tomb of a Sufi saint was known as a ‘dargah’ that became a major pilgrimage site for both Hindus and Muslims. New Religious Movements in North India •• Wave of Bhakti movement. •• Kabir, Guru Nanak, Surdas and Tulsidas rejected ritualism and stressed more on devotion. •• They wrote and sang in the local dialect – Tulsidas wrote Ramcharitmanas in Awadhi, Kabir’s dohas were in Hindi. •• Shankaradeva of Assam started the ‘naamghar’ sect professing complete devotion to Vishnu. •• Mirabai was a Rajput princess married into the royal family of Mewar in the sixteenth century. Mirabai became a disciple of Ravidas, a saint from a caste considered “untouchable”. •• These saints composed songs in the regional languages and these were oral traditions passed on through generations by the most marginalized sections of society. A Closer Look — Kabir •• Brought up by a family of Muslim Julahas or weavers in Varanasi. •• His ideas are collected from ‘sakhis’ or ‘pads’ he composed many of which are included in the Guru Granth Sahib, Panch Vani and Bijak. •• He rejected any external show of devotion or ritualism in both Hinduism and Islam. •• His ‘Dohas’ were written in simple language though cryptic in meaning. A Closer Look — Baba Guru Nanak •• He was born in Talwandi, now in Pakistan and travelled widely before establishing his base at Kartarpur. •• He composed his own hymns and all his followers ate together despite different castes and creeds in the community kitchen called ‘langar’. •• Such a base came to be known as ‘dharmsal’ and later Gurudwara. •• Guru Nanak appointed his successor as Guru Angad who wrote the teachings and hymns in a new script called Gurumukhi. •• Guru Arjan compiled the writings in 1604. In 1706, Guru Gobind Singh compiled the holy scripture that came to be known as Guru Granth Sahib. •• Traders, artisans and craftsmen adopted the new ideas. Guru Nanak had insisted that his followers must be householders and follow lucrative occupations. •• In the 17th century, the town of Ramdaspur grew up around the Harmandar Sahib as a self-governing unit. Consequently, Jehangir regarded this as a potential threat and ordered the execution of Guru Arjan Dev. This militarized the sect and they organized the Khalsa Panth and a community of Sikhs in 1699.

Devotional Paths to the Divine

87

•• Nanak preached the oneness of God and all could attain salvation in spite of caste, gender and creed. He advocated a state of inner bliss while fulfilling all worldly and household duties. •• He himself used the terms – nam, dan and isnan for the essence of his teaching, which actually meant right worship, welfare of others and purity of conduct. •• His teachings are now remembered as nam-japna, kirt-karna and vandchhakna, which also underline the importance of right belief and worship, honest living, and helping others. •• All Sikhs were expected to contribute to the community fund.

III. KEYWORDS •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Vithala: A form of Vishnu Legacy: Treasure Bhakti: Devotion to God and Goddess. Alvars: Saints devoted to Vishnu. Vitthala: Form of Vishnu. Hospice: House of rest for travellers, especially one kept by a religious order. Tables: Imaginary tales. Same: Singing Pir: Master Langer: A common kitchen. Khalsa Panth: The community of the Sikhs. Dharamsal: A sacred space created by Guru Nanak. Gurumukhi: A new script introduced by Guru Nanank. Shariat: Holy law made by the Muslim Scholars. Quran: The holy religious book of the Muslims. Haj: Pilgrimage to Mecca, the birth-place of Prophet Muhammad Sahib. Ramzan: Month of fasting for the Muslims. Tawakkul: Single-minded devotion to God. Silsila: A generalogy of Sufi teachers. Salvation: Getting freedom from the cycle of birth and death. Ramcharitmanas: Famous work related with life and achievement of Lord Rama, written by Goswami Tulsidas.

IV. DATE LINE 1018 1270–1350 1390–1470 1440–1518 1469–1539 1499–1547 1604 1606 1699

: : : : : : : : :

Ramanuja was born. The period of Namdev. The period of Ramananda The period of Kabir. Period of Guru Nanak. The period of Mirabei. Compilation of composition by Guru Arjan of previous Gurus. Guru Arjan executed. The Khalsa was established by Guru Govind singh.

88

Social Science—VII (History)

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 105 1. You can observe this process of local myths and legends receiving wider acceptance even today. Can you find some examples around you? Ans. Puranic stories, folklore and the various ‘vratakathas’ observed as rituals all over the country are part of the local myths that got incorporated as mythology in the Puranas. Much of this local observance has today become a part of Indian religious culture like the ‘Karvachauth’ Hindu women observe as a fast. In Bengal the various ‘Shasthis’ observed as fasts were once a part of this local tradition that got incorporated into mainstream religious practices. Page 106 2. How does the poet describe his relationship with the deity? Ans. The poet Manikkavasagar narrates that his God Vishnu entered his vile body and transformed it into a temple and purified and soothed him and saved him from sorrow, birth, death and illusion. The Lord is his protector and an inseparable part of his soul. Page 107 3. Try and find out more about the ideas of Shankara or Ramanuja. Ans. Ramanuja: He was a saint of the ‘Advaita Vedanta’ tradition. He believed in both the plurality and distinctiveness of the soul as well as its unity with all other souls to ultimately realize the ‘param bramha’. Shankara: He believed in austere monastic life and spread the doctrine of ‘Advaita Vedanta’. He advocated unity and identity of the self, self-realization and awareness of the Universal Spirit called Bramhan. Page 108 4. What is the temple that Basavanna is offering to God? Ans. Basavanna says that unlike the rich he has no money to construct the shrines of gold. He thus offers his body as a temple to his Lord. His legs are pillars, his body the shrine and his head is the cupola of gold. Page 109 5. Discuss the ideas about the social order expressed in these compositions. Ans. Sant Tukaram advocates the doctrine of social equality and one who treats all individuals as one’s own imbibes godly qualities within himself. Chokhamela’s son Karmamela questions the social order of the caste system boldly and questions God as to why he is not ashamed that his own children are outcastes and treated lowly and given leftovers of higher castes. He questions God’s validity and His creation. Page 115 6. Why do you think Mirabai left the Rana’s palace? Ans. Mirabai rejected the false pomp, show and grandeur of the royal palace. The Rana had tried to poison her, but he could not destroy her as she had drunk it laughing knowing that he could never harm her.

Devotional Paths to the Divine

89

Page 116 7. In what ways are the ideas in this poem similar to or different from those of Basavanna and Jalaluddin Rumi? Ans. Kabir emphasizes on the essential unity of the soul with the Lord and that all beings are equal to each other and ritualism is useless. He professes the essential unity of all religions and that God resides in not one place, but in the hearts of all.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 120–121) Imagine You are attending a meeting where a saint discussing the caste system. Relate the conversation. Ans. Main points of conversations: •• Caste system started from varna system. •• Caste conflicts. •• Division of society. •• Major in-effects of the caste system. •• How to remove this evils. Let’s Recall 1. Match the following: (a) The Buddha (1) namghar (b) Shankaradeva (2) worship of Vishnu (c) Nizamuddin Auliya (3) questioned social differences (d) Nayanars (4) Sufi saint (e) Alvars (5) worship of Shiva Ans. (a) 3,  (b) 1,  (c) 4,  (d) 5,  (e) 2. 2. Fill in the blanks: (a) Shankara was an advocate of _________. (b) Ramanuja was influenced by the _________. (c) _________, _________ and _________ were advocates of Virashaivism. (d) __________________ was an important centre of the Bhakti tradition in Maharashtra. Ans. (a) advaitavad, (b) Alvars, (c) Basavanna, Allamma Prabhu and Akkamahadevi, (d) Pandharpur. 3. Describe the beliefs and practices of the Nathpanthis, Siddhas and Yogis. Ans. These were religious groups that criticized ritualistic religion through simple logic and advocated renunciation and concentrated on deep meditation. Training of the mind and body through Yogasanas would bring Ultimate Realisation of the self and bring oneness with the Supreme Being. 4. What were the major ideas expressed by Kabir? How did he express these? Ans. Kabir completely rejected traditional ritualistic religion and all forms of external worship in both Hinduism and Islam. He spoke and preached in simple language.

90

Social Science—VII (History)

Kabir composed songs in the form of couplets called ‘dohas’. His compositions are contained in ‘sakhis’ or ‘pads’ and often cryptic in meaning. Let’s Understand 5. What were the major beliefs and practices of the Sufis? Ans. Muslim mystics who rejected ritualism and stressed on love and devotion, sought union with God as a lover seeks union with the beloved and stressed on monotheism and rejected the ritualism of the Shariat. They developed a method of chanting, singing and dancing discussion of parables and breath control under the training of a master called ‘pir’. Sufi saints started their own genealogy of teaching called ‘silsilas’. They came from Central Asia and settled in Hindustan in the 12th century. The Chishti sect was most influential. Sufi masters held sessions called ‘khanquas’ to solve human problems through song and dance. The tomb of a Sufi saint was known as a ‘dargah’ that became a major pilgrimage site for both Hindus and Muslims. 6. Why do you think many teachers rejected prevalent religious beliefs and practices? Ans. The growth of towns, trade and empires, new ideas began to develop. The idea that all living things pass through countless cycles of birth and rebirth. Similarly, the idea that all human beings are not equal even at birth gained ground during this period. The belief that social privileges came from birth in a “noble” family or a “high” caste was the subject of many learned texts. Many people were uneasy with such ideas and turned to the teachings of the Buddha or the Jainas to overcome social differences and break the cycle of rebirth through personal effort. Others felt attracted to the idea of the Supreme God who could deliver humans from such bondage if approached with devotion (or bhakti). This idea, advocated in the Bhagavadgita, grew in popularity. The rigidity of the caste system and the atrocities of the upper castes led to the growth of these thoughts. 7. What were the major teachings of Baba Guru Nanak? Ans. Guru Nanak was born at Talwandi in Pakistan and he travelled widely before establishing a centre at Kartarpur (Dera Baba Nanak on the river Ravi). A regular worship that consisted of the singing of his own hymns was established. His followers were all equal irrespective of their creed, caste or gender and his followers ate together in the common kitchen (langar). The sacred space thus created by Guru Nanak was known as dharmsal. It is now known as Gurdwara. Guru Nanak insisted that his followers must be householders and should adopt productive and useful occupations. They were also expected to contribute to the general funds of the community of followers. He emphasized the importance of the worship of one God. He insisted that caste, creed or gender was irrelevant for attaining liberation. His idea of liberation was the pursuit of active life with a strong sense of social commitment. He himself

Devotional Paths to the Divine

91

used the terms nam, dan and isnan for the essence of his teaching, which actually meant right worship, welfare of others and purity of conduct. His teachings are now remembered as nam-japna, kirt-karna and vand-chhakna, which also underline the importance of right belief and worship, honest living, and helping others. Let’s Discuss 8. For either the Virashaivas or the saints of Maharashtra, discuss their attitude towards caste. Ans. •• Maratha saints composed simple songs to inspire people – Eknath, Namdev, Tukaram, Janeshwar and Sakkubai, all belonged to the Mahar caste •• Saints like Narsingh Mehta advocated Bhakti through sharing the pain and suffering of others •• They totally rejected the caste system. In fact, they were quite reactionary to it. 9. Why do you think ordinary people preserved the memory of Mirabai? Ans. Mirabai was a Rajput princess married into the royal family of Mewar in the sixteenth century. Mirabai became a disciple of Ravidas, a saint from a caste considered “untouchable”. She was devoted to Krishna and composed innumerable bhajans expressing her intense devotion. Her songs also openly challenged the norms of the “upper” castes and became popular with the masses in Rajasthan and Gujarat. Let’s Do 10. Find out whether in your neighbourhood there are any dargahs, gurudwaras or temples associated with saints of the bhakti tradition in your neighbourhood. Visit any one of these and describe what you see and hear. Ans. The Sahib Singh Gurudwara at Kolkata is a famous gurudwara where the langar runs every day and kirtans are sung in praise of Guru Nanak. The Phurphura Sharif Dargah is one of the most famous where pilgrims of all religions pay homage to the Sufi saint Abu Bakr Siddiqi. Near Kolkata, in the Nadia district is the birthplace of one of the most ardent exponents of Bhakti in Bengal which led to a revolution in Bengal society, religion and culture, Chaitanya Mahaprabhu. 11. For any of saint-poets whose compositions have been included in chapter, find out more about their works, noting down other poems. Find out whether these are sung, how they are sung, and what the poets wrote about. Ans. Mainly Guru Nanak. Students read the chapter and write down. 12. There are several saint-poets whose names have been mentioned but their works have not been included in the chapter. Find out more about the language in which they composed, whether their compositions were sung, and what their compositions were about. Ans. Self-attempt.

92

Social Science—VII (History)

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Define the following terms: Qawwalis, Bhajans, Advaita, Vishistavad, Virashaivism, Khanqah, Dargah, Yogasona. Ans. Qawwalis: The Persian style of chorus singing popularized by the Sufi saints. Bhajans: Poems composed into songs sung by the Bhakti saints in praise of a particular deity. Advaita: The doctrine of the unity of the individual soul and the Supreme Being as the Ultimate reality. Vishistavad: The doctrine coined by the saint Ramanuja who said that even though the individual soul unifies with the Supreme Soul it retain its own distinctiveness. Virashaivism: The virashaivas under Basavanna advocated the equality of all mankind and the oneness of God and opposed idol worship and the caste system. Khanqah: The assemblies held by Sufi saints to discuss spiritual matters and hold song and dance sessions. Dargah: The tomb of a Sufi saint that became a pilgrimage site for both Hindus and Muslims. Yogasana: Training of the body and mind for self-realisation and salvation. II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Nayanars were the devotees of ___________ and Alvars were the devotees of _______. 2. Sangam literature is the earliest example of _____________ literature. 3. Ramanuja was born in _____________ in _________ century. 4. Maharashtra saw a great number of saint-poets from _________ century to _______ century. 5. The Muslim mystics are called ___________. 6. The Sufi masters held their assemblies in their ______________ or __________. 1. Shiva, Vishnu 4. 13th, 17th

ANSWERS 2. Tamil 5. Sufis.

3. Tamil Nadu, 11th 6. Khanqahs,hospices.

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Since the 8th century the idea of Bhakti was associated with (a) Idea of a Supreme God (b) caste system (c) noble birth 2. ________ became parts of the Puranas (a) The Gita (b) Buddhism (c) local myths

Devotional Paths to the Divine

93

3. Alvars were saints devoted to (a) Shiva (b) Vishnu (c) Durga 4. Hagiographies were (a) Saints (b) biographies of saints (c) poems 5. Shankara was born in (a) Kerala (b) Tamil Nadu (c) Karnataka 6. Ramanuja propounded the doctrine of (a) advaitavad (b) dwaityavad (c) vishistadvaita 7. The Virashaivas were against (a) ritualism (b) idol worship (c) both (a) and (b) 8. The family of Chokhamela belonged to the caste of (a) Bramhins (b) Mahars (c) Kumars 9. The Nathpanthis advocated (a) renunciation (b) illusion (c) maya 10. Islam propagated (a) monotheism (b) polytheism (c) idol worship Ans. 1. (a), 2. (c), 3. (b), 4. (b), 5. (a), 6. (c), 7. (c), 8. (b), 9. (a), 10. (a)

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTION ANSWERS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What do you mean by legacy? Ans. Legacy means treasure. 2. Write the name of two early religious sects which were influenced by the idea of Bhakti. Ans. The idea of Bhakti became very popular among Buddhists and Jainas. 3. What are the hagiographies? Ans. Religious biographies of Alvars and Nayanars are known as hagiographies. 4. Who was Shankara? Ans. Shankara was one of the most influential philosophers of India, born in the 8th century in Kerals. 5. What was the belief of Nathpanthis? Ans. Nathpanthis believed in renunciation. 6. What was the language of Surdas’ devotional songs? Ans. Surdas’ devotional songs were in Avadhi or Hindi.

94

Social Science—VII (History)

7. What was the name of Tulsidas’ composition? Ans. Tusidas’ composition is Ramcharitmanas. 8. Name the great Sufi saints of Central Asia. Ans. Great Sufi saints of Central Asia were Gazzali, Rumi and Sadi. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Why did the pilgrims flock to the Sufis? Ans. The Sufi saints held assemblies where they discoursed on spiritual matters and held song and dance sessions as a mode to union with God. People often related treatment of illnesses with the healing powers of the Sufi saints. All religious devotees flocked to their bases for blessings and solutions to their worldly problems. 2. What was Ramanuja’s philosophy? Ans. He was a saint of the ‘Advaita Vedanta’ tradition. He believed in both the plurality and distinctiveness of the soul as well as its unity with all other souls to ultimately realize the ‘param bramha’. 3. Name some of the famous saint-poets of Maharashtra born between 13th and 17th centuries. What was their main philosophy? Ans. Janeshwar, Namdev, Eknath, Tukaram, Sakkubai, Chokhamela, etc. were some of the renowned saint-poets of Maharashtra. These saint-poets did not follow any kind of ritualism. They rejected the idea of renunciation, and advised people to live with their family. They believed in staying with family, earning livelihood honestly, and serving others in need humbly. 4. Who was Martin Luther? What were his views? Ans. Martin Luther was an important leader who brought changes in Christianity. He thought many of the practices were against the teachings of the Bible. He encouraged the language of ordinary people rather than Latin. He thought making donations to church to gain forgiveness from sins was a wrong practice. 5. Why was Guru Arjun executed? Ans. The town of Amritsar had developed around the Golden Temple called Harmandar Sahib. This was self-governing, and historians referred to it as ‘a state within the state’. According to the Mughal emperor Jahangir, this was a potential threat and he ordered the execution of Guru Arjun. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Discuss the emergence of the Bhakti movement in South India. Ans. The Alvars (devotees of Vishnu) and the Nayanars (devotees of Shiva) spearheaded the growth of new religious movements in south India from the 7th to 9th centuries. •• They came from all caste backgrounds including untouchables and preached complete devotion to Shiva or Vishnu as a path to salvation. They criticized the Jain and Buddhist traditions.

Devotional Paths to the Divine

95

•• They were inspired by the Sangam tradition of love, idealism and heroism and blended these with the idea of Bhakti or complete devotion to God. The Alvars and Nayanars travelled extensively and composed songs in praise of the lord. •• The Cholas and Pandyas built temples for these saints and biographies were written about them. This set a pattern of temple worship linked to the idea of Bhakti. There were 63 Nayanars belonging to different castes from potters to Brahmins. The 12 Alvars were also from similar backgrounds. 2. Explain Shankara’s philosophy. Ans. Shankaracharya was one of the most influential saints and philosophers in India, born in Kerala in the 8th century. •• He advocated ‘advaitavad’ or the unity of the soul with the Supreme Being and the oneness of God. •• The Ultimate Reality, Bramhan, was formless (nirakar) and without attributes (nirguna). •• The world is an illusion or ‘maya’ and true salvation was in renunciation of this maya. 3. What were the ideas of Jalaluddin Rumi? Ans. Rumi, the 13th century Persian Sufi saint, wrote that he had searched for God in the Holy Cross, but did not find Him there. •• Next he visited the temple, but found no sign of God. He even visited the Kabba, but He was missing. He was not even found in the philosophy of Avicenna, the Greek philosopher. •• When Rumi sought the Lord in his heart, he found Him right there. Rumi stressed on the presence of God in all beings and thus all beings were equal. 4. Discuss the emergence of the ‘namghar’ movement and the philosophy of Tulsidas and Surdas. Ans. In the late 15th century a Bhakti philosopher emerged in Assam devoted to Vishnu. He composed songs and plays in Assamese. He established the centres of recitation and prayer called ‘namghars’ that are popular till date. Tulsidas in Awadh regarded God in the form of Ram. He composed the Ramcharitmanas in Awadhi the local dialect. Surdas belonged to the ‘chamar’ (cobbler) caste and was an ardent devotee of Krishna. He composed the Surasagara, Surasaravali and Sahitya Lahari.

SELF-ASSESMENT TEST 1. How many Alvars were there? 2. Name two saint-poets of Maharashtra. 3. What is Guru Granth Sahib? 4. What is a dargah? 5. What is dharmsal now known as?

9

The Making of Regional Cultures

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• Regional cultures today are often the product of complex processes of intermixing of local traditions with ideas from other parts of the subcontinents. •• Every region is identified with a certain distinct types of food, clothing, poetry, dance, painting and music. •• Language is quite closely connected to a region. •• In 1912 century, the Chola empire of Mahodayapuram introduced the Malayalam language in the south-west part of Kerala.

II. IN A NUTSHELL The regional identity of a particular person can be determined by the language, food habits, poetry and music and painting adhered to by that person. However, through time regional boundaries have often been transcended leading to the emergence of a complex intermixed composite culture. The Cheras and the Development of Malayalam •• Kingdom of Mahodayapuram was established in Kerala in the 9th century. •• The rulers introduced Malayalam as a language and script through inscriptions. •• Malayali drew from Sanskrit traditions, especially the epics. •• The ‘Lilatikaram’ referred to both Sanskrit and Malayalam as ‘diamonds and corals’. Rulers and Religious Traditions – The Jagannatha Cult •• The local tribals erect a new image of the Lord Jagannath every 12 years suggesting that the God may have had tribal origins and later came to be incorporated as an image of Vishnu •• Early in the 12th century, Anantavarman of the Ganga dynasty erected the temple for Jagannath at Puri and his successor Anangabhima III dedicated his realm to the Lord and declared himself as the Lord’s deputy •• The temple emerged as an important site for pilgrimage with both the Mughals and the British trying to gain domination over it. The Rajputs and Traditions of Heroism •• Several groups called themselves Rajputs and their cultural traditions were linked to the aspirations of the rulers

96

The Making of Regional Cultures

97

•• The cult of hero worship emerged as the ruler was regarded as the valiant hero who would embrace death rather than accepting defeat. A large folklore and poetry were written as tales of such idealism and valour. •• Women were depicted as following and supporting their heroic husbands and practising ‘sati’ and ‘jauhar’ to spare themselves the humiliation of defeat. Beyond Regional Frontiers – The Story of Kathak •• The Kathaks were originally a caste of story tellers in temples who performed with gestures and songs •• In the 15th century it emerged as a distinct dance form •• It had originated as a Persian court dance and during the Bhakti movement incorporated themes from the life of Radha and Krishna called ‘ras lila’ •• It was performed in the Mughal court and consequently two genres or ‘gharanas’ were developed – the Rajasthani and Awadhi. The Awadhi gharana was patronized by the Lucknow’s nawab Wajid Ali Shah •• Consequently, it spread to other adjoining areas of North India •• It entailed rapid footwork, elaborate costumes and drama Painting for Patrons – The Tradition of Miniatures

•• Earliest miniature or small sized paintings were found in leaf, cloth or wood and later came to be greatly patronized by the Great Mughals to draw historical events •• Court life, scenes of battles, social life and ceremonies held by the emperor were depicted with vibrant colours and details •• With the decline of the Mughal Empire, court styles moved to the regions. The miniature Rajput style depicted stories from the Purans •• In the 17th century the Himachal region developed the Basholi style. e.g., Bhanudutta’s Rasmanjari •• Nadir Shah’s invasion in 1739 forced many artists to flee to the Himalayan regions and the Kangra School developed drawing strongly from Vaishnavite traditions. Soft shades of blue and green were predominant.

A Closer-Look Bengal

•• In 4-3 B.C Sanskrit influenced the growth of Bengali as a language due to trade relations with Magadha. •• The Gupta dynasty conquered the region and settled the groups of Brahmans there and the Chinese traveller Xuan Zhang reported the use of Sanskrit in Bengal •• Bengal was a Mughal suba and Persian became the official language. Around this time Bengali also developed. •• The early Bengali literature consisted of Sanskrit translation like the Mangalkavyas and Chaitanyacharitamrita. The later texts were Manyamati and Gopichandra’s ‘Nath’ literatures and folklore. The latter were mainly in oral tradition.

98

Social Science—VII (History)

Pirs and Temples •• In the 17th century, there was migration of population towards Eastern Bengal and intermixing of tribals, fisherfolk and peasant communities. •• Mughal’s control over Bengal and its suba capital at Dhaka led to the settlement of the Mughal nobility and the construction of mosques and around them community leaders grew who also functioned as adjudicators and solved local problems. They were referred to as Pirs. •• This cult of Pirs became very popular in Bengal and worshipped Hindu deities as well and animistic spirits. •• Brick and terracotta temples were built. •• As the English company spread its trading network, many social groups became rich and commissioned temples. The temples began to copy the doubleroofed (dochala) or four-roofed (chauchala) structure of the thatched huts. •• The temples were triangle roof structures of four converging on a point and built on a square platform. •• Temples were decorated with paintings, terracotta tiles and tablets. Fish as Food •• Bengal being a riverine delta fish and rice formed the staple diet. •• Terracota figures and Buddhist viharas depict fish being sold in the market. •• The Brihaddharma Purana, a thirteenth-century Sanskrit text from Bengal, permitted the local Brahmanas to eat certain varieties of fish.

III. KEYWORDS •• Time Immemorial: The time which is not memorable. In other words, from very early times. •• Lilatilakam: Fourteen-century text of sanskrit which deals with grammar and poetry. •• Classical: Old and very distinctive like folk dance. •• Maniature: Small sized painting usually done in variant colours. •• Pir: A spiritual guide in Persian language. •• Animism: Attributing living soul to plants, inanimate objects, and natural phenomenon. •• Kathak: The word Kathak has been derived from two word “Katha” used in Sanskrit and other languages for story. •• Gharanas: Traditions •• Basohli: The bold and intense style of miniature painting. •• Kansari: Bell metal workers. •• Dochala: Double-roofed structure. •• Pir: A person who is a spiritual guide in Persian language is called ‘pir’. •• Ras lila: Folk plays in which the legends of Radha Krishna were erected.

The Making of Regional Cultures

99

IV. DATE LINE About 12th century : First literary works in Malayalam. From 8th to 12th century : Sanskrit was continuously court language in most part of India. 1230 CE : King Anangabhima III dedicated his kingdom to the diety and proclaimed himself as the ‘deputy’ of the God. 19th century : The region of Rajputana constituted by the British. 1739 CE : Nadar Shah invaded and conquered Delhi. Mid-18th century : Kangra artists developed a style of miniature painting for their survival.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 122 1. Find out how many states have been created in the last 10 years. Is each of states a region? Ans. Telangana as a state has been created after 2014. It has been carved out of Andhra Pradesh. Telangana was once a region in Andhra Pradesh. Page 123 2. Find out when the language(s) you speak at home was first used for writing. Ans. This should be answered by the student on the basis of the language he/she speaks at home. One example is given for reference. Bengali script became popular from the mid-15th century. Page 126 3. Find out whether there are traditions of heroes and heroines in your town or village. What are the qualities associated with them? In what ways are these similar to or different from the ideals of Rajput? Ans. Students should answer themselves. One example is given for reference. In the Bengali folk, tradition of Manasamangalkavya mentions a merchant named, Dhanapati Saudagar who undertook a treacherous journey and vanquished many sea monsters to reach Sri Lanka and woo a beauty. In Bengal, the hero belonged to the Vaishya caste while the Rajput ideals of valour and courage were historically authenticated and were Kshatriya ideals. Page 127 4. Find out more about Indian classical dance forms. Ans. •• Bharatnatyam originated in Tamil Nadu as a dance to invoke Shiva. Later, Vaishnavite and shaktya traditions were also incorporated. •• Manipuri, also known as ‘jagoi’, originated in eastern India with Vaishnavite themes inspired by the love of Radha and Krishna.

Social Science—VII (History)

100

•• Kuchipudi originated in Andhra with its forms rooted in Natya Shastra. •• Odissi originates from Odisha invoking Vishnu as Lord Jagannath. •• Mohiniattam developed in Kerala as a form being performed by the mythical enchantress ‘Mohini’ a female avatar of Vishnu to prevail goodness over evil. •• Kathakali from Kerala is a story played with distinctive costume and makeup. They are centred on plays called ‘Attakatha’. Page 132 5. Why do you think the second category of texts were not written down? Ans. The second category of Bengali texts were oral traditions and folklore and grew up in Eastern Bengal where Bramhanical influence was less. Page 133 6. Compare the temple shown here with Chapter 2. Ans. The Bengal temples were designed in thatched roof style with four triangular roofs converging in the middle. They were mud and brick structures and decorated with terracotta tablets that were intricately carved with stories from Puranas. The temples in Chapter 2 were massive stone structures with towering shikharas and stone carvings.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 136–137) Imagine You are a Rajput prince. How would you like your story to be told? Ans. As a Rajput prince, I would like my story to be told by folklore as well as by commissioned poets who would write poems in eulogy of my deeds. I would also commission painters to paint the court scenes depicting my achievements and the wars I win. Let’s Recall 1. Match the following: 1. Anantavarman (a) Kerala 2. Jagannatha (b) Bengal 3. Mahodayapuram (c) Orissa 4. Lilatilakam (d) Kangra 5. Mangalakavya (e) Puri 6. Miniature (f) Kerala Ans. 1. (c), 2. (e), 3. (f), 4. (a), 5. (b), 6. (d) 2. What is Manipravalam? Name a book written in that language. Ans. A fourteenth-century text, the Lilatilakam, dealing with grammar and poetics, was composed in Manipravalam – literally, “diamonds and corals” referring to the two languages, Sanskrit and the regional language.

The Making of Regional Cultures

101

3. Who were the major patrons of Kathak? Ans. The Mughal court was the most ardent promoter of Kathak which acquired its present distinctiveness and features. It developed into a major art form under Nawab Wajid Ali Shah of Awadh. 4. What are the important architectural features of the temples of Bengal? Ans. Brick and terracotta temples were built •• As the English company spread its trading network, many social groups became rich and commissioned temples. The temples began to copy the double-roofed (dochala) or four-roofed (chauchala) structure of the thatched huts. •• The temples were triangle roof structures of four converging on a point and built on a square platform •• Temples were decorated with paintings, terracotta tiles and tablets. Let’s Discuss 5. Why did minstrels proclaim the achievements of heroes? Ans. Minstrels recorded the stories of valour and courage of the Rajput heroes in songs and poems to protect the legacy of the heroes and inspire others to follow their example and courage. Ordinary people were also attracted to these stories with dramatic situations that depicted valour, courage, friendship and loyalty. 6. Why do we know much more about the cultural practices of rulers than about those of ordinary people? Ans. The ruling class took measures to preserve their legacy and history that were preserved in poems, plays and epics. The common people also drew and sang, but much of that was not preserved and thus has not survived. 7. Why did conquerors try to control the temple of Jagannatha at Puri? Ans. All those who conquered Orissa, such as the Mughals, the Marathas and the English East India Company, attempted to gain control over the temple. They felt that this would make their rule acceptable to the local people. 8. Why were temples built in Bengal? Ans. The modest brick and mud temples were built by the lower orders of society like the ‘Kolus (oil pressers)’ or the ‘Kansaris (bell makers)’ to demonstrate their power and piety. When the European traders came to Bengal, many new social groups emerged that became powerful and they announced their dominance through temple building. As local deities gained status by being worshipped by Bramhins, their shrines were housed in temples. Let’s Do 9. Describe the most important features of the culture of your region, focusing on buildings, performing arts and painting. Ans. The most important feature of culture in Bengal today is the new genre of song and theatre that has evolved over time with heavy influence of European culture. While indigenous styles like the ‘patashilpa’ depicting scenes from

102

Social Science—VII (History)

the Puranas on clay pots remain, artists are also painting abstract art. The architecture is a heavy blend of colonial styles and the Bengali rural style with a mixture of Mughal architecture as well. Music is western and Hindustani classical with the’ ‘kirtan’ and ‘tappa’ styles co-existing. The Baul oe ascetic style of singing and dancing is still popular. 10. Do you use different languages for (a) speaking, (b) reading, and (c) writing? Find out about one major composition in language that you use and discuss why you find it interesting. ns. In West Bengal we speak in Bengali, but may read and write in English as A well due to the heavy colonial hangover. The Manasamangalkavya is still widely read and appreciated and dramatized. The various Puranic stories and the ballad structure makes it an interesting read. 11. Choose one state each from north, west, south, east and central India. For each of these, prepare a list of foods that are commonly consumed, highlighting any differences and similarities that you notice. Ans. Direction State Food North Punjab Chole West Gujarat Dhokla South Tamil Nadu Dosas East Assam Mach tyanga Central Madhya Pradesh Dal chokha The east and south concentrates on rice as staple while the north, central and west prefer dry foods like gram and wheat. 12. Choose another set of five states from each of these regions and prepare a list of clothes that are generally worn by women and men in each. Discuss your findings. Ans. Direction State Clothes worn by men and women North West South East Central

Haryana Goa Kerala West Bengal Chattisgarh

Pyjama kurta and kurti lehnga Trousers and shirts and gowns Lungi and shirt and saree Dhoti kurta and saree Dhoti and choli ghagra.

VII. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The Chera kingdom of ______________ was established in the ninth century. 2. The God ___________ in Puri, Odisha, was a local god, who was later identified with Vishnu.

The Making of Regional Cultures

103

3. The _____________ were originally a caste of story-tellers in temples of north India. 4. The bold and intense style of miniature painting developed in Himachal Pradesh is known as ___________. 5. The songs of Mayanamati and Gopichand are included in __________literature. 1. Mahodayapuram 4. Basholi.

ANSWERS 2. Jagannatha 5. Nath

3. Kathak

II. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Malayalam was the earliest example of regional language used in official records in India. 2. The 14th century text, the Lilatilakam dealt with mathematics. 3. The Chola ruler Anantavarman decided to erect a temple for Jagannatha at Puri. 4. The most popular text to be painted in Himachal Pradesh was Bhanudatta’s Rasamanjari. 5. The bhakti literature in Bengal includes the biography of Chaitanyadeva. 1. True 4. True

ANSWERS 2. False 5. True

3. False

III. Define the following terms: Classical, Ras-Lila, Gharanas, Miniature paintings, Animism, Pir, Dialect Ans. Classical: It means a language, dance or literature that has originated as the first and from which other forms of writing have developed. Ras-Lila: The legends of Radha and Krishna enacted through plays and dance. Gharanas: Traditions of dance forms Miniature paintings: Small sized paintings depicting a particular event in great detail and in vibrant colours Animism: The practice of attributing the living soul to plants and animals and other natural objects Pir: A Sufi saint believed to have healing powers Dialect: A particular method of speaking a language depending on regional factors.

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Malayalam was spoken in the (a) Chera kingdom (c) Chola kingdom 2. Lilatikalam was composed in (a) Malayalam (c) Sanskrit

(b) Pandya Kingdom (d) Chalukya kingdom (b) Manipravalam (d) Bengali

104

Social Science—VII (History)

3. King Anantavarman erected the (a) Khajuraho temples (b) Padmanabhaswamy temple (c) Puri temple (d) temples in Bengal 4. The Kathaks were originally a caste of (a) story-tellers (b) potters (c) dancers (d) priests 5. Kathak grew into a major art form under (a) Mughals (b) Wajid Ali Shah (c) Anantavarman (d) Rajputs 6. Miniature painting was patronized by (a) Mughals (b) Bengal (c) Bihar (d) Awadh 7. The Basholi style of miniature art was developed by (a) Kangra school (b) Mathura school (c) Gandhara School (d) Jain school 8. Around 4-3 B.C trade developed between (a) Bengal and Orissa (b) Bengal and Himachal (c) Bengal and Delhi (d) Bengal and Magadha Ans. 1. (a); 2. (b); 3. (c); 4. (a); 5. (b); 6. (a); 7. (a); 8. (d).

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Who was Anantavarman? Ans. Anantavarman was the most important ruler of Ganga dynasty in the 12th century. 2. What is Manipravalam? Name a book written in that language. Ans. Manipravalam is a language. The book written in that language is Lilatilakam. 3. What was Rajasthan called during British rule? Ans. Rajasthan was called Rajputana during British rule. 4. Who were the major patrons of Kathak? Ans. Mughals and Nawab Wajid Ali Shah of Awadh were the major patrons of Kathak. 5. When did Kathak evolve as a distinct dance form? Ans. Kathak evolved as a distinct dance form in the 15th and 16th century with the spread of the bhakti movement. 6. What is miniature painting? Ans. The small-sized paintings done on cloth or paper with water colours are called miniature paintings. 7. Who were the Naths? Ans. The ascetics who were engaged in various yogic practices are called the Naths.

The Making of Regional Cultures

105

8. What is Rasa Lila? Ans. Folk plays in which the legends of Radha Krishna were enacted. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Write briefly about the text Lilatilakam. Ans. Lilatilakam is a 14th century text which dealt with grammar and poetics. It was composed in Manipravalam, which literally means diamonds and corals. This referred to the two languages – Sanskrit and Malayalam, the regional language. 2. How were the women depicted in the Rajasthani stories? Ans. The women were depicted generally as the cause of conflict, as men fought with each other for protecting women or to win her. Sometimes women were depicted to follow their heroic husbands after death too by becoming Sati. Sati is the widow who undergo self-immolation on the funeral pyre of her husband. 3. Mention the names of the Indian classical dance forms. Ans. The recognized Indian classical dance forms are: Kathak, Bharatnatyam, Kathakali, Odissi, Kuchipudi, and Manipuri. 4. How did the Mughal emperors patronize the miniature paintings? Ans. The Mughal Emperors Akbar, Jahangir and Shah Jahan patronized highly skilled painters. These painters generally illustrated the manuscripts containing historical accounts or poetry. The miniature paintings were done with brilliant colours depicting court scenes, hunting scenes, or battle scenes. These paintings were often exchanged as gifts and were viewed only by the emperor and his close associates. 5. Who were the pirs? What was their position in the society? Ans. Pirs were the spiritual leaders who were believed to have the supernatural powers. The pirs used also functioned as teachers and adjudicators. When people migrated from less fertile western side of the Bengal towards east, the pirs provided the early settlers with assurance and brought order in the unstable conditions. III. Long Answer Type Questions 1. How did Malayalam develop as a language? Ans. •• Kingdom of Mahodayapuram was established in Kerala in the 9th century •• The rulers introduced Malayalam as a language and script through inscriptions •• Malayali drew from Sanskrit traditions, especially the epics •• The ‘Lilatikaram’ referred to both Sanskrit and Malayalam as ‘diamonds and corals’. 2. Discuss the traditions of Rajput heroism. Ans. Various Rajput rulers cherished the ideal of the valiant hero who fought courageously against dishonour even to the extent of embracing death. Legends

106

Social Science—VII (History)

about such Rajput heroes were sung by minstrels who wished to preserve this culture of valour and bravery and inspire future generations. The situations were often dramatic highlighting the principles of valour, dignity, loyalty and friendship. Rajput women were objects whom men fought over and protected. They were expected to follow the ideals of their husbands and even embrace death at the death of their husbands to escape dishonour or capture by the enemy, by ‘jauhar’ or ‘sati’. 3. Trace the development of Kathak as a major art form. Ans. Kathak referred to a caste of storytellers in North Indian temples who emoted through ballads and gestures. With the spread of the Bhakti movement in the 15th century the legend of Radha and Krishna were imbibed in the stories as raslila that developed as a folk dance. It became a court dance in the Mughal court developing two distinct traditions or ‘gharanas’ – one the Rajasthani or Jaipur style and the other as the Lucknow style. Nawab Wajid Ali Shah was a great patron. It entailed intricate footwork, elaborate costumes and dramatization. It was recognized as a classical dance in post-independent India.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. How did miniature painting become popular? 2. Trace the growth of Bengali literature. 3. How did the cult of ‘pirs’ and temples become popular in Bengal? 4. Choose the right option. (i) The Bangla dome structure was called (a) dochala (b) shikhara (c) gopuram (d) minar (ii) The permitted local Brahmins in Bengal to eat fish (a) Vishnu puran (b) Mangalkavya (c) Brihaddharma (d) Chaitanyacharitamrita

10 Chapter

Eighteenth Century Political Formations I. BASIC CONCEPTS

•• The 18th century saw the empowering of the regional states that were once the provinces of the Mughal Empire. From 1765 onwards a new power, the British, also joined the power play. Thus, there was a political change in the 18th century in the map of India within a very short time. •• The Crisis of the Empire and the later Mughals. •• After the death of Aurangzeb, the administrative structure of the Mughals broke down and mansabdars and subadars became so powerful that the Emperor failed to control them. They combined ‘diwani’ (revenue) as well as ‘faujdari’ (law and order) functions and wielded tremendous power. They controlled the large portions of the empire and the remission of revenue to the centre dwindled. Peasant and zamindari revolts added to the problems and local chieftains asserted their authority. In this midst, Nadir Shah attacked and plundered Delhi followed by Ahmad Shah Abdali and this dealt a final blow to the Mughal Empire. •• The empire was further rattled by the intense rivalry between nobles leading to the assassination of Farrukh Siyar and blinding of Shah Alam II.

II. IN A NUTSHELL Emergence of New States •• As Mughal authority declined, the Governors of Mughal provinces asserted their authority over their respective regions. •• Old Mughal provinces like Awadh, Bengal and Hyderabad ruled independently, but did not sever ties of suzerainty with the Mughal emperor. •• States of the Rajputs which had enjoyed territorial independence as ‘watan jagirs’ now functioned as independent principalities •• New powers like the Sikhs, Jats and Marathas arose who ruled over large territories and were engaged in land drawn power struggles with the Mughals. The Old Mughal Provinces •• Bengal, Awadh and Hyderabad were old Mughal provinces formed by the Mughal nobility. •• Saadat Khan (Awadh), Murshid Quli Khan (Bengal), and Asaf Jah (Hyderabad) were all high ranking mansabdars enjoying the favour of the emperor. •• Murshid Quli and Asaf Jah both had zat ranks of 7000 and Saadat Khan 6000.

107

108

Social Science—VII (History)

Hyderabad •• Asaf Jah Nizam-ul-mulk was one of the most powerful nobles in Farrukh Siyar’s court who was given the charge of the Deccan. •• Taking advantage of the political turmoil in the Deccan and the Mughal court, he established his power base in the Deccan. •• He appointed mansabdars and jagirdars from the nobility in north India. •• He ruled independently and the Mughal emperor merely ratified his decisions. •• The Nizam was engaged in a constant struggle with the Marathas, the Nayakas or Telegu chieftains and the British for control over the textile producing regions in the Coromandel Coast. Awadh •• Awadh was a rich province controlling the very fertile Ganga plains and the trade route between North India and Bengal. •• Saadat Khan Burhan-ul-mulk combined faujdari, diwani and subadari functions of Awadh. •• He reduced the number of Mughal jagirdars and mansabdars in the region and appointed his own loyal men instead. He seized lands belonging to Rohilla and Rajput chieftains. •• Local bankers and Mahajans provided loans. •• The right to collect revenue was auctioned to the highest bidder called ‘ijaradar’. •• These revenue farmers were local bankers and moneylenders who contracted an agreed sum as revenue and were given considerable freedom in collection. Bengal •• Murshid Quli Khan who had been appointed ‘naib’ soon took over the rule of the province and commanded the revenue administration of the state. •• He transferred all Mughal jagirdars to Orissa and reassessed the revenues. Zamindars had to borrow from moneylenders or sell off their lands. •• Close connection between the rulers and influential bankers like the Jagat Seth became apparent. The Watan Jagirs of the Rajputs •• The loyal Rajput families that served under the Mughals were given considerable autonomy over their provinces that came to be known as ‘watan jagirs’. •• These influential Rajput families claimed the subadari of the rich provinces of Gujarat and Malwa. Raja Ajit Singh of Jodhpur held the governorship of Gujarat and Sawai Raja Jai Singh of Amber was governor of Malwa. These offices were renewed by Emperor Jahandar Shah in 1713. •• They also tried to extend their jagirs, but were ultimately stopped by the Marathas. The Sikhs

•• The militarization of the Sikhs into the Khalsa panth happened in 1699 when Guru Tegh Bahadur was assassinated by Jahangir.

Eighteenth Century Political Formations

109

•• In 1708, the Khalsa under Banda Bahadur revolted against the Mughals and Banda Bahadur was captured and executed. •• Sikhs formed the bands called ‘jathas’ or misls, gathered during Baisakhi festival and offered protection to the peasants through tying ‘rakhis’ and taking a pledge of payment of 20% of the produce. •• This highly organized cult resisted the Mughals and Ahmad Shah Abdali. •• Coins bearing the Khalsa symbol were issued in 1765. •• The Sikh territories remained under different rulers until Maharaja Ranjit Singh united them under a single rule. The Marathas •• A powerful confederacy was carved out into a kingdom of warrior chiefs (deshmukhs) by Shivaji. •• The ‘kunbis’ or mobile peasant pastoralists were the support system of the Maratha economy. •• After Shivaji’s power passed into the hands of the Peshwa family – the prime ministers – who served the ‘Chhatrapati’ or Shivaji’s successors. Poona became the new capital. •• The Peshwas established an effective military system and cut off the supply lines from Mughal fortified areas. •• The Marathas extended their influence over entire central and Deccani India and imposed ‘chauth’ and ‘sardeshmukhi’. •• Administration was made efficient. Trade and agriculture were encouraged. •• Maratha chiefs (sardars) like Sindhia of Gwalior, Gaekwad of Baroda and Bhonsle of Nagpur the resources to raise powerful armies. •• These cities were large and prosperous and functioned as important commercial and cultural centres. •• New trade routes like the silk trade from Chanderi and the Agra-BurhanpurSurat route expanded to include Poona. The Jats •• By the 18th century the Jats expanded their power under Churaman and by 1680s dominated the Delhi-Agra region. •• The Jats were prosperous agriculturists, and towns like Panipat and Ballabhgarh became important trading centres in the areas dominated by them. •• Under Suraj Mal, the state of Bharatpur became powerful and resisted the invasion of Nadir Shah. •• His son Jawahir Mal organized the Jats, Sikhs and Marathas to resist the Mughals. •• Elaborate gardens and palaces were built in Dig, Amber and Agra on the architectural pattern of Shah Jahan.

Social Science—VII (History)

110

III. KEYWORDS •• Chauth: 25% of the land revenue claimed by zamindars. Marathas collected this in Deccan. •• Subadar: Governor of a province or stale •• Sardeshmukhi: 9–10% of the land revenue paid to the collector in Deccan. •• Decline: Fall •• Jagirdari: Lord ownership. •• Swaray: Own kingdom •• Diwani: to control of the office of revenue. •• Coffers: Treasury •• Faujdari: Military administration. •• Misis: Small political group of the Sikh warriors. •• Peshwa: Principal minister. •• Kunbis: Maratha peasant warriors •• Dal Khalsa: Grand army.

IV. DATE LINE •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

1627–1680 1675–1708 1707 1716 1722 1739 1754–1759 1761 1799

: : : : : : : : :

Period of Shivaji The period of Guru Govind Singh Death of Aurangzeb Execution of Banda Bahadur Burhzn-ul-mulk sardar of Awadh. Attack of Nadir Shah Reign of Alamgir II Third Battle of Panipat Ranjit Singh established his capital at Lahore

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 139 1. See Chapter 4. Which group of people challenged Mughal authority for the longest time during Aurangzeb’s reign? Ans. The Marathas under the leadership of Shivaji. Page 144 2. In trying to consolidate their rule, why did the Mughal subadars also want to control the office of the Diwan? Ans. The office of the Diwan was the revenue administration over a particular province. Military control required revenues and overall administration of the state was also not possible without revenues.

Eighteenth Century Political Formations

111

Page 148 3. What is the Khalsa? Do you recall reading about it in chapter 8? Ans. The Khalsa was a military organization of the Sikhs that was organized after Jahangir assassinated Guru Tegh Bahadur in 1699 by Guru Gobind Singh. Yes, we recall about it.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 152–154) Imagine You are a ruler of an eighteenth century kingdom. Tell us about the steps you would take to make your position strong in your province, and what opposition or problems you might face while doing so. Ans. The army has to be organized and kept in readiness. Since nobles could not be relied upon, a strong standing army would have to be kept in readiness. The nobility should be mainly of loyal people. Nobles from other centres of power or groups would always pose a threat. There would always be the threat of a conspiracy and so an efficient spy network would have to be developed. Revenues would be most important and so the Diwani functions of the state would have to be revamped. There should always be a steady supply of resources. The trading class would be a great support in this matter. Let’s Recall 1. Match the following: 1. subadar (a) a revenue farmer 2. faujdar (b) a high noble 3. ijaradar (c) provincial governor 4. misl (d) Maratha peasant warriors 5. chauth (e) a Mughal military commander 6. kunbis (f) band of Sikh warriors 7. umara (g) tax levied by the Marathas Ans. 1. (c), 2. (e), 3. (a), 4. (f), 5. (g), 6. (d), 7. (t) 2. Fill in the blanks: (a) Aurangzeb fought a protracted war in the __________. (b) Umara and jagirdars constituted powerful sections of the Mughal __________. (c) Asaf Jah was given charge of the Deccan subadari in __________. (d) The founder of the Awadh nawabi was __________. Ans. (a) Deccan, (b) nobility, (c) Hyderabad, (d) Saadat Khan 3. State whether true or false: (a) Nadir Shah invaded Bengal. (b) Sawai Raja Jai Singh was the ruler of Indore. (c) Guru Gobind Singh was the tenth Guru of the Sikhs. (d) Poona became the capital of the Marathas in the eighteenth century.

112

Social Science—VII (History)

Ans. (a) False, (b) False, (c) True, (d) True 4. What were the offices held by Sa‘adat Khan? Ans. Saadat Khan Burhan-ul-mulk combined faujdari, diwani and subadari functions of Awadh. Let’s Discuss 5. Why did the Nawabs of Awadh and Bengal try to do away with the ‘jagirdari’ system? Ans. Both Nawabs wanted to reduce the influence of the old Mughal nobility that could challenge their claim to independence. 6. How were the Sikhs organised in the eighteenth century? Ans. The Sikhs were organized into a military cult called the Khalsa. 7. Why did the Marathas want to expand beyond the Deccan? Ans. The Marathas extended their influence over entire central and Deccani India and imposed ‘chauth’ and ‘sardeshmukhi’. 8. What were the policies adopted by Asaf Jah to strengthen his position? Ans. The policies were •• Brought in capable soldiers and skilled administrators from north India •• Appointed mansabdars and granted jagirs. 9. Do you think merchants and bankers today have the kind of influence they had in the eighteenth century? Ans. Large banks are today nationalized and fall within the purview of government policies. Thus, political interference by the banks is not possible. All private banks fall within government financial rules. The merchants have a very strong lobby with the government. However, they are regulated by the rules laid out in the laws enacted by the legislatures and must work within the legal framework. 10. Did any of the kingdoms mentioned in this chapter develop in your state? If so, in what ways do you think life in the state would have been different in the eighteenth century from what it is in the twenty-first century? Ans. My state West Bengal is a part of the Bengal province of the Mughal Empire and the independent province under Murshid Quli Khan. Murshidabad still continues to be a thriving commercial centre and has the legacy of the Mughal provincial capital. However, the state capital is Kolkata which bears the legacy of the British. Kolkata is now a part of the global world and within the union of India. All laws are part of the nationwide laws that are applicable throughout. Let’s Do 11. Find out more about the architecture and culture associated with the new courts of any of the following Awadh, Bengal or Hyderabad. Ans. For self-attempt. 12. Collect popular tales about rulers from any one of the following groups of people: the Rajputs, Jats, Sikhs or Marathas. Ans. Do yourself with the help of your history teacher.

Eighteenth Century Political Formations

113

V. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The ruler of Iran, __________ plundered the city of Delhi in 1739. 2. Nizam-ul-Mulk Asaf Jah was one of the most powerful members in the court of __________. 3. __________ gradually broke away Bengal from Mughal control. 4. The Bengal banker __________ became prosperous during the rule of Alivardi Khan. 5. __________ founded his new capital at Jaipur and was given the Subadari of Agra in 1722. ANSWERS 2. Farrukh Siyaar. 4. Jagat Seth

1. Nadir Shah 3. Murshid Quli Khan 5. Sawai raja Jai Singh

II. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Ahmad Shah Abdali invaded north India seventeen times. 2. Saadat Khan held the combined offices of subadari, diwani and faujdari. 3. The Maratha subadars enjoyed considerable autonomy as watan jagirs. 4. Khalsa was established in the year of 1599. 5. Shivaji ruled the Maratha kingdom with the support of Deshmukhs and Kunbis. 1. False 4. False

ANSWERS 2. True 5. True

3. False

III. Define the following terms: Subdari, Dal Khalsa, Misl, Faujdari, Ijaradari, Chauth, Sardeshmukhi Ans. Subadari: Governorship of a Mughal province Dal Khalsa: Military organization of the Sikhs Misl: Sikhs formed bands called ‘jaths’ or misls, gathered during Baisakhi festival and offered protection to the peasants through tying ‘rakhis’ and taking a pledge of payment of 20% of the produce. Faujdari: The functions of maintaining law and order in a province Ijaradari: The system of auctioning the right to collect revenue to the highest bidder Chauth: 25% of land revenue in the Deccan claimed by the Marathas which was earlier collected by zamindars. Sardeshmukhi: 9–10% of the land revenue paid to the collector in the Deccan also claimed by the Marathas

114

Social Science—VII (History)

VIII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The Mughal Empire was torn by rebellions of (a) peasants and zamindars (b) jagirdars (c) mansabdars (d) soldiers 2. Nadir Shah invaded _________ in 1739 (a) Bihar (b) Bengal (c) Delhi (d) Hyderabad 3. Mughal nobles were divided into two major factions (a) Iranis and Turanis (b) Deccani nobles and turanis (c) Iranis and Afghans (d) Persians and Turkish 4. The jagirs of the Rajputs were called (a) watan jagirs (b) ijaras (c) mansabs (d) zamindaris 5. The Nizam was engaged in a struggle with (a) Marathas (b) Mughals (c) Marathas and Telegu Nayakas (d) British 6. In Awadh the _________ collected revenue (a) jagirdars (b) zamindars (c) talukdars (d) ijaradars 7. Murshid Quli Khan had been appointed as _________ of Bengal (a) Naib (b) subadar (c) jagirdar (d) Diwan 8. The khalsa was organized by (a) Guru Nanak (b) Guru Gobindh Singh (c) Banda Bahadur (d) Guru Tegh Bahadur 9. The Marathas collected (a) Chauth and sardeshmukhi (b) jaziya (c) toll tax (d) custom 10. The Jat leader was (a) Banda Bahadur (b) Ali Vardi (c) Churaman (d) Peshwa Ans. 1. (a), 2. (c), 3. (a), 4. (a), 5. (c), 6. (d), 7. (a), 8. (b), 9. (a), 10. (c).

IX. ADDITIONAL QUESTION A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Which state did Sa‘adat Khan found? Ans. Sa‘adat Khan founded the state of Awadh.

Eighteenth Century Political Formations

115

2. What were the offices held by Sa‘adat Khan? Ans. Offices held by Sa‘adat Khan were: •• Subadari  • Faujdari   •  Diwani He was responsible for managing political, military and fundamental affairs. 3. Who founded Hyderabad state? Ans. Hyderabad state was founded by Nizam-ul-Mulk-Asaf Jah. 4. What happened to the Maratha kingdom after Shivaji’s death? Ans. The family of Chitpavan Brahmanas wielded power over Maratha state as Peshwas. 5. Who was Churaman? Ans. Churaman was the Jat leader under whose leadership the Jats gained control over the west side of the city of Delhi. 6. Where is the garden palace of the Jats located? Ans. The garden palace of Jats was built in Dig. 7. What was Chauth? Ans. Chauth was the 25% of the land claimed by zamindars from the peasants. 8. What is Arsenal? Ans. A place (or store room) where explosive and weapons are kept. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How did the Jats rise to power? Ans. By the 18th century the Jats expanded their power under Churaman and by 1680s dominated the Delhi-Agra region. •• The Jats were prosperous agriculturists, and towns like Panipat and Ballabhgarh became important trading centres in the areas dominated by them. •• Under Suraj Mal, the state of Bharatpur became powerful and resisted the invasion of Nadir Shah. •• His son Jawahir Mal organized the Jats, Sikhs and Marathas to resist the Mughals. Elaborate gardens and palaces were built in Dig, Amber and Agra on the architectural pattern of Shah Jahan. 2. How did Awadh grow as an independent state? Ans. Awadh was a rich province controlling the very fertile Ganga plains and the trade route between North India and Bengal. •• Saadat Khan Burhan-ul-mulk combined faujdari, diwani and subadari functions of Awadh. •• He reduced the number of Mughal jagirdars and mansabdars in the region and appointed his own loyal men instead. •• He seized lands belonging to Rohilla and Rajput chieftains. 3. Mention the main causes of decline of the Mughal Empire. Ans. The decline of Mughal Empire were: •• Due to depletion of military resources during the rule of Aurangzeb. •• Financial crisis.

116

Social Science—VII (History)

•• Rise of the Mansabdars. •• Plunder by Nadir Shah. •• Attacks by Ahmad Shah Abdali. •• Breaking down of administration. •• Competition among different groups of nobles, etc. 4. What were the main threats to the newly formed state of Hyderabad? Ans. (i) The Marathas in the west, and (ii) the independent Telugu warrior chiefs or Nayakas were in a constant struggle with the state of Hyderabad. (iii) On the other hand, the British were gaining power in that region and did not allow the Nizams to gain control over textile-producing areas in the Coromandel Coast. 5. Write a short note on French Revolution. Ans. The French Revolution during 1789 to 1794 challenged the social and political privileges enjoyed by the upper class of the society. The deprived classes of the society, such as, the middle class, peasants, and artisans fought against the nobility and the clergymen. The revolutionists believed that everyone is equal by birth, and there should be equal law and opportunity for everybody in the society. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Discuss the Maratha growth under the Maratha chiefs. Once conquest had been completed and Maratha rule was secure, revenue demands were gradually introduced taking local conditions into account. Agriculture was encouraged and trade revived. This allowed Maratha chiefs (sardars) like Sindhia of Gwalior, Gaekwad of Baroda and Bhonsle of Nagpur the resources to raise powerful armies. Maratha campaigns into Malwa in the 1720s did not challenge the growth and prosperity of the cities in the region. Ujjain expanded under Sindhia’s patronage and Indore under Holkar’s. By all accounts, these cities were large and prosperous and functioned as important centres of trade. The Chanderi silk route opened new centres in Poona and the Agra-Surat route was diverted to include Nagpur and Poona. 2. Discuss the growth of the Rajputs as independent state. Ans. The loyal Rajput families that served under the Mughals were given considerable autonomy over their provinces that came to be known as ‘watan jagirs’. •• These influential Rajput families claimed the subadari of the rich provinces of Gujarat and Malwa. Raja Ajit Singh of Jodhpur held the governorship of Gujarat and Sawai Raja Jai Singh of Amber was governor of Malwa. These offices were renewed by Emperor Jahandar Shah in 1713. •• They also tried to extend their jagirs, but were ultimately stopped by the Marathas.

Eighteenth Century Political Formations

117

3. How did the Sikhs organize the misls and the Khalsa? Ans. The jathas or misls were military bands. •• The combined misls were called the Dal Khalsa or Grand Army. Meetings were held at Amritsar during Baisakhi to take “joint resolutions’’ or “gurumatas”. •• Guru Gobind Singh inspired them that their destiny was to rule-‘raj karega’. •• The Khalsa declared their independent rule and issued coins in 1765. •• They resisted the Mughals and the invasion of Ahmad Shah Abdali.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. How did the Maratha kingdom emerge? 2. What do you mean by ‘crisis of the Mughal Empire’? 3. Who was Burhan-ul-Mulk? 4. Why was the system called Rakhi introduced? 5. Why did the bankers flourish in Bengal?

PART B: GEOGRAPHY

1

Environment

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• Environment: Environment is our basic life support system. It provides the air we breathe, the water we drink, the food we eat and the land where we live. It is the place, people, things and nature that surround any living organism. It is a combination of natural and human made phenomena. While the natural environment refers to both biotic and abiotic conditions existing on the earth.

II. IN A NUTSHELL

•• The environment is composed of biotic and abiotic components. •• Biotic Components: The world of living organisms makes the biotic components. E.g. plants and animals. Lithosphere (crust plus the upper mantle)

Crust 0–100 km thick

Asthonosphe

Man

Outer Core

5100

Inner Core

Liquid

km

e

2900 km

Cor

Mantle

tle

re

Sold

•• Abiotic Components: The world of non-living elements, such as the physical and chemical components are known as abiotic components. e.g., land, air, water, etc. •• Lithosphere: It is the solid crust or the hard top layer of the earth. It is made up of rocks and minerals and covered by a thin layer of soil. It is an irregular surface with various landforms such as mountains, plateaus, plains, valleys, etc. Landforms are found over the continents and also on the ocean floors.

118

Environment

119

Lithosphere is the domain that provides us forests, grasslands for grazing, land for agriculture and human settlements. It is also a source of mineral wealth.

•• Hydrosphere: It is the domain of water that comprises various sources of water and different types of water bodies like rivers, lakes, seas, oceans, etc. It is essential for all living organisms.

•• Atmosphere: It is the thin layer of air that surrounds the earth. The gravitational force of the earth holds the atmosphere around it. It protects us from the harmful rays and scorching heat of the sun. It consists of a number of gases, dust and water vapour. The changes in the atmosphere produce changes in the weather and climate. •• Biosphere: The plant and animal kingdom together make biosphere or the living world. It is a narrow zone of the earth where land, water and air interact with each other to support life. •• Ecosystem: It is a system formed by the interaction of all living organisms with each other and with the physical and chemical factors of the environment in which they live, all linked by transfer of energy and material. All plants, animals and human beings depend on their immediate surroundings. Often they are also interdependent on each other. This relation between the

120

Social Science—VII (Geography)

living organisms, as well as the relation between the organisms and their surroundings form an ecosystem. There could be an ecosystem of large rain forest, grassland, desert, mountains, lake, river, ocean and even a small pond.

III. KEYWORDS •• Environment: The surroundings in which one lives from the environment. •• Physical or Natural environment: All the objects created by nature constitutes physical or natural environment. •• Man-made Environment: Surroundings created by humans constitute manmade environment. •• Human environment: It is the environment which reveals the activities, creations and interactions among human beings. •• Biotic: Related to world of organism. •• Abiotic: Related to world of non-living things. •• Lithosphere: Solid crust or the hard top layer of the earth. •• Hydrosphere: The domain of water comrising of various sources of water, different types of water bodies, lakes, seas, oceans, rivers etc. •• Atmosphere: The thin layer of air which surrounds the earth. •• Biosphere: The narrow strip at the joining place of lithosphere, atmosphere and hydrosphere full of plants and animals is called biosphere. •• Ecosystem: Ecosystem is the system formed by the interaction of all living organisms with each other and with physical and chemical factors of the environment in which they live all linked by transfer of energy and material. •• Barter System: Barter System is the system in which trade takes place by exchange of goods without use of money.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS

Page 3 1. Look at your surroundings. Make a list of uses that the land in your neighbourhood is being put to. Ans. •• Buildings • Agriculture •• Animal Rearing • Roads •• Institutions • Industries. 2. (i) Where does the water you use in your home and school come from? (ii) Make a list of different uses of water in our daily life. (iii) Have you seen anyone wasting water? How? Ans. (i) From DJB connection (ii) Uses •• Drinking • Food preparation •• Washing • Bathing •• Cleaning • Industrial use •• Sewage disposal. (iii) Yes. By keeping the water tap open and water flowing without any use.

Environment

121

3. (i) Observe the sky while coming to school. (ii) Make a note whether the day is cloudy, rainy, sunny, foggy, etc. Ans. The day is sunny •• it is hot. •• It is not comfortable to sit in the sun. •• We keep ourselves cool, sitting in front of the fans or coolers. Page 5 4. Talk to some elderly person in your neighbourhood and collect information about– •• The trees in his/her neighbourhood when he/she was of your age. •• The indoor games he/she played. •• His/her favourite fruit at your age. •• How did they make themselves comfortable during hot summers and cold winters? •• Display your answers on a wall/bulletin board. Ans. I talked to my grandfather to collect the required information. The trees that abundantly grew when he was of my age were neem, peepal, sheesham, banyan, guava, mango, jackfruit, etc. He used to play chess, carom board, ludo, etc. His favourite fruit was mango. In hot summers they used to sit under the shadows of big banyan trees, they used to fan themselves with fans made of dried leaves of palm trees. They used to have heavy curtains made from bamboo which they used to wet during day. In cold winters, they used to sit in the sun, and used to light charcoal fire at night.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 6) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) What is an ecosystem? Ans. Ecosystem is the system formed by the interaction of all living things with one another and with the physical and chemical factors of the environment in which they live linked by transfer of energy and material. (ii) What do you mean by natural environment? Ans. By natural environment we mean the surroundings created by the nature. It comprises the objects such as mountains, plateaus, plains, valleys, forests, land, air, river, ocean, water and all living and non-living things etc. (iii) Which are the major components of the environment? Ans. The major components of the environment include – Natural Components like, Land (Lithosphere), Water (Hydrosphere), Air (Atmosphere), Living things (Organism). Human made Components like, buildings, parks, bridge, road, industries etc. Humans like, individuals, family, community, religion, politics, education.

122

Social Science—VII (Geography)

(iv) Give four examples of human-made environment. Ans. Examples of human-made environment are buildings, parks, bridge, road, industries etc. (v) What is lithosphere? Ans. Lithosphere is the hard top layer of the earth or crust consisting of rocks and minerals extending both over the continents and ocean basins. (vi) Which are the two major components of biotic environment? Ans. The two basic components of biotic environment are: Plants and Animal. (vii) What is biosphere? Ans. Plants and animals found in the narrow strip at the junction of lithosphere, atmosphere and hydrosphere together make biosphere. 2. Tick the correct answer. (i) Which is not a natural ecosystem? (a) Desert (b) Aquarium (c) Forest (ii) Which is not a component of human environment? (a) Land (b) Religion (c) Community (iii) Which is a human made environment? (a) Mountain (b) Sea (c) Road (iv) Which is a threat to environment? (a) Growing plant (b) Growing population (c) Growing crops Ans. (i) (b) Aquarium, (ii) (a) Land, (iii) (c) Road, (iv) (b) Growing population 3. Match the following: (i) Biosphere (a) blanket of air which surrounds the earth (ii) Atmosphere (b) domain of water (iii) Hydrosphere (c) gravitational force of the earth (iv) Environment (d) our surroundings (e) narrow zone where land water and air interact (f) relation between the organisms and their surroundings Ans. (i) (e), (ii) (a), (iii) (b), (iv) (d) 4. Give reasons. (i) Man modifies his environment. Ans. It is true that man modifies his environment. It is because – •• He uses water. •• Deforestation by which he clears land for agriculture, industries and habitation •• He tills land for agriculture.

Environment

123

•• He uses air. •• Numerous activities made to make the life comfortable. (ii) Plants and animals depend on each other. Ans. The interdependence of plants and animals can be illustrated by the following points: •• Plants provide food to animals. •• Forests provide shelter to wild life. •• Wildlife adds beauty to forests. •• Animal dung provides manure for the growth of plants. •• The decay of dead animals provides nutrition to soil which in turn helps in the growth of plants and trees. 5. Activity Imagine an ideal environment where you would love to live. Draw the picture of your ideal environment. Ans. Individual activity for the students.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. _______________ is a system formed by the interaction of all living organisms with each other. 2. _______________ is the narrow zone of the earth where land, water and air interact with each other to support life. 3. _________ is the world of non-living elements. 4. All the plants, animals and human beings are _________________ on each other. 5. The World Environment Day is celebrated on _______________. 6. The system of trade where goods are exchanged without using money is called _____________ system. 7. The layer of air surrounding the earth is called _______________. Ans. 1. Ecosystem, 2. Biosphere, 3. Abiotic, 4. interdependent, 5. 5th June, 6. barter, 7. atmosphere. II. Name the following: 1. The zone where the land, water and air interact with each other. 2. The domain that provides us forests and grasslands. 3. The layer that consists of a number of gases, dust and water vapour. 4. It is a combination of natural and human made phenomena. 5. The world of living organisms. 6. System formed by the interaction of all living organisms with each other. Ans. 1. Biosphere, 2. Lithosphere, 3. Atmosphere, 4. Environment, 5. Biotic, 6. Ecosystem

124

Social Science—VII (Geography)

3. Say whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Atmosphere is the blanket of air that surrounds the earth. 2. The lithosphere domain contains water. 3. Growing population is a threat to the environment. 4. Forest is a natural ecosystem. 5. Lush green surroundings are common in Mizoram. 6. Humans have no power to modify the environment. Ans. 1. True, 2. False, 3. True, 4. True, 5. True, 6. False 4. Match the columns: Column A Column B 1. Gases, water vapour, dust (i) biotic 2. Land (ii) lithosphere 3. Mountains, plateau and plains (iii) abiotic 4. Animals, plants (iv) atmosphere Ans. 1. (iv), 2. (iii), 3. (ii), 4. (i)

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Which is the solid crust of the earth? (a) Atmosphere (b) Lithosphere (c) Hydrosphere (d) Biosphere 2. What do the plant and animal kingdom together make? (a) Atmosphere (b) Lithosphere (c) Hydrosphere (d) Biosphere 3. The gravitational force holds which of them together? (a) Atmosphere (b) Lithosphere (c) Hydrosphere (d) Biosphere 4. In which trade are goods exchanged? (a) Exchange (b) Barter (c) Interchange (d) Swap 5. The basic support of life system is (a) Environment (b) Biosphere (c) Atmosphere (d) Animals 6. The plant and animal kingdom together make the (a) Lithosphere (b) Biosphere (c) Atmosphere (d) Hydrosphere 7. The relation between the living organisms, as well as the relation between the organisms and their surroundings form an (a) Ecosystem (b) Environment (c) Abiotic (d) Armosphere 8. It is made up of rocks and minerals (a) Atmosphere (b) Hydrosphere (c) Biosphere (d) Lithosphere

Environment

125

Ans. 1. (b) Lithosphere, 2. (d) Biosphere, 3. (a) Atmosphere, 4. (b) Barter, 5. (a) Environment, 6. (b) Biosphere, 7. (a) Ecosystem, 8. (d) Lithosphere

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What is Lithosphere? Ans. It is the solid crust or the hard top layer of the earth which is made up of rocks and minerals and covered by a thin layer of soil. 2. Why is Atmosphere? Ans. It is the thin layer of air that surrounds the earth. It protects us from the harmful rays and scorching heat of the sun. 3. What is environment? Ans. Environment is our basic life support system that provides the air we breathe, the water we drink, the food we eat and the land where we live. 4. What is an ecosystem? Ans. The interrelationship between the living organisms and their surroundings is called an ecosystem. For example, pond ecosystem, desert ecosystem, etc. 5. How are the surroundings in Jaisalmer? Ans. In Jaisalmer, the surroundings are dry and barren with the presence of sand and ‘kikar’ or cacti as far as the eyes can see. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How does biotic differ from abiotic? Ans. Biotic Abiotic It is the world of non-living 1. It is the world of living organisms. 1.  elements. 2. Example: plants and animals. 2. Example: land 2. What is meant by environment? Ans. Environment is our basic life support system. It provides the air we breathe, the water we drink, the food we eat and the land where we live. It is the place, people, things and nature that surround any living organism. It is a combination of natural and human made phenomena. While the natural environment refers to both biotic and abiotic conditions existing on the earth. 3. What is hydrosphere? Ans. It is the domain of water that comprises various sources of water and different types of water bodies like rivers, lakes, seas, oceans, etc. It is essential for all living organisms. 4. What is lithosphere? Ans. It is the solid crust or the hard top layer of the earth. It is made up of rocks and minerals and covered by a thin layer of soil. It is an irregular surface with various landforms such as mountains, plateaus, plains, valleys, etc. Landforms

126

Social Science—VII (Geography)

are found over the continents and also on the ocean floors. Lithosphere is the domain that provides us forests, grasslands for grazing, land for agriculture and human settlements. It is also a source of mineral wealth. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. What is environment? Ans. Environment is our basic life support system. It provides the air we breathe, the water we drink, the food we eat and the land where we live. It is the place, people, things and nature that surround any living organism. It is a combination of natural– and human–made phenomena. While the natural environment refers to both biotic and abiotic conditions existing on the earth. The French word for environment is Environer/Environner meaning “neighbourhood”. 2. What are the various domains of the environment? Write a short note on each of them. Ans. The various domains of the environment are: (i) Atmosphere: It is the thin layer of air that surrounds the earth. The gravitational force of the earth holds the atmosphere around it. It protects us from the harmful rays and scorching heat of the sun. It consists of a number of gases, dust and water vapour. The changes in the atmosphere produce changes in the weather and climate. (ii) Lithosphere: It is the solid crust or the hard top layer of the earth. It is made up of rocks and minerals and covered by a thin layer of soil. It is an irregular surface with various landforms such as mountains, plateaus, plains, valleys, etc. Landforms are found over the continents and also on the ocean floors. Lithosphere is the domain that provides us forests, grasslands for grazing, land for agriculture and human settlements. It is also a source of mineral wealth. (iii) Biosphere: The plant and animal kingdom together make biosphere or the living world. It is a narrow zone of the earth where land, water and air interact with each other to support life. (vi) Hydrosphere: It is the domain of water that comprises various sources of water and different types of water bodies like rivers, lakes, seas, oceans, etc. It is essential for all living organisms. 3. How have human beings adapted to the environment to fulfil their needs? Ans. Human beings from the early times have been interacting with the environment and modifying it according to their needs. Early humans adapted themselves to the natural surroundings. They led a simple life and fulfilled their requirements from the nature around them. But their needs kept on increasing. They became varied also. To fulfil these varied needs, humans learnt to grow crops, tamed animals and began a settled life. The wheel was invented, surplus food was produced, barter system emerged, trade started and commerce developed. Industrial revolution made possible large scale production. By and by transportation became faster. Information revolution

Environment

127

made communication easier and speedy across the world. In this way, human beings adapted to the environment in order to fulfil their needs. 4. Which are the major components of the environment? Ans. The major components of the environment include: Natural environment – It comprises land, water, air, plants and animals. Human environment – It includes individual, family, community, religion, educational, economic and political situation. Human–made environment – It includes parks, buildings, bridges, roads, industries, monuments etc.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Answer in a word or two. (a) Name two components of natural environment. (b) Which force supports the atmosphere around earth? (c) What constitutes lithosphere? 2. Define the term barter. 3. What is referred to as hydrosphere? 4. What is eco system? 5. Which ways do humans modify environment?

2

Inside Our Earth

Chapter

I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• The distance between the surface of the earth and the centre of the earth is around 6000 km. It is not possible to reach the centre of the earth. •• The deepest mine in South Africa is only 4 km deep. •• Of the total volume of the earth, the crust forms only 1%, while the mantle forms 84% and the core makes about 15%. •• The oil mines can be maximum 6 km deep. •• The radius of the earth is 6371 km.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Crust: The uppermost layer over the earth’s surface is called the crust. It is the thinnest of all the layers. It is about 35 km. on the continental masses and only 5 km on the ocean floors. •• Sial: The main mineral constituents of the continental mass are silica and alumina. It is thus called sial (si-silica and al-alumina). •• Sima: The oceanic crust mainly consists of silica and magnesium. It is therefore called sima (si-silica and ma-magnesium). •• Mantle: Mantle is the layer just beneath the crust. It extends up to a depth of 2900 km. below the crust. •• Core: The innermost layer of the earth is the core with a radius of about 3500 km. It is mainly made up of nickel and iron and is called nife (ni – nickel and fe – ferrous i.e. iron). The central core has very high temperature and pressure. •• Rocks: Any natural mass of mineral matter that makes up the earth’s crust is called a rock. The earth’s crust is made up of various types of rocks. Rocks can be of different colour, size and texture. •• Igneous Rocks: When the molten magma cools, it becomes solid. Rocks thus formed are called igneous rocks. They are also called primary rocks.

128

Inside Our Earth

129

Crust

Mantle

Core

There are two types of igneous rocks: intrusive rocks and extrusive rocks. •• Extrusive Rocks: When this molten lava from the volcano comes on the earth’s surface, it rapidly cools down and becomes solid. Rocks formed in such a way on the crust are called extrusive igneous rocks. They have a very fine grained structure. For example: basalt The Deccan plateau is made up of basalt rocks. •• Intrusive Rocks: Sometimes the molten magma cools down deep inside the earth’s crust. Solid rocks so formed are called intrusive igneous rocks. Since they cool down slowly they form large grains. For example: Granite Grinding stones used to prepare paste/powder of spices and grains are made of granite. •• Sedimentary Rocks: Rocks roll down, crack, and hit each other and are broken down into small fragments. These smaller particles are called sediments. These sediments are transported and deposited by wind, water, etc. These loose sediments are compressed and hardened to form layers of rocks. These types of rocks are called sedimentary rocks. For example: sandstone is made from grains of sand. These rocks may also contain fossils of plants, animals and other microorganisms that once lived on them. •• Metamorphic Rocks: Igneous and sedimentary rocks change into metamorphic rocks under great heat and pressure. For example: clay changes into slate and limestone into marble. •• Rock Cycle: One type of rock changes to another type under certain conditions in a cyclic manner. This process of transformation of the rock from one to another is known as the rock cycle. •• Minerals: Minerals are naturally occurring substances which have certain physical properties and definite chemical composition. Minerals are very important to humankind. Rocks are made up of different minerals. Minerals are also used in industries. For example: iron, aluminium, gold, uranium Some minerals are used in medicine and in fertilisers. Some are used as fuels. For example: coal, natural gas and petroleum.

Social Science—VII (Geography)

130

III. KEYWORDS •• Igneous: Relating to volcanic processes, or relating to fire. Latin ‘Ignis’ means fire. •• Sedimentary: Relating to sediment. Latin ‘sedimentum’ means settle down. •• Metamorphic: Relating to rocks that has transformed due to heat, pressure, or other natural agents. Greek ‘metamorphose’ means change of form. •• Fossils: The remains of dead plants and animals in between the layers of rocks are called fossils.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 9 1. Collect the pictures of some monuments and find out which are the rocks used to build them. Two pictures have been collected for you. Ans.

(a) The Taj Mahal is made of white marble.

(b) The Red Fort is made of red sandstone.

(c) Jaisalmer Fort is made of yellow sandstone.



(d) The Pyramids in Giza are made of limestone.

Inside Our Earth

131

(e) Machu Picchu is made of granite and limestone.

Page 10 2. What are the minerals found in your state? Collect some samples to show in your class. Ans. Individual answer by students. One example is given of Bihar. In Bihar, iron ore, copper ore and bauxite (ore of aluminium) are the major minerals found. Mica, limestone, graphite, chromite, manganese, nickel, pyrites, etc. are the other important minerals found in this state.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 10–11) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) What are the three layers of the earth? Ans. The three layers of the Earth are the crust, the mantle and the core. (ii) What is a rock? Ans. A rock refers to any natural mass of mineral matter that makes up the Earth’s crust. (iii) Name three types of rocks. Ans. Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks are the three types of rocks. (iv) How are extrusive and intrusive rocks formed? Ans. Extrusive rocks are formed when the molten magma present inside the Earth’s interior comes out onto the Earth’s surface, cools down and becomes solid. When molten magma cools down and solidifies deep within the Earth’s crust, intrusive rocks are formed. (v) What do you mean by a rock cycle? Ans. The transformation of one type of rock into another, under certain conditions and in a cyclical manner is referred to as the rock cycle. For example, igneous rocks, formed as a result of the solidification of molten magma, may break down into small particles, which may then be transported and deposited to form sedimentary rocks. Sedimentary and igneous rocks transform into metamorphic rocks when subjected to heat and pressure. These metamorphic rocks may themselves get broken down to form sedimentary rocks, or they may melt under great heat and pressure to form molten magma, which would then once again solidify to form igneous rocks.

132

Social Science—VII (Geography)

(vi) What are the uses of rocks? Ans. Some of the uses of rocks are as follows: (a) For building roads, houses and buildings (b) For making jewellery (c) For cutting and drilling purposes (d) The fossilized remains of plants and animals present in rocks help in scientific research. (e) The different minerals that make up different rocks are used as fuels, medicines, fertilizers, and in various industries. (vii) What are metamorphic rocks? Ans. Metamorphic rocks are the rocks that get formed under great heat and pressure. Igneous and sedimentary rocks, when subjected to heat and pressure, get transformed into metamorphic rocks. 2. Tick the correct answer. (i) The rock which is made up of molten magma is (a) Igneous (b) Sedimentary (c) Metamorphic (ii) The innermost layer of the earth is (a) Crust (b) Core (c) Mantle (iii) Gold, petroleum and coal are examples of (a) Rocks (b) Minerals (c) Fossils (iv) Rocks which contain fossils are (a) Sedimentary rocks (b) Metamorphic rocks (c) Igneous rocks (v) The thinnest layer of the earth is (a) Crust (b) Mantle (c) Core Ans. (i) (a) Igneous, (ii) (b) Core, (iii) (b) inerals, (iv) (a) Sedimentary rocks, (v) (a) Crust 3. Match the following. 1. Core (a) Earth’s surface 2. Minerals (b) Used for roads and buildings 3. Rocks (c) Made of silicon and alumina 4. Clay (d) Has definite chemical composition 5. Sial (e) Innermost layer (f) Changes into slate (g) Process of transformation of the rock Ans. 1. (e), 2. (d), 3. (b), 4. (a), (f), 5. (c). 4. Give reasons. (i) We cannot go to the centre of the earth. Ans. The centre of the earth lying about 6000 km from the ocean floor is characterized by extremely high temperature and pressure. There is only molten magma at

Inside Our Earth

133

earth’s centre. Oxygen is absent, such conditions do not permit the survival of any living organism. Thus, we cannot go to the centre of the earth. (ii) Sedimentary rocks are formed from sediments. Ans. When big rocks break down into small fragments (or sediments), the fragments are transported and deposited by factors like water and wind. The loose sediments compress and harden over the years to form the layers of rocks. These rocks are known as sedimentary rocks. (iii) Limestone is changed into marble. Ans. Limestone is changed into marble due to the following reasons: •• The overlaying layers of rocks put pressure on the underlying rocks. •• From surface to interior of the earth, temperature and heat go on increasing. •• Due to pressure and heat, the original limestone changes into marble. 5. For fun. (i) What are the minerals most commonly used in the following objects? (ii) Identify some more objects made up of different minerals.

Karhai

Ornaments

Pan/Tawa

Hammer Bell

Lamp

Ans. (i) Karhai–Iron Bell–Brass Ornaments–Gold Pan/Tawa–Iron Hammer–Iron Lamp–Brass (ii) Other objects made up of different minerals are – Utensils (steel, brass, copper, aluminium) Furniture (Iron), Windows (iron, aluminium).

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS 1. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The core of the earth is mainly made up of _____________ and _________________. 2. Granite is an example of ______________ igneous rock. 3. Rocks break into smaller particles called ___________________. 4. _________ are naturally occurring substances which have certain physical properties and definite chemical composition.

134

Social Science—VII (Geography)

5. The process of transformation of the rock from one to another is known as the ______________. 6. _____________ are the dead plant or animal remains buried between layers of rocks. 7. Sandstone is an example of _______________ rock. 8. The Deccan Plateau is made up of ____________ rocks. Ans. 1. nickel, iron, 2. intrusive, 3. sediments, 4. Minerals, 5. rock cycle, 6. Fossils, 7. sedimentary, 8. basalt 2. Name the following: 1. The small fragments of rocks 2. Example of intrusive igneous rock 3. The dead remains of plants and animals 4. Natural mass of mineral matter that makes up the earth’s crust 5. The layer of the earth that forms 84% of the volume of the earth. Ans. 1. Sediments, 2. Granite, 3. Fossils, 4. Rock, 5. Mantle 3. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. The innermost layer of the earth is the mantle. 2. Sial is made of silicon and alumina. 3. Rocks are used for roads and buildings. 4. Rocks have a definite mineral composition. 5. Coal, natural gas and petroleum are used as fuel. 6. The radius of the earth is around 7000 km. 7. Clay changes into marble under extreme heat and pressure. 8. Man has been able to reach up to only 6 km depth into the earth’s crust. Ans. 1. False, 2. True, 3. True, 4. False, 5. True, 6. False, 7. False, 8. True

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Molten magma cools and solidifies to become this type of rock. (a) Metamorphic (b) Igneous (c) Sedimentary 2. Which rocks contain fossils of plants and animals? (a) Metamorphic (b) Igneous (c) Sedimentary 3. What is found below the crust? (a) Core (c) Mantle

(b) Path

Inside Our Earth

135

4. Clay changes to which of the following? (a) Marble (b) Slate (c) Limestone 5. Intrusive and extrusive are the types of __________ rock. (a) igneous (b) sedimentary (c) metamorphic 6. The minerals we use as fuels are (a) coal (b) aluminium (c) uranium 7. The core of the earth is mainly made up of (a) silica and alumina (b) silica and magnesium (c) nickel and iron 8. The limestone metamorphose into (a) basalt (b) marble (c) granite Ans. 1. (b) Igneous, 2. (c) Sedimentary, 3. (c) Mantle, 4. (b) Slate, 5. (a) igneous, 6. (a) coal, 7. (c) nickel and iron, 8. (b) marble

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Where is the deepest mine on earth located? Ans. The deepest mine on earth is located in South Africa. 2. Name the layers of earth. Ans. The layers of the earth are crust, mantle and core. 3. Which layer of the earth makes the maximum volume? Ans. The mantle makes the maximum volume of the earth. 4. Name the major types of rocks present on the earth’s surface. Ans. The major types of rocks present on the earth’s surface are igneous rocks, sedimentary rocks, and metamorphic rocks. 5. How are the sandstones formed? Ans. The sandstones are the sedimentary rocks formed by the deposition of grains of sand in layers. 6. What is the rock cycle? Ans. The process of transformation of the rock from one to another is called the rock cycle. 7. Which rock is The Taj Mahal made up of? Ans. The Taj Mahal is made up of white marble rock. 8. Name an Indian monument that is made up of red sandstone. Ans. The Red Fort is made up of red sandstone.

136

Social Science—VII (Geography)

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How does crust of the earth differ from the core of the earth? Ans. Crust Core 1. The uppermost layer over the 1. The innermost layer of the earth is earth’s surface is called the called core. crust. 2. It is the thinnest of all the 2. It is thicker than the crust layers. 3. It is about 35 km thick on the 3. The core has a radius of 3500 km. continental masses and only 5 km thick on the ocean floors. 2. What are extrusive igneous rocks? Ans. When the molten lava comes on the earth’s surface, it rapidly cools down and becomes solid. Rocks formed in such a way on the crust are called extrusive igneous rocks. 3. What are sediments? Ans. Rocks roll down, crack, and hit each other and are broken down into small fragments. These smaller particles are called sediments. 4. How are rocks useful to us? Ans. Rocks are very useful to us. The hard rocks are used for making roads, houses and buildings. 5. What is the core of the earth? Ans. The innermost layer of the earth is the core with a radius of about 3500 km. It is mainly made up of nickel and iron and is called nife (ni – nickel and fe – ferrous, i.e. iron). The central core has very high temperature and pressure. 6. What are minerals? Ans. Minerals are naturally occurring substances which have certain physical properties and definite chemical composition. Minerals are very important to humankind. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. How are sedimentary rocks formed? Ans. Rocks roll down, crack, and hit each other and are broken down into small fragments. These smaller particles are called sediments. These sediments are transported and deposited by wind, water, etc. These loose sediments are compressed and hardened to form the layers of rocks. These types of rocks are called sedimentary rocks. 2. Explain rock cycle. Ans. One type of rock changes to another type under certain conditions in a cyclic manner. This process of transformation of the rock from one to another is known as the rock cycle.

Inside Our Earth

137

When the molten magma cools, it solidifies to become igneous rock. These igneous rocks are broken down into small particles that are transported and deposited to form sedimentary rocks. When the igneous and sedimentary rocks are subjected to heat and pressure, they change into metamorphic rocks. The metamorphic rocks which are still under great heat and pressure melt down to form molten magma. This molten magma again can cool down and solidify into igneous rocks.

Magnma

Metamorphic Rock

Igneous Rock

Sedimentary Rock

Rock Cycle

D. Picture–based question. Mark the three layers of the earth.

Sediments

138

Social Science—VII (Geography)

Ans. Crust Mantle Outer Core Inner Core

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Give one word answers: (a) Name the dynamic planet in the Milky Way galaxy. (b) What is the radius of the earth? (c) Give the main mineral constituents of continental mass. (d) Which is the thickest layer of earth? 2. What is extrusive igneous rock? 3. What is ‘nife’? 4. Which are primary rocks? 5. Define the term fossil.

3

Our Changing Earth

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Earth movements [Movement of tectonic plates]

Endogenic Forces [Interior of the earth]

Diastrophic Forces

Sudden Forces

Earthquake

Volcano

Exogenic Forces [On surface of the earth]

Erosional and Depositional Forces

Landslides River

Wind

Building Mountains

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Endogenic Forces: The forces which act in the interior of the earth are called as Endogenic forces. •• Exogenic Forces: The forces that work on the surface of the earth are called as Exogenic forces. •• Volcano: A volcano is a vent (opening) in the earth’s crust through which molten material erupts suddenly. •• Earthquakes: When the Lithospheric plates move, the surface of the earth

139

Sea-waves

Glaciers

140

•• •• •• ••

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

••

••

••

Social Science—VII (Geography)

vibrates. The vibrations can travel all around the earth. These vibrations are called earthquakes. Focus: The place in the crust where the vibrations starts is called the focus. Epicentre: The place on the surface above the focus is called the epicentre. Seismograph: An earthquake is measured with a machine called a seismograph. Richter Scale: The magnitude of the earthquake is measured on the Richter scale. An earthquake above magnitude 5.0 can cause damage, while a magnitude over 6.0 is considered very strong. Over 7.0 magnitude in Richter scale brings about significant devastation. Magnitude below 2.0 is hardly felt. During an earthquake one can immediately take shelter under kitchen counter, table or desk, against an inside corner or wall. These are called safe spots. One should stay away from fire places, chimneys, big and heavy glass objects. Three types of earthquake waves are there: P waves or longitudinal waves, S waves or transverse waves, and L waves or surface waves. Weathering: It is the breaking up of the rocks on the earth’s surface. Erosion: It is the wearing away of the landscape by different agents like water, wind and ice. Waterfall: The running water in the river erodes the landscape. When the river tumbles at steep angle over very hard rocks or down a steep valley side, it forms a waterfall. The highest waterfall in the world is Angel Falls in Venezuela. Other famous waterfalls are Niagara Falls between Canada and the USA, and Victoria Falls between Zambia and Zimbabwe. Meanders: As the river flows through the plains it twists and turns forming large bends known as meanders. Ox-bow Lake: Due to continuous erosion and deposition along the sides of the meander, the ends of the meander loop come closer and closer. In due course of time the meander loop cuts off from the river and forms a cut-off lake, also called an ox-bow lake. Levees: At times the river overflows its banks. This leads to the flooding of the neighbouring areas. As it floods, it deposits layers of fine soil and other material called sediments along its banks. This leads to the formation of a flat fertile floodplain. The raised banks are called levees. Delta: Near the mouth of a river, the speed of the river becomes very slow and it breaks down into a number of distributaries. The river begins to deposit its load in the form of triangular shaped islands. These triangular islands are called the delta. Sea Caves: The erosion and deposition of the sea waves gives rise to coastal landforms. Sea waves continuously strike at the rocks. Cracks develop. Over

Our Changing Earth

•• •• •• •• ••

•• •• ••

141

time they become larger and wider. Thus, hollow like caves are formed on the rocks. They are called sea caves. Sea Arches: When the sea caves increase in size, only the roof remains with a hollow opening. This type of structures are called the sea arches. Stacks: As these cavities become bigger and bigger, only the roof of the caves remain, thus forming sea arches. Further, erosion breaks the roof and only walls are left. These wall like features are called stacks. Sea Cliff: The steep rocky coast rising almost vertically above sea water is called sea cliff. Glaciers: Glaciers are “rivers” of ice which erode the landscape by bulldozing soil and stones to expose the solid rock below. Glaciers carve out deep hollows. Moraines: As the ice melts from the glaciers, they get filled up with water and become beautiful lakes in the mountains. The material carried by the glacier such as rocks big and small, sand and silt gets deposited. These deposits form glacial moraines. Mushroom Rocks: An active agent of erosion and deposition in the deserts is wind. The rocks that are seen in the shape of a mushroom are called mushroom rocks. Sand Dunes: In deserts, when the wind blows, it lifts and transports sand from one place to another. When it stops blowing the sand falls and gets deposited in low hill – like structures. These are called sand dunes. Loess: When the grains of sand are very fine and light, the wind can carry it over very long distances. When such sand is deposited in large areas, it is called loess.

III. KEYWORDS •• Lithospheric Plate: The irregularly shaped rigid slabs or plates which make the bottom of the continents and the floor of the oceans are called the lithospheric plates. •• Vent: The opening or mouth of a volcano through which the magma comes out. •• Earthquake: The vibrations caused by the movement of the lithospheric plates are called earthquake. •• Floodplain: The banks of a river in a plain land which is formed by the deposits of sediments carried by the river is called a floodplain.

IV. INCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 13 1. There are three types of earthquake waves: 1. P waves or longitudinal waves 2. S waves or transverse waves 3. L waves or surface waves Try to find out the properties of these waves from an encyclopaedia.

142

Social Science—VII (Geography)

Ans. The properties of P-Waves (primary waves) are: 1. These are compressional waves 2. Longitudinal in nature 3. Travel faster than other waves 4. Can travel through any material The properties of S-waves (secondary waves) are: 1. These are shear waves 2. Transverse in nature 3. Travel slower than P-waves. 4. Can travel only through solids. The properties of L-waves are: 1. These are mechanical surface waves. 2. Travel along earth’s surface. 3. Diminish in magnitude as they travel further. 4. Slower than P and S waves. Page 14 2.



1. Read the ‘Earthquake – A case study’ given in the form of headlines that appeared in the newspapers after the quake. Arrange the events in the right sequence of their happening. Ans. The right sequence of the events that happened after the Bhuj Earthquake are: 1. Earthquake hits Bhuj 5. Fire in the city 4. Destruction of Bhuj 6. Emergency declared in quake zone 7. CM’s appeal to the Centre 2. School worst affected 3. Bhuj relief effort blighted

Our Changing Earth



143

2. Imagine if a quake suddenly shook in the middle of the school day, where would you go for safety? Ans. If I were at school when an earthquake hit my town, I would immediately take shelter under my desk and tell all my friends to do the same. Once the tremor subsided, we all would go out in the playground.

Page 16 3. Find out the names of a few rivers of the world that form a delta. Ans. Name of some rivers that form delta are: •• Ganga–Brahmaputra • Danube •• Godavari • Amazon •• Indus • Parana •• Yangtze • Murray–Darling •• Tigris–Euphrates • Hawang Ho •• Irrawaddy, etc.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 17–19) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) Why do the plates move? Ans. Plates move because of the movement of the molten magma inside the earth. (ii) What are exogenic and endogenic forces? Ans. Exogenic Forces: The forces that work on the surface of the earth are called as exogenic forces. Endogenic Forces: The forces that act in the interior of the earth are called as endogenic forces. (iii) What is erosion? Ans. Erosion is the wearing away of the landscape by different agents like water, wind and ice. (iv) How are flood plains formed? Ans. At times the river overflows its banks. This leads to the flooding of the neighbouring areas. As it floods, it deposits the layers of fine soil and other material called sediments along its banks. This leads to the formation of a flat fertile flood plain. (v) What are sand dunes? Ans. When the wind blows, it lifts and transports sand from one place to another. When it stops blowing the sand falls and gets deposited in low hill-like structures. These are called sand dunes. (vi) How are beaches formed? Ans. Beaches are formed when the sea waves deposit sediments along the shores of the sea. (vii) What are ox bow lakes? Ans. Due to continuous erosion and deposition along the sides of the meander, the ends of the meander loop come closer and closer. In due course of time, the meander loop cuts off from the river and forms a cut-off lake, also called an ox-bow lake.

144

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. Tick the correct answer. (i) Which is not an erosional feature of sea waves? (a) Cliff (b) Beach (c) Sea cave (ii) The depositional feature of a glacier is: (a) Flood plain (b) Beach (c) Moraine (iii) Which is caused by the sudden movements of the earth? (a) Volcano (b) Folding (c) Flood plain (iv) Mushroom rocks are found in: (a) Deserts (b) River valleys (c) Glaciers (v) Ox bow lakes are found in: (a) Glaciers (b) River valleys (c) Deserts Ans. (i) (b) Beach, (ii) (c) Moraine, (iii) (a) Volcano, (iv) (a) Deserts, (v) (b) River valleys 3. Match the following. 1. Glacier (a) Seashore 2. Meanders (b) Mushroom rock 3. Beach (c) River of ice 4. Sand dunes (d) Rivers 5. Waterfall (e) Vibrations of earth 6. Earthquake (f) Sea cliff (g) Hard bed rock (h) Deserts Ans. 1. (c), 2. (d), 3. (a), 4. (h), 5. (g), 6. (e) 4. Give reasons. (i) Some rocks have a shape of a mushroom. Ans. •• When rocks fall in the course of running dust-storms, the suspended particles sand strike the lower portion of the rocks and erode them. •• The upper portions of the rocks remain unaffected/uneroded. •• In course of time the rocks take up the shape of a mushroom. (ii) Flood plains are very fertile. Ans. At times the river overflows its banks. This leads to the flooding of the neighbouring areas. As it floods, it deposits layers of fine soil and other material called sediments along its banks. This leads to the formation of a flat fertile flood plain. The flood plains are very fertile because these plains are formed by the fine soil and sediments brought by the flood water. (iii) Sea caves are turned into stacks. Ans. Sea waves continuously strike at the rocks. Cracks develop. Over time they become larger and wider. Thus, hollow like caves are formed on the rocks. They are called sea caves. As these cavities become bigger and bigger only the roof of the caves remain, thus forming sea arches. Further, erosion breaks the roof and only walls are left. These walls like features are called stacks.

Our Changing Earth

145

(iv) Buildings collapse due to earthquakes. Ans. Most of the buildings are not safe enough to resist the vibrations of the earthquakes. •• They are not made earthquake-proof. They collapse tearing apart due to shallow foundation and lack of adequate steel in the interior design. •• They collapse and fall down like a peck of cards/papers. 5. Activity. Observe the photographs given below. These are various features made by a river. Identify them and also tell whether they are erosional or depositional or landforms formed by both. Photograph

Name of the feature

Type (Erosional or depositional or both)

146

Social Science—VII (Geography)

Ans. Photograph

Name of the feature

Type (Erosional or Depositional or both)

Waterfall

Erosional

River Valley

Erosional

Flood Plain

Depositional

6. For fun. Solve the crossword puzzle with the help of given clues. 1 2

3 4 5

6

7

8

9

10 11

12

13 14

15

16

Our Changing Earth

Across 2. Loop like the bend of a river

1.

4. Solid form of water 7. Moving mass of ice

3. 5.

9. Sudden descent of water in the 6. bed of a river 11. Natural cavity on weak rocks 8. formed by action of waves 12. Embankment on a river that 10. keeps it in its channel 13. Large body of sea water 13. 14. Dry area where sand dunes are 14. found 15. Small hill of sand caused by the action of the wind 16. Flat plain formed by river deposits during time of flood

Down Rise and fall of water caused by friction of wind on water surface Flow of water in a channel Steep perpendicular face of a rock along a sea coast Debris of boulder and coarse material carried by glacier Crescent shaped lake formed by a meandering river Fine sand deposited by the action of the wind Isolated mass of rising steep rock near a coastline Alluvial tracts of land formed by the river deposits at the mouth of a river

Ans.

1W 2M

6M

E

N

D

E

3R

A

C

I

V E R

R

L I F F

A

10L

11C

A

V

14D

E

O E S S

L

I

N

7G

O R 9W A I N 12L E V E

E

S

15S

A

N

D

D

U

N

16F

L

O

O

D

P

L

T

E

A 5C

E L T A

147

4I

S E

R

S C

A V E

R

13S

T A C K

8O

E

X B O W L A K E

148

Social Science—VII (Geography)

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. When sand is deposited in large areas, it is called ______________. 2. The steep rocky coast rising almost vertically above sea water is called __________________. 3. As the river enters the plain, it twists and turns forming large bends known as ___________________. 4. _________ is the breaking up of the rocks on the earth’s surface. 5. The magnitude of the earthquake is measured on the _______________________. Ans. 1. Loess,   2. sea cliff,   3. meanders,   4. Weathering,   5. Richter scale. II. Name the following: 1. Sand deposited in larger areas 2. Steep rocky coast rising almost vertically above sea water 3. The raised bank of the floodplain 4. Twist and turn of the river 5. Tumbling of river water at steep angle over very hard rocks 6. Breaking of rocks on the surface of the earth Ans. 1. Loess, 2. Sea cliff, 3. Levees, 4. Meander, 5. Waterfall, 6. Weathering III. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Sea waves are endogenic forces. 2. Earthquakes and volcanoes cause mass destruction over the surface of the earth. 3. Weathering is the wearing away of the landscape by different agents like water, wind and ice. 4. The highest waterfall is Angel Falls of Venezuela in South America. 5. The collection of sediments at the mouths of the river forms a delta. Ans. 1. False, 2. True, 3. False, 4. True, 5. True

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Smaller streams of rivers are (a) Lakes (b) Distributaries (c) Delta 2. Sand deposits in the deserts are called (a) Sand dunes (b) Mushroom rocks (c) Moraines 3. Sudden movement of the earth causes (a) Volcano (b) Flood plain (c) Waterfall 4. Ox-bow lakes are formed in (a) Glaciers (b) Deserts (c) River valleys Ans. 1. (b) Distributaries, 2. (a) Sand dunes, 3. (a) Volcano, 4. (c) River valleys

Our Changing Earth

149

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What are the sudden forces that are produced in earth? Ans. Due to the sudden movements produced by endogenic forces inside the earth, sudden forces develop which cause mass destruction. These sudden forces cause earthquakes and volcanoes. 2. What is the focus of an earthquake? Ans. The place in the earth’s crust where the movements causing an earthquake starts is called the focus of an earthquake. 3. What is the epicentre of an earthquake? Ans. The point on the surface of the earth above the focus is called the epicentre of an earthquake. 4. Name the instrument which measures the earthquake tremors. Ans. The instrument used to measure the earthquake tremors is called as seismograph. 5. What is erosion? Ans. Erosion is the wearing away of the landscape by different agents like water, wind and ice. 6. What is weathering? Ans. Weathering is the breaking up of the rocks on the earth’s surface. 7. Name the major agents that cause weathering and erosion. Ans. Weathering and erosion are mainly caused by wind, water, and ice. 8. How does a waterfall form? Ans. The running water in the river erodes the landscape. When the river tumbles at steep angle over very hard rocks or down a steep valley side, it forms a waterfall. 9. What are glaciers? Ans. Glaciers are “rivers” of ice which erode the landscape by bulldozing soil and stones to expose the solid rock below. Glaciers carve out deep hollows. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How do endogenic forces differ from exogenic forces? Ans. Endogenic forces Exogenic forces 1. Forces which act in the interior of 1. Forces that work on the surface the earth are called as endogenic of the earth are called as exogenic forces. forces. 2. These forces are sudden and 2. These forces are erosional and diastrophic. depositional. 3. Earthquake and volcano are 3. River and wind are examples of examples of endogenic forces. exogenic forces.

150

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. How are earthquakes caused? Ans. Endogenic forces sometimes produce sudden movements. When the Lithospheric plates move, the surface of the earth vibrates. The vibrations can travel all around the earth. These vibrations are called earthquakes. 3. What are some of the common earthquake prediction methods adopted by people locally? Ans. Some common earthquake prediction methods adopted locally by people include studying animal behaviour; fish in the ponds get agitated, snakes come to the surface. 4. Name the three main types of earthquake waves. Ans. The three main types of earthquake waves are: (i) the P waves or the primary waves, (ii) the S waves or the secondary waves, and (iii) the L waves or the surface waves. 5. What are sand dunes? Ans. When the wind blows in the desert, it lifts and transports sand from one place to another. When it stops blowing, the sand falls and gets deposited in low hill-like structures. These are called sand dunes. 6. Why do some rocks have the shape of a mushroom? Ans. An active agent of erosion and deposition in the deserts is wind. Winds erode the lower section of the rock more than the upper part. Therefore, such rocks have narrower base and wider top. These look like mushrooms, and are commonly called mushroom rocks. 7. Why are flood plains very fertile? Ans. As the river floods, it deposits layers of fine soil and other material called sediments along its banks. This leads to the formation of a fertile flood plain. 8. How is an ox-bow lake formed? Ans. A river starts meandering as it enters the plain land due to slow speed. Continuous erosion and deposition occur along the sides of the meander. Sometimes the ends of the meander loop come closer and finally cuts off from the river. The cut-off part forms a lake which has a shape like an ox-bow. These types of lakes are called the ox-bow lakes. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. How is an earthquake caused? Where is the maximum damage caused? Ans. When the Lithospheric plates move, the surface of the earth vibrates. The vibrations can travel all around the earth. These vibrations are called earthquakes. The place in the crust where the movement starts is called the focus. The place on the surface above the focus is called the epicentre. Vibrations travel outwards from the epicentre as waves. The greatest damage is usually closest to the epicentre and the strength of the earthquake decreases away from the centre. 2. What work does the river cause during its flow? Ans. The running water in the river erodes the landscape. When the river tumbles at steep angle over very hard rocks or down a steep valley side, it forms a waterfall.

Our Changing Earth

151

As the river enters the plain, it twists and turns forming large bends known as meanders. Due to continuous erosion and deposition along the sides of the meander, the ends of the meander loop come closer and closer. In due course of time, the meander loop cuts off from the river and forms a cut-off lake, also called an ox-bow lake. At times the river overflows its banks. This leads to the flooding of the neighbouring areas. As it floods, it deposits layers of fine soil and other material called sediments along its banks. This leads to the formation of a flat fertile floodplain. The raised banks are called levees. As the river approaches the sea, the speed of the flowing water decreases and the river begins to break up into a number of streams called distributaries. The river becomes so slow that it begins to deposit its load. Each distributary forms its own mouth. The collection of sediments from all the mouths forms a delta. 3. Write about the work of ice. Ans. The frozen rivers or the rivers of ice are called the glaciers. Glaciers cause erosion of the landscape by bulldozing soil and stones, and expose the bare rock surface below. While flowing down the mountains, the glaciers carve out deep hollows. When the ice melts, these hollows are filled up with water forming lakes in the mountains. The deposits of glaciers, such as, big and small rocks, sand and silt accumulate to form glacial moraines. 4. Describe the work of wind. Ans. The work of wind can be observed in dry barren lands like in a desert or on bare rocky surfaces. In uneven barren rocky terrains sometimes, the wind erode the lower portion of a tall rock which takes the shape of a mushroom with narrow base and wide top. These are called mushroom rocks. In deserts, when wind blows, it carries a huge amount of sand from one place to another. The sand gets deposited where the force of the wind gets decreased. This forms a hill-like structure which is called a sand dune. Sand dunes are thus temporary hills of sand. When very fine and light grains of sands are deposited over a large area, it is called loess.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Give one word answers: (a) Name the depositional feature of glacier. (b) Name two waterfalls. (c) Which is the erosional feature of wind? (d) What is the meaning of ‘endo’ and ‘exo’? 2. What are levees? 3. Define lithospheric plates. 4. What is a volcano? 5. What is seismograph?

4

Air

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Greenhouse effect: The carbon-dioxide gas traps the heat in the atmosphere which is radiated from the earth’s surface. This resembles the greenhouses as there too the glass cover traps the heat inside the greenhouse. Thus, carbon dioxide is called a greenhouse gas and this effect is known as the greenhouse effect. Due to the presence of carbon dioxide gas, the temperature of the earth is neither too hot nor too cold and it is habitable. Global Warming: The vehicle exhausts and factory smokes add a large amount of carbon dioxide to the atmosphere. Too much carbon dioxide in the air results in too much heat retention which increases the temperature of the whole world. This rise in temperature is known as global warming. The polar ice caps are melting due to global warming and this huge amount of water increases the level of seas and oceans causing floods in the coastal areas. Global warming also causes extinction of many temperature sensitive plant and animal species. Air Circulation: The hot air expands when heated and thus becomes lighter than the cold air. Hot air goes up creating a vacuum, which is filled by the denser and heavier cold air. The hot air gets cooler high up in the atmosphere and comes down, while the air near the earth’s surface gets hotter and goes up. That is how the air circulates. The moon does not have air or atmosphere. The astronauts have to wear special suits filled with air, or else their blood vessels would burst by the counter pressure exerted by the body of the astronauts. Also, space suits protect from the extremely hot day temperature and tremendously cold night temperature. The earth receives only 0.00000005% of solar energy. The international standard unit of measuring temperature is degree Celsius (°C), which is named after Anders Celsius. The naming of the wind is done after the direction from which it blows. So, the wind blowing from north-west is known as nor-western. The forms of precipitation are rain, snow, sleet hail, etc.

152

Air

153

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Composition of Atmosphere: Nitrogen and oxygen make up the bulk of the atmosphere. Carbon dioxide, helium, ozone, argon and hydrogen are found in lesser quantities. Apart from these gases, tiny dust particles are also present in the air. •• Layers of the Atmosphere: The atmosphere has five layers: •• Troposphere: This layer is the most important layer of the atmosphere. Its average height is 13 km. The air we breathe exists here. Almost all the weather phenomena like rainfall, fog and hailstorm occur in this layer. •• Stratosphere: Above the troposphere lies the stratosphere. It extends up to a height of 50 km. This layer is almost free from clouds and associated weather phenomenon, making conditions most ideal for flying aeroplanes. One important feature of the stratosphere is that it contains a layer of ozone gas. This ozone layer protects us from the harmful effect of the sun rays. •• Mesosphere: This is the third layer of the atmosphere. It lies above the stratosphere. It extends up to the height of 80 km. Meteorites burn up in this layer on entering from space. •• Thermosphere: In this layer, the temperature rises very rapidly with increasing height. Ionosphere is a part of this layer. It extends from 80 to 400 km. This layer helps in radio transmission. Radio waves transmitted from the earth are reflected back to the earth by this layer. •• Exosphere: The upper most layer of the atmosphere is known as exosphere. This layer has very thin air. Light gases like helium and hydrogen float into the space from here. •• Weather: It is this hour-to-hour, day-to-day condition of the atmosphere. A hot or humid weather may make one irritable. A pleasant, breezy weather may make one cheerful and even plan for an outing. Weather can change dramatically from day-to-day. •• Climate: The average weather condition of a place for a longer period of time represents the climate of a place. •• Temperature: The degree of hotness and coldness of the air is known as temperature. •• Insolation: It is the incoming solar energy intercepted by the earth. The amount of insolation decreases from the equator towards the poles. •• Celsius: The standard unit of measuring temperature is degree Celsius. It was invented by Anders Celsius. •• Air Pressure: It is defined as the pressure exerted by the weight of air on the earth’s surface. As we go up the layers of atmosphere, the pressure falls rapidly. The air pressure is highest at sea level and decreases with height. •• Wind: The movement of air from high pressure area to low pressure areas is called wind. There are three types of wind: •• Permanent Winds: The trade winds, westerly and easterlies are the permanent winds. These blow constantly throughout the year in a particular direction.

154

Social Science—VII (Geography)

•• Seasonal Winds: These winds change their direction in different seasons. For example, monsoons in India. •• Local Winds: These blow only during a particular period of the day or year in a small area. For example, land and sea breeze. •• Humidity: Moisture in the air at any time, is known as humidity. •• Rain: Precipitation that comes down to the earth in liquid form is called rain.

III. KEYWORDS •• Air: Mixture of gases is termed Air. •• Wind Vane: The weather instrument which measures the directions. •• Cyclone: Low pressure area with wind blowing anti-clockwise in north hemisphere. •• Barometer: The weather instrument which measures the air pressure. •• Rain gauge: The instrument which measures amount of rainfall. •• Moisture: Water vapour present in the air is termed as moisture. •• Global Warming: The heat retained increases temperature of the atmosphere

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 23 1. For ten days note down weather report from a local newspaper and observe the changes occurring in the weather. Ans. Students should prepare this report with the help of social science teacher. One example is given: Location: Bangalore, Karnataka

Date

Max. temp. (°C)

Min. temp. (°C)

20/10/18

28

19

64

21/10/18

27

20

66.5

22/10/18

29

18

66.5

Nil

23/10/18

30

18

56

Nil

24/10/18

29

18

59.75

Nil

Humidity Rainfall (%) Nil

Overview Sunny with passing clouds in the evening Scattered clouds in the morning, and clear sky in the evening Sunny and clear sky Foggy morning, sunny day with clear sky in the evening Almost clear and sunny

Air

25/10/18

29

18

65

Nil

26/10/18

29

18

50.75

Nil

27/10/18

29

18

56.5

Nil

28/10/18

29

17

45.25

Nil

29/10/18

29

18

46.75

Nil

155

Sunny morning with scattered clouds in the evening Foggy with passing clouds in the morning, sunny in the afternoon. Fog in the morning followed by clear and sunny sky Haze in morning, followed by clear and sunny sky Clear and sunny sky

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 27–29) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) What is atmosphere? Ans. Atmosphere is a thin blanket of air that surrounds the earth. It protects us from the harmful rays of the sun. It consists of several gases in which nitrogen and oxygen occupy the major portion. (ii) Which two gases make the bulk of the atmosphere? Ans. Nitrogen (78%) and oxygen (21%) make the bulk of the atmosphere. (iii) Which gas creates greenhouse effect in the atmosphere? Ans. Carbon dioxide creates greenhouse effect in the atmosphere. (iv) What is weather? Ans. Weather is hour-to-hour, day-to-day condition of the atmosphere of a particular place. (v) Name three types of rainfall? Ans. The three types of rainfall are: •• Convectional rainfall •• Orographic rainfall •• Cyclonic or Frontal rainfall. (vi) What is air pressure? Ans. The pressure exerted due to the weight of air on the earth’s surface is known as air pressure. 2. Tick the correct answer. (i) Which of the following gases protects us from harmful sun rays? (a) Carbon dioxide (b) Nitrogen (c) Ozone

156

Social Science—VII (Geography)

(ii) The most important layer of the atmosphere is (a) Troposphere (b) Thermosphere (c) Mesosphere (iii) Which of the following layers of the atmosphere is free from clouds? (a) Troposphere (b) Stratosphere (c) Mesosphere (iv) As we go up the layers of the atmosphere, the pressure (a) Increases (b) Decreases (c) Remains the same (v) When precipitation comes down to the earth in the liquid form, it is called (a) Cloud (b) Rain (c) Snow Ans. (i) (c) Ozone, (ii) (a) Troposphere, (iii) (b) Stratosphere, (iv) (b) Decreases, (v) (b) Rain 3. Match the following. (i) Trade winds (a) Incoming solar energy (ii) Loo (b) Seasonal wind (iii) Monsoon (c) Horizontal movement of air (iv) Wind (d) Layer of ozone gas (e) Permanent wind (f) Local wind Ans. (i) (e), (ii) (f), (iii) (b), (iv) (c). 4. Give reasons. (i) Wet clothes take longer time to dry on a humid day. Ans. As the air gets warmer, its capacity to hold moisture increases. Therefore, it becomes more and more humid. On such days water from clothes or sweat form our body does not evaporate easily. Thus, wet clothes take longer time to get dry. (ii) Amount of insolation decreases from equator towards poles. Ans. Insolation comes through vertical rays on equator. Thus, it covers up less space but we feel more heat there when it goes up from equator towards poles, the sun rays become slanting. Needless to say that slanting rays come on the earth covering longer distance. Although these slanting rays heat up more space, the degree of hotness is felt less. This is the reason why amount of insolation decreases from equator towards poles.

Air

157

5. For fun. (i) Solve crossword puzzle with the help of given clues: 1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

7

10

11

12

13 14

15 16

17 18

20

Across 6. An Indian tree having extraordinary quality of providing oxygen round the clock 8. Gas present in atmosphere occupying only 0.03% by volume 11. Outermost layer of atmosphere 12. 14. 15. 16.

Mixture of many gases Life giving gas Air in motion An Indian tree valued highly for medicinal properties 18. Gas protecting us from harmful sunrays 19. Low pressure area

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 7. 9.

Down Amount of water vapour in air Condensation of water vapours around dust particles in atmosphere Example of local wind blowing in summer in northern India Short-term changes in atmosphere Precipitation in liquid form Blanket of air around the earth Instrument to measure pressure

10. Incoming solar radiation 13. Reduces visibility in winters 17. It is ..... time when sun is overhead

Social Science—VII (Geography)

158

1

3

L

5

O

R

8

C

A

R

9

B O

H

2

U

L

M

O

C

W

6

U

I N D

4

I

O

X

10

I D

P

E

E

E

P

7

A L

A

T

I

A

I

N

T

M

N

R

T

S

H

O

O

Y

E

S

R

P

11

E X

O

S P

H

E

R

L

M

12

A I

E

R

15

E 16

N E E

17

M

W I

O X

N D

G

18

O Z

O N

Y

G

E

N

R E

O

N

H

F

14

T

T

13

E

O 19

C Y

C

L

O

N

E

(ii) Make a weather calendar for one week. Use pictures or symbols to show different types of weather. You can use more than one symbol in a day, if the weather changes. For example, the sun comes out when rain stops. An example is given. 1.

2.

3.

Day

Weather Sunny day

Air

159

4.

5.

6.

7.

Ans. Day 1.

Symbol

Weather Sunny day followed by sun and rain in the afternoon, and clear night sky.

2.

Partly sunny day

3.

Partly cloudy day followed by scattered thunderstorms

4.

Rainy day followed by cloudy evening

160

Social Science—VII (Geography)

5.

Sunny day with occasional rains

6.

Sunny and windy day

7.

Sunny day followed by clear evening

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Carbon dioxide released in the atmosphere creates a ___________ effect by trapping the heat radiated from the earth. 2. Cold air is ___________ and thus tends to sink down. 3. Meteorites burn up in the ___________ layer. 4. ___________ layer has very thin air. 5. ___________ measures atmospheric pressure. 6. When the water vapour rises, it starts ___________. 7. The movement of air from high pressure area to low pressure areas is called ___________. 8. ___________ winds change their direction in different seasons. 9. ___________ is the uppermost layer of the earth. 10. Green plants use ___________ to make their food. Ans. 1. greenhouse 2. denser 3. Mesosphere 4. Exosphere 5. Barometer. 6. cooling 7. wind 8. Seasonal 9. Exosphere 10. Carbon-dioxide II. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Rain Gauge measures the amount of rainfall. 2. The amount of insolation decreases from the poles towards the equator. 3. On the moon there is no air and hence no air pressure. 4. The air always moves from low pressure areas to high pressure areas.

Air

161

5. On a humid day, clothes take longer to dry. 6. Too much rainfall results in flood and drought. 7. The types of rainfall on the basis of mechanism are convectional, orographic, and cyclonic. 8. Cloudy sky and wet weather results in low pressure. Ans. 1. True, 2. False, 3. True, 4. False, 5. True, 6. False, 7. True, 8. True III. Name the following: 1. Hot and dry local wind of northern plains of India. Ans. Loo. 2. The gas that protects us from the harmful sun’s rays. Ans. Ozone. 3. The liquid precipitation. Ans. Rain. 4. These winds blow constantly throughout the year. Ans. Permanent winds. 5. This pressure is associated with clear and sunny skies. Ans. High pressure. 6. Wind blowing from the west. Ans. Westerly. 7. The standard unit of measuring temperature Ans. Celsius. 8. Almost all the weather phenomena like rainfall, fog and hailstorm occur in this layer Ans. Troposphere. 9. Humans and animals release this gas. Ans. Carbon-dioxide. 10. The most abundant gas in the atmosphere. Ans. Nitrogen.

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Meteorites burn in this layer (i) Stratosphere (ii) Mesosphere (iii) Ionosphere 2. The incoming solar energy intercepted by the earth is (i) Insolation (ii) Temperature (iii) Weather 3. These winds blow constantly throughout the year (i) Local winds (ii) Seasonal winds (iii) Permanent winds 4. As we go up the layers of the atmosphere, the pressure (i) Increases (ii) Decreases (iii) Remains the same 5. When precipitation comes down to the earth in the liquid form, it is called (i) Snow (ii) Cloud (iii) Rain

162

Social Science—VII (Geography)

6. ____________ gas is also known as greenhouse gas. (i) Carbon dioxide (ii) Nitrogen (iii) Oxygen 7. The layer of the atmosphere where most of the meteorites burn is called (i) Stratosphere (ii) Troposphere (iii) Mesosphere 8. Doldrums occur at (i) Sub-polar low pressure region (ii) Equatorial low pressure region (iii) Sub-tropical high pressure region 9. The state in India prone to cyclones is (i) Odisha (ii) Bihar (iii) Karnataka 10. The capacity to hold moisture in warm air (i) Decreases (ii) Increases (iii) Remains same Ans. 1. (ii) Mesosphere, 2. (i) Insolation, 3. (iii) Permanent winds, 4. (ii) Decreases, 5. (iii) Rain, 6. (i) Carbon dioxide, 7. (iii) Mesosphere, 8. (ii) Equatorial low pressure region, 9. (i) Odisha, 10. (ii) Increases

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What is insolation? Ans. Insolation is the incoming solar energy intercepted by the earth. 2. What is wind? Ans. The movement of air from high pressure area to low pressure areas is called wind. 3. What are local winds? Ans. Local winds blow only during a particular period of the day or year in a small area. For example, land and sea breeze. 4. Why do we see a white trail when jet planes fly in the sky? Ans. Jet planes flying in the sky leave a white trail behind them. The moisture from their engines condenses. We see trails of this condensed moisture for some time when there is no air movement to disturb it. 5. How is the thermosphere important? Ans. The thermosphere helps in radio transmission. In fact, radio waves transmitted from the earth are reflected back to the earth by this layer. 6. What are the five layers of the earth’s surface? Ans. The five layers of the earth’s surface are: Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere, Thermosphere and Exosphere. 7. What protects us from the harmful rays of the sun and how? Ans. The stratosphere contains a layer of ozone gas. This ozone layer protects us from the harmful effect of the sun rays.

Air

163

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How does troposphere differ from stratosphere? Ans. Troposphere

Stratosphere

1.

This layer is the most important 1. The stratosphere lies above the layer of the atmosphere and is troposphere. the innermost layer.

2.

Its average height is 13 km.

3.

The air we breathe exists here. 3. One important feature of stratosphere is that it contains a layer of ozone gas.

4.

Almost all the weather 4. This layer is almost free from phenomena like rainfall, fog clouds and associated weather phenomenon, making conditions and hailstorm occur in this layer. most ideal for flying aeroplanes.

2. Its average height is 50 km.

2. What is troposphere? Ans. Troposphere is the most important layer of the atmosphere. Its average height is 13 km. The air we breathe exists here. Almost all the weather phenomena like rainfall, fog and hailstorm occur in this layer. 3. On the basis of mechanism how can you classify the rainfall? Give diagrams. Ans. On the basis of mechanism, the rain can be classified into three types. These are: (i) convectional rainfall (ii) orographic rainfall (iii) cyclonic rainfall

Cold air

Moist air

Warm air

Warm air

Convectional rainfall

Orographic rainfall

Cyclonic rainfall

4. Write a short note on stratosphere. Ans. Stratosphere is the second layer of the atmosphere from the earth’s surface. It lies above the troposphere and extends from 13 km to 50 km. This layer is free from clouds and thus, cloud associated weather phenomena such as, rain, thunder, etc. do not occur in this layer. For this reason, aeroplanes fly

164

Social Science—VII (Geography)

in this layer. This layer contains a layer of ozone gas which protects the earth from the harmful UV rays present in the sun’s rays. 5. Name some of the weather instruments used to measure various factors of the weather. Also mention what the instrument is used for. Ans. Some of the instruments that are used to measure various factors of the weather are: (i) Thermometer: This is used to measure the temperature (ii) Barometer: Barometer is used to measure the atmospheric pressure (iii) Rain gauge: The amount of rainfall is measured with this instrument. (iv) Wind vane: This instrument indicates the direction of wind. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. What is the composition of the atmosphere? Ans. Nitrogen and oxygen are the two gases which make up the bulk of the atmosphere. Nitrogen constitutes 78% of the air, while oxygen constitutes around 21%. Carbon dioxide (0.03%), helium, ozone, argon and hydrogen are found in lesser quantities. Apart from these gases, tiny dust particles are also present in the air. Nitrogen is the most plentiful gas in the air. Oxygen is the second most plentiful gas in the air. Carbon dioxide is another important gas. 2. What is the difference between weather and climate? Ans. Weather is the hour-to-hour, day-to-day condition of the atmosphere. A hot or humid weather may make one irritable. A pleasant, breezy weather may make one cheerful and even plan for an outing. Weather can change dramatically from day-to-day. The average weather condition of a place for a longer period of time represents the climate of a place. 3. Classify winds. Briefly describe the types. Ans. The winds can broadly be classified into three types: permanent winds, seasonal winds, and local winds. (i) Permanent Winds: The type of winds that blow over a place all through the year is called the permanent winds. Permanent winds blow from a particular direction constantly. The examples of this type of winds are the trade winds, westerlies, easterlies, etc. (ii) Seasonal Winds: Seasonal winds blow from different directions in different seasons. An example of this type of winds is monsoon wind in India. (iii) Local Winds: The types of winds that blow locally only during a particular time of the year are called the local winds. The hot and dry loo blows in the northern India during summer. 4. Describe the process of formation of rain. Ans. During daytime, under the sunlight water evaporates from water bodies such as, oceans, seas, rivers, lakes, etc. The increased evaporation on a hot day

Air

165

increases the moisture content or humidity of the air. Hot and humid air is light and it rises up in the atmosphere. As the humid air rises, it becomes cooler and the water vapours present in it form water droplets. The masses of water droplets form clouds that float in the sky. When too many water droplets aggregate together, they become too heavy to float in the air and comes down as rainfall.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Give one word answers: (a) Which two gases make up the bulk of the atmosphere? (b) What is the boiling and freezing point of water? (c) Which instrument is used to measure amount of rainfall? (d) Which is a greenhouse gas? 2. What is insolation? 3. What is referred to as humidity? 4. Define the term climate. 5. Which are Permanent winds?

5 Chapter

Water I. BASIC CONCEPTS

Salinity: It is the amount of salt in grams present in 1000 grams of water. The average salinity of oceans in 35 parts per thousand. This means that in oceans 35 grams of salt is present per 100 grams of water. The most saline lake in the world is Dead Sea. The salinity content of the water here is 340 parts per thousand, almost 10 times the average salinity of ocean water. People can float over it due to the high density of the water. World Water Day is celebrated every year on 22nd March to make people aware of the need to conserve water in different ways. Waves are formed when winds scrape across the ocean surface. The stronger the winds, the bigger the waves become.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Water Cycle: The sun’s heat causes evaporation of water into vapour. When the water vapour cools down, it condenses and forms clouds. From there it may fall on the land or sea in the form of rain, snow or sleet. The process by which water continually changes its form and circulates between oceans, atmosphere and land is known as the water cycle.

166

Water

167

•• Although the three-fourth of earth’s surface is covered with water, more than 97% of it is unsuitable for drinking. Most of the water is saline water present in the huge water bodies called seas and oceans. •• Different Sources of Water: The major sources of fresh water are the rivers, ponds, springs and glaciers. The ocean bodies and the seas contain salty water. The water of the oceans is salty or saline as it contains large amount of dissolved salts. •• The distribution of water on earth is given below: Oceans : 97.3% Saline water Inland seas, salt lakes : 0.009% Ice caps : 2.0% Groundwater : 0.68% Fresh water lakes : 0.009% Fresh water Atmosphere : 0.0019% Rivers : 0.0001% Total : 100% •• As water is extremely important for our survival, we should all stop wasting it and try to save it as much as possible. •• Ocean Circulation: The movements that occur in oceans can be broadly categorised as: waves, tides and currents. •• Waves: When the water on the surface of the ocean rises and falls alternately, they are called waves. Waves become bigger as the wind blowing over it gets stronger. •• Huge tidal waves formed by the endogenic forces of earth are called the Tsunami. Sometimes an earthquake or a volcanic eruption occur on the ocean floor shifting a huge amount of water. The waves thus formed can be 15 m high and travel at a speed of more than 700 km per hour. •• The largest tsunami wave measured was 150 m high. •• The worst tsunami that ever hit India was in the year 2004. It resulted in massive destruction in Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Tamil Nadu, Pondicherry, Kerala. It killed more than 10 thousand people. Neap tide First quarter moon Full moon

Spring tide

Spring tide

New moon

Earth

Sun

Third quarter moon Neap tide

•• Tides: The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day is called a tide. Spring Tides: During the full moon and new moon days, the sun, the moon and the earth are in the same line and the tides are highest. These tides are called spring tides.

168

Social Science—VII (Geography)

Neap Tides: When the moon is in its first and last quarter, the ocean waters get drawn in diagonally opposite directions by the gravitational pull of sun and earth resulting in low tides. These tides are called neap tides. •• Currents: Ocean currents are streams of water flowing constantly on the ocean surface in definite directions. The ocean currents may be warm or cold. The warm ocean currents originate near equator and move towards the poles. On the other hand, cold ocean currents originate near the poles and carry water towards tropics or lower altitudes. The areas where the warm and cold currents are best fishing grounds.

III. KEYWORDS Water Vapour is the evaporated form of water. Evaporation: Process through which water turns into vapour (steam). Condensation: Process in which water vapour turns into water droplet. Glaciers: Moving heap of snow and rice is known as glacier. Salinity: Amount of salt present in 1000 g of water. Average salinity of ocean water is 35% parts per thousand. •• Terrarium: It is an artificial enclosure for keeping small house plants. •• Tsunami: It is a huge tidal wave. It is a Japanese word which means ‘harbour waves’. Whenever tsunami hits, the harbour gets destroyed. •• •• •• •• ••

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS

Page 32 1. Why do so many countries face water scarcity? Ans. Due to the following reasons, many countries face water scarcity: •• Some countries are rocky and stony, and arid. •• Some are desert areas. •• Most of the water is polluted, of inferior quality. •• Some do not have much rainfall. •• Excessive use of water has depleted water resources. 2. Is all water on the earth available to us? Ans. No, only 3% is fresh water. Its 0.3% is available to us. Page 33 3. Why is water important for us? Ans. Water is one of the most important substances on earth. All plants and animals must have water to survive. If there was no water there would be no life on earth. Apart from drinking it to survive, people have many other uses of water.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISE (Pages 37–38) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) What is precipitation? Ans. Precipitation is any type of water that forms in the Earth’s atmosphere and then drops onto the surface of the Earth.

Water

169

(ii) What is water cycle? Ans. The water cycle is the process by which water continually changes its form and circulates between oceans, atmosphere and land. (iii) What are the factors affecting the height of the waves? Ans. During a storm, the winds blowing at very high speed form huge waves. An earthquake, a volcanic eruption or underwater landslides can shift large amounts of ocean water. As a result, a huge tidal wave called tsunami, that may be as high as 15 m, is formed. (iv) Which factors affect the movement of ocean water? Ans. Temperature, density and salinity, storm, earthquake, a volcanic eruption or underwater landslides, gravitational pull exerted by the sun and the moon on the earth’s surface. (v) What are tides and how are they caused? Ans. The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day is called a tide. The strong gravitational pull exerted by the sun and the moon on the earth’s surface causes the tides. (vi) What are ocean currents? Ans. Ocean Currents (a) Ocean currents are streams of water flowing constantly on the ocean surface in definite directions. (b) The ocean currents may be warm or cold. Generally, the warm ocean currents originate near the equator and move towards the poles. The cold currents carry water from polar or higher latitudes to tropical or lower latitudes. The Labrador Ocean current is cold current while the Gulf Stream is a warm current. (c) The ocean current influence the temperature conditions of the area. Warm currents bring about warm temperature over land surface. The areas where the warm and cold currents meet provide the best fishing grounds of the world. Seas around Japan and the eastern coast of North America are such examples. The areas where a warm and cold current meet also experience foggy weather making it difficult for navigation. 2. Give reasons: (i) Ocean water is salty. Ans. The water of the oceans is salty as it contains large amount of dissolved salts. The marine animals that die in oceans, salts are released from their bodies and get dissolved in water. (ii) The quality of water is deteriorating. Ans. Quality of water is deteriorating because (a) River water, which is our primary source of water, gets contaminated due to various reasons such as direct disposal of sewage by municipalities, excessive discharge of industrial pollutants, use for daily chores like washing, bathing, livestock bathing, garbage disposal, etc. (b) Water sourced from groundwater too has deteriorated due to the excessive use of pesticides and insecticides in agriculture, which seep into the groundwater as well as get washed away into the rivers.

170

Social Science—VII (Geography)

3. Tick the correct answer. (i) The process by which water continually changes its form and circulates between oceans, atmosphere and land (a) Water cycle (b) Tides (c) Ocean currents (ii) Generally the warm ocean currents originate near (a) Poles (b) Equator (c) None of these (iii) The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day is called (a) Tide (b) Ocean current (c) Wave Ans. (i) (a) Water cycle, (ii) (b) Equator, (iii) (a) Tide 4. Match the following: (i) Caspian Sea (a) Largest lake (ii) Tide (b) Periodic rise and fall of water (iii) Tsunami (c) Strong seismic waves (iv) Ocean currents (d) Streams of water moving along definite paths (e) Water cycle Ans. (i) (a), (ii) (b), (iii) (c), (iv) (d). 5. For fun. Be a Detective (i) The name of one river is hidden in each of the sentences below. Spot it. Example: Mandira, Vijayalakshmi and Surinder are my best friends Answer: Ravi (a) The snake charmer’s bustee, stables where horses are housed, and the piles of w ood, all caught fire accidentally. (Hint: Another name for River Brahmputra) Ans. Teesta (Please note that the hint is wrong. Teesta is a tributary of river Brahmaputra) (b) The conference manager put pad, material for reading and a pencil for each p articipant. (Hint: A distributary on the Ganga-Brahmputra delta) Ans. Padma (c) Either jealousy or anger cause a person’s fall (Hint: Name of a juicy fruit!) Ans. Orange (according to the hint), and Son (d) Bhavani germinated the seeds in a pot (Hint: Look for her in West Africa) Ans. Niger (e) “I am a zonal champion now” declared the excited athlete. (Hint: the River that has the biggest basin in the world) Ans. Amazon (f) The tiffin box rolled down and all the food fell in dusty potholes. (Hint: Rises in India and journeys through Pakistan) Ans. Indus (g) Malini leaned against the pole when she felt that she was going to faint. (Hint: Her delta in Egypt is famous) Ans. Nile

Water

171

(h) Samantha mesmerised everybody with her magic tricks. (Hint: London is situated on her estuary) Ans. Thames (i) “In this neighbourhood, please don’t yell! Owners of these houses like to have peace”. Warned my father when we moved into our new flat”. (Hint: colour!) Ans. Yellow (j) ‘Write the following words, Marc!’ “On”, “go”, “in”…….. said the teacher to the little boy in KG Class. (Hint: Rhymes with ‘bongo’) Ans. Congo Now make some more on your own and ask your classmates to spot the hidden name. You can do this with any name: that of a lake, mountains, trees, fruits, school items etc. Ans. (a) Look at the man going towards the lake. [Mango] (b) Jealousy or anger causes a person’s fall. [Orange] (c) One cannot have a pea chopped. [Peach] (d) Common trees found in Kashmir are pine, apple, cheer, etc. [Pineapple] Carry on Detective (ii) With the help of an atlas, draw each river which you discovered in For fun (i), on an outline the world. Ans.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The _____________ ocean current is a cold current. 2. _____________ tides help in navigation.

172

Social Science—VII (Geography)

3. A huge tidal wave is called _____________. 4. _____________ of the earth surface is covered by water. 5. During a _____________, the winds blow at a very high speed. 6. Swimmers can float in the Dead Sea as it is very _____________. 7. The water of the oceans is _____________ in nature. 8. The areas where warm and cold ocean currents meet provide the best _____________. 9. The strong gravitational pull exerted by __________ and ________ on the earth’s surface causes the tides. 10. About _______% of water on earth is saline. Ans. 1. Labrador, 2. High, 3. tsunami, 4. Three-fourth, 5. Storm, 6. saline, 7. saline, 8. fishing grounds, 9. sun, moon, 10. 97.3 II. Name the following: 1. The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day Ans. Tide 2. High tidal wave Ans. Tsunami 3. Formed when winds scrape across the ocean surface Ans. Waves 4. March 22 is celebrated as Ans. World Water Day 5. The process by which water continually changes its form and circulates between oceans, atmosphere and land is called Ans. Water Cycle 6. Artificial enclosure for keeping small house plants Ans. Terrarium III. State whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Most of the water on the earth’s surface is fit for human consumption. 2. As the winds get faster over ocean surface, the waves become stronger. 3. A volcanic eruption on a continent causes tsunami. 4. The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice a day is called ocean current. 5. When the sun, moon and the earth are in the same line, the tides are highest. 6. Neap tides are low tides which occur when the moon is in its first or last quarter. 7. Labrador Ocean Current is an example of a hot current. 8. Low tides are helpful for the ships coming to harbours. Ans. 1. False, 2. True, 3. False, 4. False, 5. True, 6. True, 7. False, 8. False

Water

173

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTION ANSWERS 1. The rise and fall of water on the surface of oceans is called (i) Currents (ii) Waves (iii) Tides 2. The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day is called (i) Current (ii) Wave (iii) Tide 3. Generally, the cold ocean currents originate near the (i) Equator (ii) Poles (iii) Ocean 4. The spring tides occur when (i) the moon is in its first or last quarter (ii) the sun is at right angle to the moon (iii) the sun, the moon and the earth are in a same line 5. The tsunami that hit South and South-east Asian countries occurred in (i) 2004 (ii) 2010 (iii) 2002 Ans. 1. (ii) Waves, 2. (iii) Tide, 3. (ii) Poles, 4. (iii) the sun, the moon and the earth are in a same line, 5. (i) 2004

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What are the major sources of fresh water? Ans. The major sources of fresh water are the rivers, ponds, springs and glaciers. 2. What is a Terrarium? Ans. Terrarium is an artificial enclosure for keeping small house plants. 3. How are waves formed? Ans. Waves are formed when winds scrape across the ocean surface. The stronger the wind blows, the bigger the wave becomes. 4. What causes tides? Ans. The strong gravitational pull exerted by the sun and the moon on the earth’s surface causes tides. 5. What are warm and cold currents? Ans. Warm ocean currents originate near the equator and move towards the poles. The cold currents carry water from polar or higher latitudes to tropical or lower latitudes. 6. Why can swimmers float in the Dead Sea? Ans. Dead Sea in Israel has salinity of 340 grams per litre of water. Swimmers can float in it because the increased salt content makes it dense. 7. Why is it difficult for navigation in seas around Japan? Ans. The areas where the warm and cold currents meet such as, in seas around Japan experience foggy weather. Thus, this area is difficult for navigation. 8. Name the best fishing grounds of the world. Ans. The eastern coast of North America and seas around Japan are the best fishing grounds of the world.

174

Social Science—VII (Geography)

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What are tides? Ans. The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day is called a tide. It is high tide when water covers much of the shore by rising to its highest level. It is low tide when water falls to its lowest level and recedes from the shore. 2. How are waves formed? Ans. Waves are formed when winds scrape across the ocean surface. The stronger the wind blows, the bigger the wave becomes. 3. How are high tides useful? Ans. High tides help in navigation. They raise the water level close to the shores. This helps the ships to arrive at the harbour more easily. The high tides also help in fishing. Many more fish come closer to the shore during the high tide. This enables fishermen to get a plentiful catch. The rise and fall of water due to tides is being used to generate electricity in some places. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. What is water-cycle? Ans. The sun’s heat causes evaporation of water vapour. When the water vapour cools down, it condenses and forms clouds. From there it may fall on the land or sea in the form of rain, snow or sleet. The process by which water continually changes its form and circulates between oceans, atmosphere and land is known as the water cycle. 2. What are tides and how are they caused? Ans. The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day is called a tide. •• It is high tide when water covers much of the shore by rising to its highest level. It is low tide when water falls to its lowest level and recedes from the shore. •• The strong gravitational pull exerted by the sun and the moon on the earth’s surface causes the tides. The water of the earth closer to the moon gets pulled under the influence of the moon’s gravitational force and causes high tide. •• During the full moon and new moon days, the sun, the moon and the earth are in the same line and the tides are highest. These tides are called spring tides. •• But when the moon is in its first and last quarter, the ocean waters get drawn in diagonally opposite directions by the gravitational pull of sun and earth resulting in low tides. These tides are called neap tides. 3. What are spring tide and neap tide? Ans. During full moon and new moon days the earth, the sun and the moon come in the same line. •• So the gravitational pull exerted together by the sun and the moon is maximum on those days. These days the ocean tides are maximum and these tides are known as Spring Tides.

Water

175

•• During the first and last quarter of the moon, the sun, the earth and the moon form a right angle. Thus, the oceans on earth experience gravitational pull from the sun and the moon perpendicularly. •• Thus, during these days there are low tides. These tides are known as Neap Tides.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What is Tsunami? 2. Name two fresh water resources. 3. Which day is celebrated as world’s water day? 4. Define salinity. 5. Write any one indicator of Tsunami.

6

Natural Vegetation and Wildlife

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Natural vegetation

Forests

Grassland

Tropical evergreen Tropical deciduous Temperate evergreen Temperate deciduous Mediterranean

Tropical grassland Temperate grassland Thorny bushes

Shrubs

Thorny shrubs

Scrubs

Coniferous forests

II. IN A NUTSHELL What are the factors that the natural vegetation depends on? There is a close relationship between height of land and the character of vegetation. With the change in height, the climate changes, due to which the natural vegetation changes. The growth of vegetation depends on temperature and moisture. It also depends on factors like slope and thicken. •• Classification of Natural Vegetation: Natural vegetation is generally classified into three broad categories. •• Forests: Forests grow where temperature and rainfall are plentiful to support a tree cover. Depending upon these factors, dense and open forests are grown.

176

Natural Vegetation and Wildlife

177

•• Grasslands: Grasslands grow in the region of moderate rain.

•• Shrubs: Thorny shrubs and scrubs grow in the dry region. •• Tropical Evergreen Forests: These forests are also called tropical rainforests. These thick forests are found in the regions near the equator and close to the tropics. These regions are hot and receive heavy rainfall throughout the year. As there is no particular dry season, the trees do not shed their leaves altogether. This is the reason they are called evergreen. The thick canopies of the closely spaced trees do not allow the sunlight to penetrate inside the forest even in the day time. Hardwood trees like rosewood, ebony, mahogany are common here. •• Tropical Deciduous Forests: Tropical deciduous are the monsoon forests found in the large part of India, Northern Australia and in Central America. These regions experience seasonal changes. Trees shed their leaves in the dry season to conserve water. The hardwood trees found in these forests are sal, teak, neem and shisham. Hardwood trees are extremely useful for making furniture, transport and constructional materials. Tigers, lions, elephants, langoors and monkeys are the common animals of these regions.

178

Social Science—VII (Geography)

•• Temperate Evergreen Forests: The temperate evergreen forests are located in the mid-latitudinal coastal region. They are commonly found along the eastern margin of the continents, e.g., In south east USA, South China and in South East Brazil. They comprise both hard and soft wood trees like oak, pine, eucalyptus, etc. •• Temperate Deciduous Forests: As we go towards higher latitudes, there are more temperate deciduous forests. These are found in the north eastern part of USA, China, New Zealand, and Chile and also found in the coastal regions of Western Europe. They shed their leaves in the dry season. The common trees are oak, ash, beech, etc. Deer, foxes, wolves are the animals commonly found. Birds like pheasants, monals are also found here. •• Mediterranean Vegetation: Most of the east and north-east margins of the continents are covered by temperate evergreen and deciduous trees. The west and south-west margins of the continents are different. They have Mediterranean vegetation. It is mostly found in the areas around the Mediterranean Sea in Europe, Africa and Asia, hence the name. This kind of vegetation is also found outside the actual Mediterranean region in California in the USA, south-west Africa, south-western South America and South-west Australia. These regions are marked for hot dry summers and mild rainy winters. Citrus fruits such as oranges, figs, olives and grapes are commonly cultivated here because people have removed the natural vegetation in order to cultivate what they want to. There isn’t much wildlife here. •• Coniferous Forests: In the higher latitudes (50°–70°) of Northern hemisphere the spectacular Coniferous forests are found. These are also called as Taiga. These forests are also seen in the higher altitudes. They are tall, softwood evergreen trees. The woods of these trees are very useful for making pulp, which is used for manufacturing paper and newsprint. Match boxes and packing boxes are also made from softwood. Chir, pine, and cedar are a few important variety of trees in these forests. Silver fox, mink, polar bear are the common animals found here. •• Tropical Grasslands: These occur on either side of the equator and extend till the tropics. This vegetation grows in the areas of moderate to low amount of rainfall. The grass can grow very tall, about 3 to 4 metres in height. Savannah grasslands of Africa are of this type. Elephants, zebras, giraffes, deer, leopards are common in tropical grasslands •• Temperate Grasslands: These are found in the mid-latitudinal zones and in the interior part of the continents. Usually, grass here is short and nutritious. Wild buffaloes, bison, and antelopes are common in the temperate region. •• Thorny Bushes: These are found in the dry desert like regions. Tropical deserts are located on the western margins of the continents. The vegetation cover is scarce here because of scanty rain and scorching heat.

Natural Vegetation and Wildlife

179

•• Tundra Vegetation: The polar region is extremely cold. The growth of natural vegetation is very limited here. Only mosses, lichens and very small shrubs are found here. It grows during the very short summer. This vegetation is found in the polar areas of Europe, Asia and North America. The animals have thick fur and thick skin to protect themselves from the cold climatic conditions. Seal, walruses, musk-oxen, arctic owl, polar bear and snow foxes are some of the animals found here

III. NCERT KEYWORDS •• Natural Vegetation: Trees, grass, lichens, mosses, etc. that grow naturally without the interference of human beings are called natural vegetation. •• Wildlife: All the living birds and animals, mammals, reptiles, living in natural environment from wildlife. •• Selvas: These are the tropical rainforests found especially in Amazon basis of South America. •• Anaconda: It is one of the largest snakes of the world, found in tropical rainforests and is capable of swallowing large animals like crocodiles.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 39 1. Now, can you tell why Salima saw changes in the natural vegetation as she climbed higher and higher? What types of vegetation did she see in the Himalayas starting with the foothills and going to the higher altitudes? Ans. Salima saw changes in the natural vegetation as she climbed higher and higher because of the following reasons: • Change in climate with increase in height. • Slope • Thickness of the soil. Types of vegetation she saw • Sal and teak forests • Coniferous forests • Rhododendrons • Short grass 2. Like Salima, when you go to visit any new place, notice the type of natural vegetation occurring there and try to think of the factors responsible for the growth of such vegetation in that habitat. Note down if any human interference has taken place in that area in terms of deforestation, grazing, cultivation of cash crops, constructional activities, etc. Ans. In October to Nainital. • Alpine and Mountain vegetation.

Social Science—VII (Geography)

180

Factors: • Cold climate. • Heavy rainfall. • Mountainous soil. Yes, for habitation and commercial activities. Nainital has lots of hotels because it is a famous and popular tourist spot. So, constructional activities are very common in Nainital. The town is also increasing. Thus, deforestation and human interference are common in this area.

Page 40 3. The tropical evergreen forest in Brazil is so enormous that it is like the lungs of the earth: Can you tell why? Ans. The tropical evergreen forest in Brazil which is also known as the Amazon rainforest is the largest evergreen forest in the world. It is so enormous, that about 20% of total oxygen produced in the earth is from this forest. Not only that, it consumes an enormous amount of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Thus, as the lungs supply oxygen to each and every cell in our body, and takes out carbon dioxide, the tropical evergreen forest in Brazil does just that for the whole world. For this reason this forest is called the “lungs of the earth”. Page 41 4. Where in India do tropical evergreen and tropical deciduous forests occur? Name the states. Ans. In India, tropical evergreen forests occur in Andaman and Nicobar Islands, on the western part of the Western Ghats, along the coastline of peninsular India, and in Assam region in the north-eastern India, and in a few places in Odisha. The states where tropical evergreen forests occur are Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Nagaland, Tripura, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Kerala, Maharashtra, West Bengal, Odisha and Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Tropical deciduous forests are present in Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Jharkhand, Odisha, Chhattisgarh, Karnataka, Kerala, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Bihar, and Uttar Pradesh. 5. Which type of forest dominates most parts of India? Ans. Tropical deciduous forest or the monsoon forest dominates most parts of India. Page 43 6. Look around in your surroundings and find out the articles made of hard wood and soft wood. Ans. Some of the articles made of hard wood are heavy furniture like, bed, sofa, dining table, chairs, piano. Other than that, wooden floors, main doors of houses, some of the cooking utensils and vessels, guitar, harmonium. Block toys of kids, etc. are made of hard wood. Articles made of soft wood are light furniture like study table, interior wooden panels, cupboards, light doors, decks. Soft wood pulps are used to cards, boxes, cardboards, chipboards, etc.

Natural Vegetation and Wildlife

181

7. Find out and learn the names of trees of your locality. Ans. This should be answered by the student herself/himself. An example is given for reference: The names of the trees in Hulimavu locality of Bengaluru, Karnataka are: Butterfly tree (Bauhinia), silk-cotton tree, coconut palm, gulmohur, Indian laburnum, silver oak, guava, mango, blue jacaranda, sweet neem, etc. Page 44 8. Can you name the great desert of India? Name some of the common animals of the desert. Ans. Thar is the great Indian desert. Camel, snakes, lizards and many insects are found here.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 45–46) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) Which are the two factors on which the growth of vegetation mostly depends? Ans. The main two factors on which growth of vegetation mostly depends are temperature and moisture. Other factors are slope, thickness of soil, soil type, etc. (ii) Which are the three broad categories of natural vegetation? Ans. The three broad categories of natural vegetation are—forests, grasslands and shrubs. •• Forests: Grow in regions of high temperature and rain. •• Grasslands: Grow in regions of moderate rainfall. •• Thorny shrubs and scrubs: Grow in dry regions. (iii) Name the two hardwood trees commonly found in tropical evergreen forest. Ans. Two hardwood trees commonly found in tropical evergreen forest are rosewood and ebony. (iv) In which part of the world are tropical deciduous forest found? Ans. Tropical deciduous forests are found in: •• the large part of India, •• northern Australia and in •• Central America. (v) In which climatic conditions are citrus fruits cultivated? Ans. Citrus fruits are cultivated in the regions marked for hot dry summers and mild rainy winters. (vi) Mention the uses of coniferous forest. Ans. The woods of coniferous forests are tall and soft. Chir, pine and cedar are the important variety of trees in these forests. The woods of these trees are very useful for making pulp, which is used for manufacturing paper and newsprint. Match boxes and packing boxes are also made from softwood. (vii) In which part of the world is seasonal grassland found? Ans. Seasonal grasslands are found in the mid-latitudinal zones and in the interior part of the continents.

182

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. Tick the correct answer. (i) Mosses and Lichens are found in: (a) Desert Vegetation (b) Tropical evergreen forest (c) Tundra vegetation (ii) Thorny bushes are found in: (a) Hot and humid tropical climate (b) Hot and dry desert climate (c) Cold polar climate (iii) In tropical evergreen forest, one of the common animals is: (a) Monkey (b) Giraffe (c) Camel (iv) One important variety of coniferous forest is: (a) Rosewood (b) Pine (c) Teak (v) Steppe grassland is found in (a) S. Africa (b) Australia (c) Central Asia ANSWERS (ii) (b) Hot and dry desert climate (iv) (b) Pine

(i) (c) Tundra vegetation (iii) (a) Monkey (v) (c) Central Asia 3. Match the following. (i) Walrus (a) Soft wood tree (ii) Cedar (b) An animal of tropical deciduous forest (iii) Olives (c) A polar animal (iv) Elephants (d) Temperate grassland in Australia (v) Campos (e) Thorny shrubs (vi) Downs (f) A citrus fruit (g) Tropical grassland of Brazil Ans. (i)–(c), (ii)–(a), (iii)–(f), (iv)–(b), (v)–(g), (vi)–(d). 4. Give reasons. (i) The animals in polar region have thick fur and thick skin. Ans. Polar regions are very cold. Animals which do not have thick fur and thick skin cannot survive in these harsh and cold climates. (ii) Tropical deciduous trees shed their leaves in the dry season. Ans. During dry season, rainfall is scarce and water supply to plants and trees through their roots is reduced. The short supply of moisture through their roots keeps them alive during dry season. Transpiration occurs through leaves. To minimize water loss through transpiration, the trees shed their leaves during dry season. (iii) The type and thickness of vegetation changes from place to place. Ans. The type and thickness of vegetation changes from place to place due to the following reasons: •• Height from mean sea level •• Thickness of the soil. •• Climate (temperature and moisture) •• Slope

Natural Vegetation and Wildlife

183

As these conditions vary from place to place, natural vegetation (types and thickness) also varies from place to place. 5. Activity. (i) Collect pictures and photographs of forests and grasslands of different parts of world. Write one sentence below each picture. Ans.

Savanna in Tarangire National Park, Tanzania

A cave in Campos Gerais National Park

Prairie of Badlands National Park

Pampas at eye level

Steppe in Ukraine

Pine forest

Temperate deciduous forest in Germany    

Tropical rainforest

Social Science—VII (Geography)

184

Tropical forest of NilGiri

(ii) Make a collage of rainforest, grassland and coniferous forests. Ans. Individual activity for the students. 6. For fun. In the crossword table given below, some words are hidden. They are all about vegetation and wildlife and are to be found horizontally and vertically. Two have been worked out for you. Work in pairs with a friend. M T

N

L

P

L M E H R

T

B

A M B O

O

P

B E A

R

A

I

E

E

R

C M W H A

L

E D C

T

L

P

F

L

O R A N

L

E O

T

A

R

B

C

E

E M

A

E

I

A M N

C H E N

S

L

F

O

A

P

E

S

E D R H X M A

R

J

S

D K

X L

S I

N E G

U

A H T

N H N D P

C

A M P

A

C

D O G R T I

Z

X

N E

C

F

O W L E

E

E

N

R N G R

V

E K

C

H

I

D O

T

E

A K

S

R

S

V

E

L

E

A

L

M O U

A

C D E O

D

A

R M

T M O

S

S

E

S

P

C

G A N

E M E U

A

X U

R M A

A N G R

P

S

S

B

H F

T

A

G H F

I

R

R A

B

R

B

R

T

U N

C

B

E

I

O S G V N N A

O N A T

C U

N A

S

S

A

O

A

S

S W K A

R

O V K

I

G A

T

U

L

S

I

U

Y

I

R

I

E

S

A

B

E

B

O N Y

G O A

T D E

C

I

D U O U

S

W N A

D

R

A

X

Z

R

A H O R

S

E

L

A K

E

A

X

L

L A N O

S

A M

P

A

P

E

B

A

T

P

A

E

S

Natural Vegetation and Wildlife

185

Ans. M T

N

L

P

L M E H R

T

B

A M B O

O

P

B E A

R

A

I

E

E

R

C M W H A

L

E D C

T

L

P

F

L

O R A N

L

E O

T

A

R

B

C

E

E M

A

E

I

A M N

C H E N

S

L

F

O

A

P

E

S

E D R H X M A

R

J

S

D K

X L

S I

N E G

U

A H T

N H N D P

C

A M P

A

C

D O G R T I

Z

X

N E

C

F

O W L E

E

E

N

R N G R

V

E K

C

H

I

D O

T

E

A K

S

R

S

V

E

L

E

A

L

M O U

A

C D E O

D

A

R M

T M O

S

S

E

S

P

C

G A N

E M E U

A

X U

R M A

A N G R

P

S

S

B

H F

T

A

G H F

I

R

R A

B

R

B

R

T

U N

C

B

E

I

O S G V N N A

O N A T

C U

N A

S

S

A

O

A

S

S W K A

R

O V K

I

G A

T

U

L

S

I

U

Y

I

R

I

E

S

A

B

E

B

O N Y

G O A

T D E

C

I

D U O U

S

W N A

D

R

A

X

Z

R

A H O R

S

E

L

A K

E

A

X

L

L A N O

S

A M

P

A

P

E

B

A

T

P

A

E

S

Horizontally: Bamboo, bear, whale, flora, leopard, lichen, hen, apes, dog, pine, veld, campos, seal, fowl, deodar, chir, mosses, teak, grass, taiga, tulsi, prairie, fir, prairies, ebony, goat, deciduous, tundra, zebra, horse, bee, llanos, pampas. Vertically: Anaconda, elephant, shrub, ox, pig, cactus, fauna, herb, bird palm, lion, downs, tiger, tree, neem, snakes, cactus, walrus, oak, camel, peepal, owl, deer, savannah, monkey, yak.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Mediterranean regions are known as __________ of the world. 2. The temperate evergreen forests are located in the __________ coastal region. 3. Rosewood, ebony, mahogany are examples of _________________ trees. 4. __________, one of the world’s largest snakes is found in the tropical rainforest. 5. Trees shed their leaves in the dry season to __________ water. Ans. 1. Orchards, 2. mid-latitudinal, 3. hardwood, 4. Anaconda, 5. conserve II. Name the following: 1. The world’s largest snake Ans. Anaconda

186

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. Tropical rainforests are called Ans. Lungs of the world 3. Natural vegetation that grows in the region of moderate rain Ans. Grasslands 4. Trees useful for making furniture, transport and constructional materials Ans. Hardwood 5. Temperate grasslands of Asia Ans. Steppe 6. Tropical Grasslands of Venezuela Ans. Llanos III. Say whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Only mosses, lichens and very small shrubs are found in the polar regions. 2. The planets have their own heat and light. 3. Veld is the temperate grasslands of North America 4. The grass in the Savannah grasslands can grow very tall, about 3 to 4 metres in height. 5. Coniferous forests are also called as Taiga Ans. 1. True, 2. False, 3. False, 4. True, 5. True

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. This tree grows in coniferous forests (i) Oak (ii) Pine (iii) Beech 2. Temperate Deciduous Forests are found here (i) New Zealand (ii) Asia (iii) Japan 3. In coniferous forest, one of the common animals is (i) Giraffe (ii) Mink (iii) Camel 4. The tropical grasslands in East Africa are known as (i) Llanos (ii) Campos (iii) Savanna 5. Coniferous forests are found in this altitude (i) 50°–70° (ii) 70°–80° (iii) 80°–100°

1. (ii) Pine 3. (ii) Mink 5. (i) 50°–70°

ANSWERS 2. (i) New Zealand 4. (iii) Savanna

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What grows in the dry regions? Ans. Thorny shrubs and scrubs grow in the dry region 2. Name a few hardwood trees. Ans. Rosewood, ebony, mahogany are a few examples of hardwood trees.

Natural Vegetation and Wildlife

187

3. Name a few animals found in the Tropical Deciduous forests. Ans. Tigers, lions, elephants, langoors and monkeys are the common animals of these forests. 4. What birds are found in the Temperate Deciduous forests? Ans. Birds like pheasants and monals are found in the Temperate Deciduous forests. 5. How do Mediterranean trees adapt themselves to dry summers? Ans. Mediterranean trees adapt themselves to dry summers with the help of their thick barks and wax coated leaves which help them reduce transpiration. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Why are tropical rainforests also called evergreen forests? Ans. Tropical rainforests occur in the regions near the equator and close to the tropics. These regions are hot and receive heavy rainfall throughout the year. As there is no particular dry season, the trees do not shed their leaves altogether. This is the reason they are called evergreen forests. 2. Name a few trees found in the Tropical Deciduous Forests? What are these trees used for? Ans. The hardwood trees found in these forests are sal, teak, neem and shisham. Hardwood trees are extremely useful for making furniture, transport and constructional materials. 3. What is softwood used for? Ans. Softwood is very useful for making pulp, which is used for manufacturing paper and newsprint. Match boxes and packing boxes are also made from softwood. 4. Where are Temperate Evergreen forests located? Ans. The temperate evergreen forests are located in the mid-latitudinal coastal region. They are commonly found along the eastern margin of the continents, e.g., in south-east USA, South China and in south-east Brazil. 5. What type of vegetation is found in the Mediterranean region? Ans. Citrus fruits such as oranges, figs, olives and grapes are commonly cultivated here because people have removed the natural vegetation in order to cultivate what they want to. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Where are tropical grasslands found? What are the characteristics of this region? Ans. Tropical grasslands occur on either side of the equator and extend till the tropics. This vegetation grows in the areas of moderate to low amount of rainfall. The grass can grow very tall, about 3 to 4 metres in height. Savannah grasslands of Africa are of this type. Elephants, zebras, giraffes, deer, leopards are common in tropical grasslands. 2. Write a short note on tropical deciduous forests. Ans. Tropical deciduous are the monsoon forests found in the large part of India, Northern Australia and in Central America.

188

Social Science—VII (Geography)

•• These regions experience seasonal changes. Trees shed their leaves in the dry season to conserve water. •• The hardwood trees found in these forests are sal, teak, neem and shisham. Hardwood trees are extremely useful for making furniture, transport and constructional materials. •• Tigers, lions, elephants, langoors and monkeys are the common animals of these regions.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Give brief answers: (a) Give examples of plants found in temperature evergreen forests. (b) Name tropical grasslands. (c) Which area is called “lungs of earth”? (d) Name the animals found in tropical deciduous forests. 2. Give examples of birds in temperate deciduous forests. 3. Define the term ‘Taiga’. 4. How do Mediterranean trees reduce transpiration? 5. Which are the factors affecting vegetation growth?

7 Chapter

Human Environment – Settlement, Transport and Communication

I. BASIC CONCEPTS Site: Site is the place or location where a settlement develops. Ideal sites for settlement should have: •• Favourable climate •• Availability of clean and usable water •• Suitable landform •• Fertile soil Several National Highways and State Highways have been constructed in India. The construction of Expressways helps in the development of the country. The Golden Quadrilateral connects the four metro cities – Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai and Kolkata. The railway track from Xining to Lhasa is situated at an altitude of 4000 m above mean sea level. The highest point of this track is 5072 m. The Trans-Siberian Railway is the longest railway route which connects St. Petersburg in Western Russia to Vladivostok on the Pacific Coast. Human Environment

Settlement

Transport

Communication

Means of Transport

Roadways

Railways

Metalled Unmetalled

Waterways

Inland Waterways Sea Routes

189

Airways

Sea Routes

190

Social Science—VII (Geography)

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Early human beings were dependent totally on nature for the fulfilment of their basic needs. However, with the passage of time they have learnt to modify the environment according to their needs and requirements. •• Settlements: Settlements are places where people build their homes. While early humans lived on trees, later they have learnt to grow crops and make their own home in suitable places. •• Temporary Settlements: Settlements which are occupied for a short time are called temporary settlements. The people living in deep forests, hot and cold deserts and mountains often dwell in such temporary settlements. They practise hunting, gathering, shifting cultivation and transhumance. •• Permanent Settlements: In permanent settlements people build homes to live in. •• Rural Settlements: The villages are rural settlements where people are engaged in activities like agriculture, fishing, forestry, crafts work and trading etc. Rural settlements can be compact or scattered. •• Compact Settlements: Compact settlement is a closely built area of dwelling, wherever flat land is available. •• Scattered Settlement: In a scattered settlement dwellings are spaced over an extensive area. This type of settlement is mostly found in hilly tracts, thick forests, and regions of extreme climate. •• Transport: It is the means by which people and goods move. The four major means of transport are roadways, railways, waterways and airways. •• Roadways: This is the most common means of transport, especially for a short distance. Roads can be metalled or pucca, and unmetalled or kutcha. Plainlands generally have a dense network of roadways. •• Subways: Roads built underground are called subways/under paths. •• Flyovers: These are built over raised structures like a bridge. •• Railways: Trains run on special railway tracks which are a pair of parallel lines. There are steam, diesel or electric powered engines to pull the trains. Railways carry heavy goods over long distances. India has the largest railway network in Asia. •• Waterways: Since early days humans have used waterways as a means of transport. This is the cheapest means of transport to carry heavy and large

Human Environment–Settlement, Transport and Communication

191

goods over a long distance. Inland waterways are composed of navigable rivers and lakes. Sea routes are used to transport goods internationally. •• Airways: This is the fastest means of transport. This is the most expensive means of transport too. This mode is used both within a country and for international travel to reach destination early. Helicopters are used to travel a shorter distance which is otherwise inaccessible by other modes of transport. •• Communication: It is the process of conveying messages to others. Different modes of communication have development with the development of newer technologies. •• Satellites have made communication faster. Cellular, phones, internet connect us with the world.

III. KEYWORDS •• Urban Settlements: Villagers in which the people are engaged mainly to primary activities. •• Slum Settlements: Settlements whose people give in congested and unhygienic conditions are called slum. •• Transhumance: Seasonal movement of people. The animal rearers move with the animals in search of new pastures with change in seasons. •• Mass Media: Public information system like radio, TV, newspaper, magazine, etc.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 49 1. Where do you find dwellings made of ice? Who makes them and what are they called? Ans. This type of dwellings is found I places which are permanently covered with snow. The Eskimos or Inuit make this type of houses. This type of houses are called the “igloos”. 2. List the different modes of transport used by the students of your class while coming to school. Ans. In my class, the following modes of transport are used by the students: School bus Pool car Own transport – car, bike or scooter Auto rickshaw Public bus Van Walk

Social Science—VII (Geography)

192 Page 51

3. Can you name some ports of the world? Ans. Some of the important ports of the world are: Shanghai in China, Port of Singapore in Singapore, Rotterdam in Holland, Jebel Ali in United Arab Emirates, Los Angeles in the USA, Busan in South Korea, Ambarli in Turkey, etc. Page 52 4. Find out the names of some newspapers and TV news channels in English, Hindi and a regional language. Ans. Newspapers: English

Hindi

Bengali

The Times of India

Dainik Bhaskar

Anandabazar Patrika

The Hindu

Jagran

Aajkaal

The Hindustan Times Hindustan

Bartaman

The Economic Times

NavBharat Times

Sangbad Pratidin

The Telegraph

Jansatta

Ei Samay

TV news channels: English

Hindi

Bengali

NDTV 24x7

Dilli Aaj Tak

ABP Ananda

India Today

Total TV

24 Ghanta

ET Now

DD News

DD Bangla

CNN – News 18

India News

Kolkata TV

Mirror Now

Khabar Bharti

Focus Bangla

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 54) 1. Answer the following questions: (i) What are the four means of transport? Ans. The four means of transport are: (1) roadways, (2) railways, (3) waterways, and (4) airways. (ii) What do you understand by the term ‘settlement’? Ans. The places where people build their homes are called the settlements. (iii) Which are the activities practised by the rural people? Ans. The rural people practise the activities, such as, agriculture, fishing, dairy farming, poultry farming, forestry, crafts work, trading, etc. (iv) Mention any two merits of railways.

Human Environment–Settlement, Transport and Communication

193

Ans. Two merits of railways are: (1) It can carry heavy goods and people over long distances. (2) This means of transport is quite inexpensive and fast. (v) What do you understand by communication? Ans. The process of conveying messages to others is called communication. (vi) What is mass media? Ans. The means of communication which reach a large number of people is called mass media. Newspaper, TV, radio, etc. are the examples of mass media. 2. Tick the Correct Answer (i) Which is not a means of communication? (a) telephone (b) books (c) table (ii) Which type of road is constructed under the ground? (a) Flyover (b) expressways (c) subways (iii) Which mode of transport is most suitable to reach an island? (a) ship (b) train (c) car (iv) Which vehicle does not pollute the environment? (a) cycle (b) bus (c) aeroplane Ans. (i)–(c), (ii)–(c), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(a) 3. Match the following. (i) Internet (a) areas where people are engaged in manufacturing, trade and services (ii) Canal route (b) closely built area of houses (iii) Urban areas (c) houses on stilts (iv) Compact settlement (d) inland waterway (e) a means of communication Ans. (i)–(e), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(b) 4. Give reasons. (i) Today’s world is shrinking. Ans. Nowadays the means of transport and the means of communication have developed so much that one can easily reach out to the whole world. With the help of TV, internet, etc. one receive and send news and messages from the world easily within minutes. Through air one can reach almost all over the world. This has made all of us global citizen. Whole world is accessible to the mankind within the comfort of one’s home. That is why it is said that, “today’s world is shrinking”. 5. For fun. (i) Conduct a survey in your locality and find out how people commute to their respective workplaces using – (a) more than two modes of transport (b) more than three modes of transport (c) stay within walking distance. Ans. (a) People generally take auto rickshaw to the railway station, then local train to the railway station nearest to the workplace, and then bus to the workplace.

194

Social Science—VII (Geography)

(b) A few people take auto rickshaw to the nearest metro station, metro to one of the ‘ghats’ Ganges, cross the river in motorboat, take a bus from there to the workplace. (c) A few people work from home and thus do not have to travel to workplace at all. A few others walk to their workplace which are typically within 2 km from their residence. (ii) Mention which mode of communication you will prefer most in the following situations– (a) Your grandfather has suddenly fallen ill. How will you inform the doctor? (b) Your mother wants to sell the old house. How will she spread this news? (c) You are going to attend the marriage of your cousin for which you will be absent from the school for the next two days. How will you inform the teacher? (d) Your friend has moved out with his/her family to New York. How will you keep in touch on a daily basis? Ans. (a) I would prefer telephone (mobile or landline) in this case. (b) She should put an advertisement in a newspaper to spread the news. She can also post the advertisement in the real estate websites, like Magic Bricks, 99 acres, etc. (c) I will write a leave application to inform my teacher and also will ask for his/her permission. (d) I can email him everyday to keep in touch. I can also message her through various applications available on smartphones, such as, WhatsApp, Messenger, Hike, etc. I can also video call him/her over Skype, Messenger, WhatsApp, etc.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. __________ is the process of conveying messages to others. 2. Navigable rivers and lakes are used as __________ waterways. 3. __________ is the closest celestial body to our earth. 4. The Golden Quadrilateral connects __________, Mumbai, __________ and Kolkata. 5. Air traffic is adversely affected by bad weather like __________ and __________. 6. Places where water accumulates in the rainy season the houses are constructed on __________. 7. Newspaper, radio and television are also known as _______________. 8. __________ are the electronic mails we send through internet. 9. During natural calamities __________ are extremely useful to send food, water, medicines, etc. to remote and inaccessible areas. 10. Some of the important ports are Sydney in __________ and Rio de Janeiro in __________.

Human Environment–Settlement, Transport and Communication

1. communication 4. Delhi, Chennai 7. mass media 10. Australia, Brazil.

ANSWERS 2. inland 5. Fog, storm 8. E-mails

3. The moon 6. stilts 9. helicopters

II. Name the following: 1. Newspapers, radio and television Ans. Mass media 2. Animal used as transport in Tibet Ans. Yak 3. Roofs of houses in areas of heavy rainfall are Ans. Slanting 4. A settlement which is a closely built area of dwellings Ans. Compact 5. Settlements which are occupied for a short time Ans. Temporary settlements III. Say whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Settlements are places where people build their homes. 2. Transhumance is a seasonal movement of people. 3. In a compact settlement dwellings are spaced over an extensive area. 4. The towns are small and the cities are smaller rural settlements. 5. The Trans-Siberian Railway is the longest railway system 1. True 4. False

ANSWERS 2. True 5. True

3. False

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. These trains have been introduced to make the journey faster (i) Diesel (ii) Electric (iii) Super-fast 2. These are the roads built over raised structures (i) Flyover (ii) Bridge (iii) Subway 3. In this settlement, dwellings are spaced over an extensive area (i) urban (ii) scattered (iii) compact 4. This is the fastest mode of transport (i) Waterways (ii) Roadways 5. The Trans-Siberian Railway joins (i) Paris with New Delhi (ii) New York with Baltimore (iii) St. Petersburg with Vladivostok

(iii) Airways

195

196

Social Science—VII (Geography)

6. In Andes, commonly _______________ are the animals used for transports. (i) llamas (ii) yaks (iii) camel 7. Stilt houses are common in (i) deserts (ii) forests (iii) places where rainwater accumulates 8. The place where a building or a settlement develops is called its ___________. (i) settlement (ii) site (iii) city 9. Compact settlements are common in (i) villages (ii) cities (iii) hilly areas 10. Subways are built (i) underground (ii) over a raised structure (iii) along river banks ANSWERS 1. (iii) Super-fast 2. (i) Flyover 3. (ii) scattered 4. (ii) Airways 5. (iii) St. Petersburg with Vladivostok 6. (i) llamas 7. (iii) places where rainwater accumulates 8. (ii) site 9. (ii) cities 10. (i) underground.

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What kinds of houses are common in areas of hot climate? Ans. Thick mud walled houses with thatched roofs are very common in areas of hot climate. 2. Invention of what made transport easier? Ans. Invention of the wheel made transport easier. 3. What are roads built underground called? Ans. Roads built underground are called subways/under paths. 4. What have replaced steam engines? Ans. Diesel and electric engines have largely replaced the steam engines. 5. What are the main types of waterways? Ans. They are mainly of two types–inland waterways and sea routes. 6. Where do we find the temporary settlements? Ans. Temporary settlements are found in places like deep forests, hot and cold deserts, and mountains.

Human Environment–Settlement, Transport and Communication

197

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How are rural settlements different from urban settlements? Ans. Rural settlements Urban settlements 1. The villages are rural settlements. 1. The towns are small and the cities are larger urban settlements. 2. People are engaged in activities 2. In urban areas the people are like agriculture, fishing, forestry, engaged in manufacturing, crafts work and trading etc. trading, and services. 3. Rural settlements can be compact 3. Urban settlements are compact. or scattered. 2. Write a short note on roadways in India? Ans. The most commonly used means of transport especially for short distances are roads. They can be metalled (pucca) and unmetalled (kutcha). The plains have a dense network of roads. Roads have also been built in terrains like deserts, forests and even high mountains. Manali-Leh highway in the Himalayan Mountains is one of the highest roadways in the world. 3. What are the various means of communication available in today’s world? Ans. Different modes of communication are used to provide information, to educate as well as to entertain. Through newspapers, radio and television, we can communicate with a large number of people. They are, therefore, called mass media. The satellites have made communication even faster. Satellites have helped in oil exploration, survey of forest, underground water, mineral wealth, weather forecast and disaster warning. Now we can send electronic mails or e-mails through Internet. Wireless telephonic communications through cellular phones have become very popular today. 4. What are the conditions for selection of an ideal site for settlement? Ans. The natural conditions people look for in an ideal site are: (a) favourable and moderate climate (b) easy availability of clean water (c) fertile soil (d) plain land C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Write a short note on the development of transport over the years. Ans. Transport is the means by which people and goods move. In the early days, it took a great deal of time, to travel long distances. People had to walk and used animals to carry their goods. Invention of the wheel made transport easier. With the passage of time, different means of transport developed but even today people use animals for transport.

198

Social Science—VII (Geography)

In our country donkeys, mules, bullocks and camels are common. In the Andes Mountains of South America, llamas are used, as are yaks in Tibet. The early traders from other countries used to take several months to reach India. They took either the sea route or the land route. Aeroplanes have made travel faster. Now it takes only 6–8 hours to travel from India to Europe. Modern means of transport thus saves time and energy. 2. Write about the different activities of people living in temporary and permanent settlements? Ans. Temporary settlements are found where living is not very easy. People live in temporary settlements in deep forests or in deserts, etc. The main activities they practise are hunting, gathering, shifting cultivation, and transhumance. In permanent settlements, people practise different activities in urban and rural settlements. In urban settlements, the main activities are manufacturing, trading and services. On the other hand, in rural settlements, the main activities are farming, fishing, forestry, crafts work, trading, etc.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Which type of rail engines have replaced the steam engines? 2. What are the stilt houses? 3. Name the highest roadway in India. 4. What are the inland waterways? 5. How are the surveys of forests, mineral wealth of a place, or underground water done?

8 Chapter

Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region I. BASIC CONCEPTS

Life in the Amazon •• The details under the heading “Life in the Amazon” in Basic Concepts of this page given about how this river was named, rather than life or living things in this river. So, they author is to rectify this misquoted information. Life in the Ganga-Brahmputra Basin •• The rivers Ganga and Brahmaputra are homes of a variety of dolphins called blind dolphins or Susu dolphins. These dolphins live in clean and unpolluted water. Nowadays, too much of urban and factory wastes are discarded in water killing these dolphins. Rainforest •• Bromeliads are plants that grow as plant parasites in Amazonian rainforests. These plants store water in their leaves. Frogs utilise these pockets of water to lay their eggs. •• Terrace Farming is a method of cultivation where terraces are built on the slopes of hills. The crops are grown on these step-like terraces. The terrace formation minimises water loss which is a problem on hill slopes. •• The method of clearing land for cultivation by slashing or cutting down trees and bushes and burning them afterwards is known as Slash and Burn. The burning of cut trees releases nutrients to the soil which makes the soil fertile and suitable for cultivation. After a few cycles of cultivation when the soil loses fertility, the field is left abandoned for a few years and plants grow in the field. Again the soil fertility is restored by cutting and burning the plants grown in that field. •• Local lakes in a village are maintained by local people. They grow fish in the lakes which feed on water weeds like, hydrilla, vallisneria, etc. When the weeds cover the lake, the villagers clean the lake and dump them on fields. The humus increases the soil fertility of the fields and they have good yield of crop. This makes the villagers satisfied with local fish and crops unless industrial wastes from nearby towns do not reach the lake water. Chemical wastes can kill the fish population of the lake.

199

200

Social Science—VII (Geography)

II. IN A NUTSHELL Amazon Basin •• The Amazon basin is located in the equatorial region of South America. Amazon River and its numerous tributaries form the basin. Amazon flows from the mountains in Peru eastward and reaches the Atlantic Ocean in the east. •• The Amazon basin includes portions of the countries Brazil, Peru, Bolivia, Ecuador, Colombia, and Venezuela. •• The climate of the basin is typically equatorial with hot and humid climate all-round the year. There is not much difference between day and night temperatures and moisture content. Almost every day there is rain, mostly during the afternoon. •• Due to high rainfall, dense forest has grown in this region. This rainforest is so dense that even the sunlight cannot penetrate through the canopy to reach the ground. Thus, the ground is always dark and damp. At the lowest level only shade-tolerant plants grow. Orchids, bromeliads, etc. grow as plant parasites. •• Colourful birds, like, toucans, humming birds, bird of paradise, etc. are common here. They have bright and colourful plumage and big and strong bills. Varieties of monkeys, sloth, tapirs, etc. are the common animals. Crocodiles, pythons, boa constrictor, etc. are the prominent reptiles. There are numerous varieties of insects and fish. The flesh-eating fish Piranha is found in the rivers. •• People living in the rainforests make a small clearing and grow food there. Main crops are tapioca, pineapple, sweet potato, etc. The staple food is manioc or cassava which is an underground root vegetable. Cash crops like cocoa, coffee, and maize are grown here too. Hunting for fish is common. People also eat queen ants and egg sacs. •• People make houses with wood collected from the forests. Thatched houses like beehives are common. Maloca is large apartment with steeply slanted roof. •• Now-a-days, all parts of the rainforest is accessible through Trans Amazon highway. The natives of the rainforests are forced to settle in a new area, where they continue to follow their way of life. The urban development is gradually destroying the rich flora and fauna of the region. The rate of destruction of rainforest is alarming and has wider implications. Deforestation results in soil erosion turning this thick forest into a barren landscape. Ganga-Brahmaputra Basin •• The rivers Ganga, Brahmaputra and their tributaries together form the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin in India in the sub-tropical region. The tributaries of Ganga are Ghagra, Son, Chambal, Gandak, Kosi, etc. and tributaries of Brahmaputra drain this basin. •• This basin includes the foothills of the Himalayas, plain made from deposition of the rivers, the Sundarbans delta are the main features of this region. There are numerous ox-bow lakes formed in the course of the rivers. The

Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region

•• •• ••

••

••

••

•• ••

201

mountainous region has steep slopes and are inhospitable with very less population. The plain region is thickly populated with moderate climate and fertile soil. The delta portion with thick mangrove forest is not very hospitable. The climate is typically monsoon climate. The monsoon winds bring rain from mid-June to mid-September. Summers are generally warm to hot, and the winters are cool. The Ganga-Brahmaputra basin includes the whole or parts of the states Haryana, Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Sikkim, West Bengal, Assam, and Arunachal Pradesh. Agriculture is the main occupation of the people in plain region. The main crop is paddy. Other crops, such as, wheat, maize, sorghum, gram, banana and millets are also grown in this region. Common cash crops are sugarcane and jute. In the foothills of Himalayas in West Bengal, especially in Darjeeling, and Assam several tea plantations are there. Cultivation of silkworm is common in Bihar and Assam. The hilly region of Sikkim and Arunachal Pradesh has pine, deodar, and fir trees. The plains have tropical deciduous forest with trees like teak, sal, and peepal. Brahmaputra plains have thick groves of bamboo. Sundarbans delta are is covered with mangrove forest with trees like Sundari, Goran, Garjan, etc. Elephants, deer, monkeys, tiger are common animals in the basin region. Onehorned rhinoceros are found in Brahmaputra basin. Bengal tiger, crocodiles, alligators are found in the Sundarbans. The rivers and lakes of Bay of Bengal has plenty of aquatic life, rohu, catla, hilsa, prawns are the most popular fish varieties. Fish and rice are the staple diet for people living in this region. There are several thickly populated towns and cities lining the plains of GangaBrahmaputra basin. Allahabad, Varanasi, Kanpur, Patna, Kolkata, all are highly populated cities along the banks of the River Ganga. The industrial wastes are discharged into Ganga making it highly polluted. Ganga-Brahmaputra basin has well developed land, rail, water and air transport systems. There are several ports along the rivers. Tourism is an important activity in this basin. Main tourist attractions are the Taj Mahal in Agra on the bank of the river Yamuna, Imambara in Lucknow, the famous Hindu pilgrimage Varanasi on the bank of the river Ganga, Buddhist stupas in Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, Victoria Memorial in Kolkata, the wildlife sanctuaries Kaziranga and Manas in Assam, distinct tribal culture and natural beauty in Arunachal Pradesh, etc.

III. KEYWORDS Equatorial Region: The tropical region lies very close to the equator, between 10°N and 10°S. So, it is referred to as the equatorial region. Mouth: The place where a river flows into another body of water is called the river’s mouth.

202

Social Science—VII (Geography)

Manioc: This is the staple food of the people of the Amazon Basin. Malocas: Large apartment like houses with steep slanting roofs are termed malocas. Tributaries: Tributaries are small rivers that join the main river. The main river along with all its tributaries that drain an area forms a river basin or the catchment area. The Amazon Basin is the largest river basin in the world. Bromeliads: They are special plants that store water in their leaves. Animals like frogs use these pockets of water for laying their eggs. Indigenous: Original occupants of the region are called indigenous. Slash and Burn: It is a way of cultivating land where farmers clear a piece of land by slashing or cutting down trees and bushes. These are then burnt, which releases the nutrients into the soil. Now crops are grown in this cleared field for a few years. Population Density: It means the number of persons that live in one sq. km. of area. Piranha: It is a type of fish that eats fish.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 56 1. Name the countries of the basin (Amazon Basin) through which the equator passes. Ans. The equator passes through Ecuador, Columbia and Brazil in the Amazon Basin. Page 57 2. Some TV channels broadcast documentaries on the wildlife of the world. Try to watch some of the films and share your experience with the class. Ans. This should be answered by the student herself / himself. An example is given just for reference: I have watched a few episodes of the documentary “Orangutan Island” aired by Animal Planet. In this film, a group of orangutans were rescued by Nyaru Menteng Orangutan Rescue and Rehabilitation Center and were trained to live together and cooperate with each other. In the first episodes, new orangutans were introduced in the rescue centre. In the second episode, a large male orangutan came from another island and tried to kidnap a smaller female orangutan. However, he was not successful as his attempt was foiled by other orangutans in this island. I loved this documentary film very much and eagerly wait for the other episodes to watch. Page 59 3. Look at the atlas and find the names of some of the tributaries of the River Brahmaputra. Ans. Names of some of the tributaries of Brahmaputra River are Dibang, Lohit, Teesta, Subansiri, Manas, Bhogdoi, etc.

Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region

203

Page 60 4. River Brahmaputra is known by different names in different places. Find the other names of the river. Ans. River Brahmaputra originates in Tibet where it is known as Yarlung Tsangpo and also as Yarlung Zangbo. It is known as Dihang when it enters Arunachal Pradesh and as Siang while flowing through the state. In Assam, the river is known as Brahmaputra and Burlung Buthur in local Bodo language. After entering Bangladesh the river splits into two. The branch that joins with Ganga is known as Jamuna and after joining Ganga it is called Padma. The other part joins Meghna River and is known as Meghna. Activity Collect some handicrafts made from jute, bamboo and silk. Display them in the class. Find out in which area they were made? Ans. Self-attempt. They mainly came from Assam, West Bengal, Bihar and other North-eastern states.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 63–64) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) Name the continent in which the Amazon Basin is located. Ans. The Amazon basin is located in South America. (ii) What are the crops grown by the people of the Amazon basin? Ans. The main crops that are grown by the people in Amazon basin are tapioca, pineapple, cassava, and sweet potato. Cash crops like coffee, maize and cocoa are also cultivated here. (iii) Name the birds that you are likely to find in the rainforests of the Amazon. Ans. The birds likely to be found in the Amazon basin are toucans, humming birds, bird of paradise, macaws, cotingas, etc. (iv) What are the major cities located on the River Ganga? Ans. Haridwar, Allahabad, Varanasi, Kanpur, Patna, Kolkata, etc. are the cities located along the banks of the River Ganga. (v) Where is the one-horned rhinoceros found? Ans. The one-horned rhinoceros is found in the Kaziranga wildlife sanctuary located in the Brahmaputra basin. 2. Tick the correct answer. (i) Toucans are a type of (a) birds (b) animals (c) crops (ii) Manioc is the staple food of (a) Ganga Basin (b) Africa (c) Amazon (iii) Kolkata is located on the river (a) Orange (b) Hooghly (c) Bhagirathi

204

Social Science—VII (Geography)

(iv) Deodars and firs are a type of (a) Coniferous trees (b) Deciduous trees (v) Bengal tiger is found in (a) mountains (b) delta area

(c) shrubs (c) Amazon

ANSWERS (ii) (c) Amazon (iv) (a) Coniferous trees

(i) (a) birds (iii) (b) Hooghly (v) (b) delta area 3. Match the following: (i) Cotton textile (a) Assam (ii) Maloca (b) Terrace farming (iii) Piranha (c) Sericulture (iv) Silkworm (d) Slanting roof (v) Kaziranga (e) Ganga plain (f) Varanasi (g) Fish Ans. (i)–(f), (ii)–(d), (iii)–(g), (iv)–(c), (v)–(a) 4. Give reasons. (i) The rainforests are depleting. Ans. With the development of technologies and increase in human population, the rainforests are gradually taken over by increasing cities. The trees are cut leaving the top soil barren. This results in soil erosion leading to a barren landscape. Thus, the lush green rainforests with its enormous varieties of flora and fauna are gradually depleting. (ii) Paddy is grown in the Ganga-Brahmaputra plains. Ans. The Ganga-Brahmaputra basin is made up of alluvial soil which is brought fresh every year by the rivers Ganga, Brahmaputra and their tributaries. This soil is very fertile. Also, the region receives adequate rainfall required for paddy cultivation, and the temperature and humidity factors are favourable for paddy cultivation. Hence, paddy is the main crop cultivated in the GangaBrahmaputra basin region. 5. Map skills. (i) On an outline map of Indian sub-continent, draw the rivers Ganga and Brahmaputra from the source to the mouth. Also, show the important tributaries of both the rivers.

Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region

Ans.

205

206

Social Science—VII (Geography)

(ii) On the political map of South America, draw the equator. Mark the countries through which the equator passes. Ans.

6. For fun Make a collage to show places of attractions in India. You can divide the class in different groups to show attractions based on mountain landscapes, coastal branches, wildlife sanctuaries and places of historical importance. Ans. Students collect pictures themselves.

Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region

207

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. In the Amazon basin birds such as ___________, ___________ are found. 2. The place where a river flows into another body of water is called the river’s ___________. 3. The ___________ Basin is the largest river basin in the world. 4. Flesh eating ___________ fish is found in the Amazon river. 5. In the rainforests some families live in ___________ houses shaped like beehives. ANSWERS 1. toucans, humming birds 2. mouth 3. Amazon 4. piranha 5. thatched II. Name the following: 1. These are grown in the plantations in Darjeeling. Ans. Tea 2. These plants are common in the Brahmaputra plain Ans. Thick bamboo groves 3. A coniferous tree Ans. Pine/Deodar/Fir 4. The most popular varieties of the fish in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin Ans. rohu/catla/hilsa 5. Blind dolphin Ans. Susu III. Say whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Ant-eating tapirs are common in Amazon basin. 2. Most of the birds of Ganga-Brahmaputra basin have brilliantly coloured plumage and over-sized bills. 3. Amazon basin is located in the tropical region of South America. 4. Amazon basin is the largest river basin in the world. 5. People in Amazon rainforest live in beehive shaped thatched houses called ‘Maloca’. 6. The delta formed by Ganga-Brahmaputra river system is the largest in the world. 7. Wheat is the main crop grown in Ganga plains. 8. One-horned rhino can be sighted in Brahmaputra plains. 9. Susu is a type of blind sharks found in Ganga-Brahmaputra Rivers. 10. A number of thickly populated cities are located along the banks of the river Ganga. Ans. 1. True; 2. False; 3. False; 4. True; 5. False; 6. True; 7. False; 8. True; 9. False; 10. True

208

Social Science—VII (Geography)

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The main occupation of the people in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin (i) Agriculture (ii) Pottery (iii) Fishing 2. A cash crop grown in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin (i) Wheat (ii) Potato (iii) Sugarcane 3. The Taj Mahal is located on the banks of this river (i) Ganga (ii) Brahmaputra (iii) Yamuna 4. The large apartment-like houses with a steeply slanting roof (i) Mawa (ii) Maloca (iii) Stilts 5. The agricultural method practised by the people of Amazon basin is called (i) Slash and burn (ii) Terrace farming (iii) Crop rotation 6. The Amazon River flows from the (i) east to west (ii) north to south (iii) west to east ANSWERS 1. (i) Agriculture 2. (ii) Sugarcane 3. (iii) Yamuna 4. (ii) Maloca 5. (i) Slash and burn 6. (iii) west to east

VII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Why do rainforests have thick forests? Ans. As it rains heavily in this region, thick forests grow. 2. Name a few tributaries of the Ganga. Ans. The tributaries of the River Ganga include the Ghaghra, Son, Chambal, Gandak, and Kosi. 3. What are the main features of the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin? Ans. Himalayas and the Sundarbans delta are the main features of this basin. 4. Name a few types of snakes that are found in the Amazon rainforests. Ans. Python, boa constrictor, anaconda are a few types of snakes that are available in Amazon rainforests. 5. Name the flesh-eating fish found in Amazon and its tributaries? Ans. Piranha is the name of the flesh-eating fish. 6. Name a few tributaries of Ganga. Ans. A few tributaries of Ganga are Yamuna, Son, Chambal, Ghaghra, Gomti, Gandak, Kosi, etc. 7. Where is jute grown in India? Ans. Jute is grown mainly in West Bengal and to a small extent in Assam and Tripura. 8. What are the main trees found in the plains of Ganga-Brahmaputra basin? Ans. Mainly tropical deciduous trees like, peepal, sal and teak are found in the plains of Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. Bamboo groves are found in Brahmaputra plains.

Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region

209

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What is the climate in the Amazon basin? Ans. The Amazon basin stretches directly on the equator and is characterized by hot and wet climate throughout the year. Both day and nights are almost equally hot and humid. The skin feels sticky. It rains almost every day, that too without much warning. The day temperatures are high with very high humidity. At night the temperature goes down but the humidity remains high. 2. What is meant by Slash and Burn? Ans. Slash and Burn is a way of cultivating land where farmers clear a piece of land by slashing or cutting down trees and bushes. These are then burnt, which releases the nutrients into the soil. Now, crops are grown in this cleared field for a few years. 3. What is the wildlife found in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin? Ans. There is a variety of wildlife in the basin. Elephants, tigers, deer and monkeys are common. The one-horned rhinoceros is found in the Brahmaputra plain. In the delta area, Bengal tiger, crocodiles and alligator are found. Aquatic life abounds in the fresh river waters, the lakes and the Bay of Bengal Sea. The most popular varieties of the fish are the rohu, catla and hilsa. The ‘susu’ or blind dolphins are common in the rivers of this area. 4. What is terrace farming method? Ans. In the hilly region, the water gets drained very easily leaving the crops grown on the slopes in want of water. To solve this problem, terraces or steps are built on the slopes of mountains to create flat surfaces. Crops are grown on these flat surfaces. This prevents loss of water and also it prevents soil erosion. This method of farming is known as terrace farming. 5. Why do you think people living in Gangetic plains have a staple diet of fish and rice? Ans. The rivers in the Ganga-Brahmaputra plains bear a large variety of fresh water fish. Saline water fish are also available at the southern part of the River Hooghly. Rohu, catla, hilsa, prawn, etc. are favourites among the people living here. Also, paddy is the main crop cultivated in this region. Fertile alluvial soil, adequate rainfall, moderate temperature helps in good production of paddy in this region. For the easy availability of rice and fish, people living here have a staple diet of fish and rice. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. What are the crops grown in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. Ans. Paddy is the main crop in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. Other crops, such as, wheat, maize, sorghum, gram and millets are grown. Cash crops like sugarcane and jute are also grown. Banana plantations are seen in some areas of the plain. In West Bengal and Assam, tea is grown in plantations. Silk is produced through the cultivation of silk worms in parts of Bihar and Assam. In the mountains and hills, where the slopes are gentle, crops are grown on terraces.

210

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. Write a short note on the fauna present in the rainforests. Ans. The rainforest is rich in fauna. Birds such as toucans, humming birds, birds of paradise with their brilliantly coloured plumage, oversized bills for eating make them different from the birds we commonly see in India. These birds also make loud sounds in the forests. Animals like monkeys, sloth and ant-eating tapirs are found here. Various species of reptiles and snakes also thrive in these jungles. Crocodiles, snakes, pythons abound. Anaconda and boa constrictor are some of the species. The basin is home to thousands of species of insects. Several species of fish including the flesh-eating piranha fish is also found in the river. This basin is thus extraordinarily rich in the variety of life found there. 3. Describe the life of the people in the Amazon rainforests. Ans. The people living in Amazon basin cultivate their crop by clearing a small portion of the forest by slash and burn technique. Main crops they grow are sweet potato, cassava, tapioca and pineapple. Economically important coffee, maize and cocoa are also grown. Men generally go for hunting and fishing in the rivers, while women take care of the crops. People live in thatched houses which are shaped like beehives, or in ‘Maloca’ which are large houses with slanting roof. As the forest is now fully accessible with the development of Trans Amazon highway, life of people living here is changing. The indigenous population are forced to move away from their area. Developmental activities gradually destroying the forest. Cutting down of trees has led to a barren landscape. 4. Describe the geographical characteristics of Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. Ans. The Ganga-Brahmaputra basin is formed by the rivers Ganga, Brahmaputra and their numerous tributaries. This basin is located in the sub-tropical region between 10°N and 30°N latitudes. The tributaries of Ganga includes Yamuna, Ghaghra, Son, Chambal, Kosi, Gandak, etc., and the tributaries of Brahmaputra include Lohit, Dibang, Teesta, Manas, Subansiri, Bhogdoi, etc. The basin can be divided into three major landforms: (a) the hilly region at the foothills of the Himalayas, (b) the plains lying at the south of the foothills stretching from Uttar Pradesh to Assam, and (c) the delta region at the mouth of the rivers Ganga and Brahmaputra on Bay of Bengal. The foothills have a steep to gradual slope and covers Uttarakhand, north of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal, Sikkim, Parts of Assam and Arunachal Pradesh. This region has cool climate. The plains have typical monsoon climate with moderate to warm temperatures. The soil of this region is highly fertile with alluvial deposits brought by the rivers. This region is highly populated with many cities and towns lining the banks of the river Ganga. The delta region has warm and humid climate. The salinity of the soil is very high and dense mangrove forest is found in this region.

Human Environmental Interactions: The Tropical and Subtropical Region

211

5. What kind of animals are mainly found in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin? Ans. A diverse variety of fauna is present in the Ganga-Brahmaputra basin. Elephants, tigers, leopards, deer, monkey, and sambar are common in this region. One-horned rhinos are found in Assam in Brahmaputra plains. Bengal tiger, spotted deer, alligator, crocodiles, etc. are quite common in the delta region. Duck, goose, mallard, peafowl, quail, common mynah, etc. are the common birds sighted in this region. River water is full of a variety of fish. Rohu, catla, hilsa, prawns, etc. are very popular among people living here. Gangetic river dolphin or susu dolphins are found in the river water.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What are the characteristics of the birds found in Amazon rainforests? 2. What is equatorial region? 3. Name the following: (a) largest river delta (b) largest river basin 4. Why do only shade tolerant plants grow at the ground of the Amazon rainforests? 5. Name two tributaries of: (a) River Ganga (b) River Brahmaputra

9

Life in the Temperate Grasslands

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• The ‘Red Indians’ are the actual inhabitants of the Prairies in North America. Other tribes native to this area are the Apache, the Crow, the Cree, and the Pawns. •• A hot wind which blows over the Prairies during the winters raising the temperature rapidly is called “Chinook”. This melts the snow cleaning the pasture land where the animals can graze. •• Important cities in American Prairies are Chicago, Minneapolis, Kansas City, Denver, Indianapolis, etc. Important cities in Canadian Prairies are Edmonton, Saskatoon, Calgary, Winnipeg, etc. •• The Dutch in the South Africa gave the name of the grassland “Veld”. The Prairies

Flora and Fauna

Climate

People

The Velds

Flora and Fauna

Climate

People

II. IN A NUTSHELL The Prairies •• The temperate grasslands in North America. This is a vast area of flat land covering parts of the US and Canada which is mostly treeless with tall grass of about 2 m height. This area has very gentle slopes. A few woodlands are found in the low lying lands flanking river valleys. •• Rocky Mountains are in the west and the great Lakes are in the east of the Prairies. Saskatchewan Rivers and tributaries drain the Canadian Prairies, while Mississippi and its tributaries drain the American Prairies. •• The summers are warm and winters are cold due to the distance from the sea. Snow covers the area during the winters. There is adequate rainfall which is

212

Life in the Temperate Grasslands

••

••

••

••

213

ideal for the growth of tall grass. The continental hot wind ‘Chinook’ blows in this region. Main plants are the tall grass with almost no trees. However, areas with willows, poplars, and alders are found near the rivers. Major crops in this region are maize, potatoes, soybean, cotton, and alfalfa grass. The soil is quite fertile here. The areas with less rainfall has short grasses growing in patches. Cattle rearing is the main activity here. Large farms or ranches are maintained by cowboys. Bison, rabbits, coyotes, gophers, and prairie dogs are main animals found here. Indiscriminate hunting resulted in the near extinction of bison. Farming and rearing of cattle are the main occupation of the people living here. The use of modern agricultural equipment and vehicles, such as, tractors, harvesters, combines, etc. resulted in the production of surplus food in this area. Prairies are known as the “Granaries of the world” for surplus production of wheat. The region from the Great Lakes to the Atlantic Coast is known for dairy farming. Many food processing industries are present here. Large deposits of coal and iron is fond here. This has made this region the most industrialised area in the world.

The Velds •• The Velds are the temperate grasslands located in the Southern part of Africa. The Velds are actually rolling plateaus with height from 600 m to 100 m. It has the Drakensburg Mountains in the east and the Kalahari Desert in the west. High Velds lie to the northeast with a height of more than 1600 m in some places. •• The Velds include the countries South Africa, Lesotho, Swaziland, Zimbabwe, and Botswana. The rivers Orange and Limpopo and their tributaries drain the area. •• This region is located near the Indian Ocean and for this reason experiences a mild climate. The winters in July have an average temperature of 5°C to 10°C. Summers are short and warm with around 20°C temperature. The rains occur during summers. Drought may occur during June to August if rainfall is scanty. •• The region is covered with grasses with very little trees. Red grass is found in bush Velds. Acacia and maroola are present in high Velds. Lions, leopards, Cheetah and Kudu are the main animals found here. •• Cattle rearing and mining are the main occupation of the people here. Maize, wheat, barley, oats, and potatoes are grown where the soil is fertile. Tobacco, sugarcane and cotton are grown here too. •• Sheep is reared for wool. Merino sheep is famous for its warm wool. Dairy farming is also an important occupation here and dairy products are exported from this area. •• Minerals, such as, iron, gold and diamond are present here. Johannesburg is famous for its gold mines, and Kimberly for its diamond mines. Deposits of gold and diamond are the main reasons for the British to colonise this area.

Social Science—VII (Geography)

214

III. KEYWORDS •• Grasses are predominant vegetation in grasslands. These are of two types temperature and tropical. •• Red Indians: The native Americans. •• Prairies: The temperate grasslands of North America are known as the Prairies. It is a region of flat, gently sloping or hilly land. Origin–Latin ‘Priata’ means meadow. •• Chinook: It is a hot inland wind that blows in winter and therefore raises the temperature within a short time. •• Ranches: Large cattle farms in the Prairies are called ranches, which are looked after by sturdy men called cowboys. •• Bison: The American buffalo. •• Combine: It is a single machine which can combine the tasks of sowing, ploughing and threshing i.e. a three-in-one. •• Low boys: The study men who look after the ranches. •• Velds: The temperate grasslands of South Africa are called the Velds. •• Main crops are maize, wheat, barley, tobacco, sugarcane and cotton.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 68 1. Some type of grass grows on almost every surface of the earth. List the names of places where you have observed grass growing, e.g. lawns, cricket field, between cracks of a sidewalk, etc. Ans. I have seen grass growing on: (i) Playground (ii) Children’s park (iii) Unoccupied housing plots (iv) Football ground (v) Compound walls (vi) Lawns (vii) Valleys (viii) on the banks of rivers (ix) Old and moist terrace (x) Side of the roads 2. Velds lie in the Southern hemisphere. When it is summers in Velds, what season would it be in the Prairies? Ans. The Velds lie in the Southern hemisphere, and the Prairies lie in the Northern hemisphere. Thus, when it is summer in the Velds, it will be winter in the Prairies.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 70) 1. Answer the following questions. (i) What are the Temperate Grasslands of North America called? Ans. The Temperate Grasslands of North America are called the Prairies. (ii) What are the cattle farms in the North American Grasslands known as? Ans. The cattle farms of North American Grasslands are known as the ranches.

Life in the Temperate Grasslands

215

(iii) Name the rivers that drain the Velds. Ans. The rivers Orange and Limpopo and their tributaries drain the Velds. (iv) When is the rainy season in the Velds? Ans. In the Velds, the rains occur during November to February which is the summer season in that region. (v) What is the major occupation of the people of the South African grasslands? Ans. Cattle rearing, especially sheep rearing is the main occupation of the people of the South African grasslands. Other than that, dairy farming, and gold and diamond mining are also the major occupations of the people living here. 2. Tick the correct answer. (i) River Mississippi drains (a) Canada (b) Africa (c) USA (ii) Drakensburg Mountains are to the west of (a) Prairies (b) Velds (c) Pampas (iii) Merino is a species of (a) fish (b) elephant (c) sheep (iv) Kimberly is famous for (a) diamonds (b) silver (c) platinum ANSWERS (i) (c) USA (iv) (a) diamonds

(ii) (b) Velds

(iii) (c) sheep

3. Match the following. (i) Cowboys (a) Iron and Steel (ii) Gold (b) Prairies (iii) Kudu (c) Hot wind (iv) Chinook (d) Velds (v) Coal (e) Johannesburg (f) Animal Ans. (i)–(b), (ii)–(e), (iii)–(f), (iv)–(c), (v)–(a), (d) 4. Give reasons. (i) The Prairies are known as the ‘Granaries of the World’. Ans. The soil type in the Prairies is very fertile, and the people living here are very hard-working. In addition to these people here have successfully harnessed technology to utilise the natural resources fully. People here utilise scientific method of cultivation, which makes them the producer of surplus food. The huge production of wheat, maize, and other food products made them the ‘Granaries of the World’. (ii) Rise of wool industry in the Velds. Ans. Sheep rearing is the main occupation of the people of the Velds. Merino sheep is a popular local species which provides with a type of wool that is very warm and soft. People breed sheep here and harvest huge amount of wool. Thus, wool industry has developed in this region.

216

Social Science—VII (Geography)

Map Skills On an outline map of North America, mark the Rocky Mountains, the Great Lakes, river Mississippi, river Saskatchewan, the cities – Chicago and Winnipeg. Ans.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The prairies are bound by the ________________ in the West and the _________________ in the East. 2. ____________________ is a hot wind that blows in winter. 3. The _____________ are practically tree-less.

Life in the Temperate Grasslands

217

4. Large cattle farms are called ______________. 5. ___________ or the American ____________ is the most important animal of the Prairies. 6. ______________ is a single machine which can combine the tasks of sowing. 7. The Prairies are also known as the _____________ of the world. 8. _____________ are rolling plateaus with varying heights. ANSWERS 1. Rocky Mountains, Great Lakes 2. Chinook 3. Prairies 4. ranches 5. Bison, buffalo 6. Combine 7. granaries 8. Velds II. Name the following: 1. The place famous for its diamond mines. Ans. Kimberley 2. This grass grows in bush Velds. Ans. Red grass 3. The temperate grasslands of South Africa. Ans. Velds 4. The most important animal of the Prairies. Ans. Bison 5. Native Americans are called this. Ans. Red Indians III. Say whether the following statements are True or False: 1. Bison is an important animal in the Velds. 2. Kudu is found in the Prairies. 3. The production of surplus food products made the Prairies known as the ‘Granaries of the World’. 4. The Dutch settlers named the South African grasslands the ‘Velds’. 5. The cowboys take care of the ranches. 6. Kimberly is famous for its gold mines. Ans. 1. False, 2. False, 3. True, 4. True, 5. True, 6. False

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The Prairies are the (a) tropical grasslands (b) temperate grasslands (c) equatorial grasslands 2. The US Prairie is drained by the river ______ and its tributaries. (a) Mississippi (b) Orange (c) Saskatchewan

218

Social Science—VII (Geography)

3. The Prairies are bound by (a) The Rocky Mountains in the north and the Great Lakes in the south. (b) The Rocky Mountains in the East and the Great Lakes in the west. (c) The Rocky Mountains in the west and the Great Lakes in the east. 4. Chinook is a _______ wind that blows during the ________. (a) hot, summers (b) cold, winters (c) hot, winters 5. The Velds are bound by (a) Drakensburg Mountains on the east and Kalahari desert on the west (b) Drakensburg Mountains on the north and Kalahari desert on the south (c) Drakensburg Mountains on the south and Kalahari desert on the east 6. The coldest month in the Velds is (a) December (b) July (c) January 7. Acacia and Maroola grow in (a) high velds (b) bush velds

(c) Praries

Ans. 1. (b), 2. (a), 3. (c), 4. (c), 5. (a), 6. (b), 7. (a)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Where are the Prairies found? Ans. Prairies cover parts of United States of America and parts of Canada. 2. What type of climate is found in the Prairies? Ans. Prairies are located in the heart of a continent. Hence, the climate is of continental type with extreme temperatures. 3. What is the most important occupation of the people of the Velds? Ans. Sheep rearing is the most important occupation of the people of the Velds. 4. What is Johannesburg important for? Ans. Johannesburg is known for being the gold capital of the world. 5. Why does ‘Chinook’ blow in the Prairies? Ans. In the Prairies, there is no tall mountain range in the north or in the south. Thus, the inland air ‘Chinook’ blows freely in this area. 6. Name the grass that grows in the Prairies. Ans. The alfalfa grass grows in the Prairies. 7. Why do the Velds receive rainfall during the summer season? Ans. The Indian Ocean lies to the east and south of the Velds. The moisture laden winds from the ocean brings rainfall during the summer season. 8. Name the animals found in the Velds. Ans. Lions, leopards, cheetah and kudu are the common animals in the Velds.

Life in the Temperate Grasslands

219

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Write a note on the flora and fauna of the Velds. Ans. The vegetation cover in the Velds is sparse. Grasses dominate the landscape. Red grass grows in bush Velds. In the high Velds, acacia and maroola are seen to be growing. The animals of the Velds are primarily lions, leopards, cheetah and kudu. 2. What are the characteristics of the Prairies? Ans. The temperate grasslands of North America are known as the Prairies. It is a region of flat, gently sloping or hilly land. For the most parts, prairies are treeless but, near the low lying plains, flanking river valleys, woodlands can be found. Tall grass, up to two metres high, dominates the landscape. It is actually a “sea of grass.” 3. Write about the actual inhabitants of the Prairies. Ans. The actual inhabitants of the North America are the Native Americans or popularly the ‘Red Indians’. Other inhabitants of the Prairies are the Apache, the Crow, the Cree and the Pawnee. 4. Why do you think the Prairies have extreme temperatures? Ans. The Prairies occupy the central portion of the North America. It is surrounded by land, and the oceans are far away from this region. Hence, the Prairies have a continental climate with extreme temperatures. The summers are warm with around 20°C temperature, while the winters are quite cold with –20°C temperature in some places. 5. Write about the crops grown in the Velds. Ans. Although the soil of the Velds is not very fertile, wherever the soil is fertile crops are grown. Main food crops are maize, wheat, barley, oats, and potato. The main cash crops grown in this region are tobacco, sugarcane and cotton. 6. What are the main minerals found in the Velds? Ans. The Velds have a very rich reserve of coal, iron, gold and diamond. Kimberly is famous for its diamond mines, while Johannesburg is known as the ‘gold capital’ of the world. Iron and steel industry has developed wherever coal and iron mines are located. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Write a short note on the climate in the Velds. Ans. The Velds have a mild climate due to the influence of the Indian Ocean. Winters are cold and dry. Temperatures vary between 5°C and 10°C and July is the coldest month. Summers are short and warm. Johannesburg records about 20°C temperature in the summer. The Velds receive rainfall mainly in the summer months from November to February. This is mainly because of the warm ocean currents that wash the shores of the Velds. If the rainfall is scanty in the winter months from June till August, drought may occur.

220

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. Describe the people and their occupation in the Prairies. Ans. The people of this region are very hardworking. They have successfully harnessed technology to utilise their rich natural resources. Two of the most developed countries in the world – the USA and Canada are located in this region. Scientific methods of cultivation and use of tractors, harvesters and combines has made North America a surplus food producer. The Prairies are also known as the “Granaries of the world,” due to the huge surplus of wheat production. Dairy farming is another major industry. The dairy belt extends from the Great Lakes to the Atlantic Coast in the east. Dairy farming and extensive agriculture both promote setting up of food processing industries. Large mineral deposits particularly coal and iron and a good network of roads, railways and canals in this region have made it the most industrialised region in the world. 3. Write a note on the flora and fauna of the Prairies. Ans. The Prairies practically do not have the tall trees, rather this region looks like a sea of grasses. However, the areas where there is scanty rainfall, the grasses are short and sparse. Alfalfa is the main type of grass found here. Some trees like willows, alders and poplars grow on the river banks. The fertile soil of this area are suitable for the cultivation of food crops like maize, wheat, potatoes, soybean, etc. The vast area of grassland is suitable for cattle rearing. Thus, cattle are bred and reared in the large farms or ranches. Bison or American buffalo is an important animal. However, hunting has made this animal almost extinct. Other animals found in this area are rabbits, coyotes, gophers and Prairie dog.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What is the reason behind the establishment of trade ties between the British and South Africa? 2. How is the climate in the Velds? 3. Where are the high Velds located? 4. What is a combine? 5. What are the types of the grasslands of the world?

10

Life in Deserts

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS The Hot Desert – Sahara •• Sahara desert was once a lush green plain. The change in climate affected the rainfall and gradually it had become a hot and dry desert. The cave paintings in Sahara show pictures of various animals like, elephants, lions, giraffes, ostriches, crocodile, cattle, etc. proving that these animals were once common in this area. •• In the deserts, the winds blow away the sands forming depressions on the surface, and when the groundwater reaches the surface, an oasis is formed. People settle around this water bodies growing date palm or other crops. Tafilalet Oasis in Morocco is a very large oasis with an area of about 13000 km2. •• Chiru or the Tibetan antelope is an endangered species. It is hunted for its wool known as shahtoosh, which is light in weight and extremely warm. •• Al Aziza in the Sahara desert recorded a maximum temperature of 57.7°C in 1922. •• Scientists have found skeletons of fish in Sahara. This proves that once there was a river flowing through this region. The Cold Desert – Ladakh •• Ladakh is cold desert, and Drass in Ladakh is one of the coldest inhabited places on earth. •• In local language, Ladakh is known as ‘Khapa – chan’ which means the land of snow. •• The Manali – Leh highway passes through Rohtang la, Baralacha la, Lungalacha la, and Tanglang la. This highway opens after summer when the snow melts clearing the road.

II. IN A NUTSHELL Sahara •• Sahara is the world’s largest hot desert located in the northern part of Africa. It has an area of about 8.54 million km2. •• Sahara Desert is spread across Algeria, Chad, Egypt, Libya, Mali, Mauritania, Morocco, Niger, Sudan, Tunisia and Western Sahara – a total of 11 countries.

221

222

Social Science—VII (Geography)

•• Besides large stretches of sand, Sahara also has gravel plains and plateaus with rocky surface. These surfaces reach an altitude of 2500 m in some places. •• The climate of Sahara is very hot and extremely dry. Sky is mostly clear and cloudless. The maximum temperature during the day may reach up to 50°C, and nights are extremely cold with temperature around 0°C. •• The vegetation in Sahara is very scanty, comprising mainly of cacti, bushes of acacia and date palms. The oases have date palms bordering he green areas. Reptiles, mainly, snakes and lizards are common here. Other than those camels, hyenas, jackals, foxes and scorpions are found. •• The inhabitants of Sahara desert includes Bedouins and Tuaregs. These groups are nomadic tribes rearing livestock such as goats, sheep, camels and horses. These animals provide them with milk; hides are used to make belts, slippers, water bottles, etc.; hair is used for making carpets, blankets, and clothes. •• Settlements are found near the oases. Date palms, rice, wheat, barley and beans are grown here. Famous Egyptian cotton is grown in Egypt. •• Petroleum is discovered Algeria, Libya, and Egypt. Iron, phosphorus, manganese and uranium are the other minerals found in this region. Ladakh •• Ladakh is a cold desert located in the Himalayas on the Eastern part of Jammu and Kashmir. It is enclosed by the Karakoram Range in the north and Zanskar Mountains in the south. Indus, Zanskar, Shyok are the main rivers flowing through this region. The rivers form deep valleys and gorges. Many glaciers are found here, such as Gangri glacier, etc. The altitude of Ladakh varies from 3000 m near Kargil to 8000 m and more in the Karakoram. Climate is extremely cold and dry. Density of atmosphere is very less here. Day temperature reaches 0°C, while night temperature is around – 30°C during summer. The annual rainfall is around 10 cm. Freezing wind and burning hot sunlight are the characteristic features of this area. •• Vegetation is very scanty with patches of grasses and small shrubs. In valleys willows and poplars are found. Apple, apricots, walnuts, etc. fruit trees bloom during summers. Wild goats, yak. Wild sheep, dogs are the common animals. Milk, meat, hide and hair are obtained from the animals. Woollens are made from hair of yak and sheep. Yak milk is used for making cheese and butter. Tibetan snowcock, hoopoe, raven, robins, redstart are the common birds. •• The people in Ladakh are either Buddhists or Muslims. Several Buddhist monasteries, namely, Hemis, Thiksey, Shey, Lamayuru are located in Ladakh. •• Barley, potatoes, peas, beans, turnips, etc. are main crops here which grow during summer. •• Both men and women are very hardworking and adapted to the harsh climate. They live in harmony with nature. Due to scarcity of natural resources, people living here have learnt to care for them and use them judiciously. •• Leh is the capital of Ladakh, which is connected by road and air. •• Tourism is the main activity. People from all over the world visit Ladakh and the monasteries present here.

Life in Deserts

223

III. KEYWORDS •• Desert: An extremely arid region with very scanty vegetation and very little rainfall, characterised by very high or low temperatures. •• Flora: The varieties of plants in a particular region or habitat or geological period. •• Fauna: The animal varieties in a particular region or habitat or geological period. •• Oasis: An isolated fertile area in a desert surrounding a water body. •• Tuaregs: No mads of Sahara desert. •• Gangri: It is a glacier located in the Ladakh region. •• Chiru: Chiru is a wild animal found in Tibet and Ladakh. •• Shahtoosh: It is a wool obtained from Chiru, light in weight and extremely warm. •• Ladakh: In local language “La” means mountain pass and “dak” means country. Ladakh is also known as “Khapa-chan” meaning snowland.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Pages 76–77) 1. Answer the following questions: (a) What are the two types of deserts found in the world? Ans. On the basis of temperature, there are two types of deserts in the world–hot desert and cold desert. An example of a hot desert is Sahara desert, and an example of cold desert is Ladakh desert. (b) In which continent is the Sahara desert located? Ans. Sahara desert is located in Africa. (c) What are the climatic conditions of the Ladakh desert? Ans. Climate of Ladakh is extremely cold and dry. Density of atmosphere is very less here. Day temperature reaches 0°C, while night temperature is around –30°C during summer. The annual rainfall is around 10 cm. During winters it is always freezing cold, and the temperature may reach below –40°C in the winters. Freezing wind and burning hot sunlight are the characteristic features of this area. (d) What mainly attracts tourists to Ladakh? Ans. The gompas or Buddhist monasteries, festivals and ceremonies, and trekking to meadows and glaciers are the favourite attractions for the tourists visiting Ladakh. (e) What type of clothes the people of Sahara desert wear? Ans. The people in Sahara desert wear loose, heavy robes made up of cotton. They keep most of the body parts covered with the robes. (f) Name the trees that grow in Ladakh. Ans. In the valleys of Ladakh, groves of willows and poplars are found. Fruit trees, such as, apples, apricots and walnuts bloom during the summers. Other than that scanty patches of grasses and shrubs are found.

224

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. Tick the correct answer: (i) Sahara is located in which part of Africa? (a) eastern (b) northern (c) western (ii) Sahara is what type of desert? (a) cold (b) hot (c) mild (iii) The Ladakh desert is mainly inhabited by (a) Christians and Muslims (b) Buddhists and Muslims (c) Christians and Buddhists (iv) Deserts are characterised by (a) scanty vegetation (b) heavy precipitation (c) low evaporation (v) Hemis in the Ladakh is a famous (a) temple (b) church (c) monastery (vi) Egypt is famous for growing (a) wheat (b) maize (c) cotton ANSWERS (i) (b) northern (ii) (b) hot (iii) (b) Buddhists and Muslims (iv) (a) scanty vegetation (v) (c) monastery (vi) (c) cotton 3. Match the following: (i) Oasis (a) Libya (ii) Bedouins (b) monastery (iii) Oil (c) glacier (iv) Gangri (d) depressions with water (v) Lamayuru (e) cold desert (f) Sahara Ans. (i)–(d), (ii)–(f), (iii)–(a), (iv)–(c), (v)–(b) 4. Give reasons. (i) There is scanty vegetation in the deserts. Ans. Deserts are the extremely dry regions. There is almost no rainfall throughout the air. The air is also very dry with absolutely no moisture. That is the main reason of scanty vegetation. The plants that grow are mostly small bushes, or there are isolated small patches of grass. (ii) People of the Sahara desert wear heavy robes. Ans. The day temperature in Sahara desert is extremely high and the scorching sunlight can burn the skin. Also, dust storms are quite frequent in this area. To protect against these harsh climatic conditions, the people of the Sahara desert wear heavy robes. 5. Map skills (i) On the outline map of Africa, mark the Sahara desert and any four countries around it.

Life in Deserts

Ans.

225

226

Social Science—VII (Geography)

(ii) On the outline map of India, mark the Karakoram Range, Zaskar Range, Ladakh and Zoji La pass. Ans.

Zoji La Pass

Ka ra Ra kora ng m e kh da La Za sk Ra ar ng e

6. For fun Desert Game (see NCERT Page 77)

V. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. __________ is the capital of Ladakh. 2. The finest cricket bats are made from the wood of the __________ trees. 3. __________ is the wool of the Tibetan antelope. 4. __________ is the most important river that flows through Ladakh. 5. The National Highway 1A connects Leh to Kashmir valley through __________ Pass.

Life in Deserts

1. Leh 4. Indus

ANSWERS 2. willow 5. Zoji la

3. shahtoosh

II. Say whether the following statements are ‘True’ or ‘False’: 1. The Sahara desert touches 15 countries in Africa. 2. Camel and Yak are prominent animals in Ladakh. 3. Shahtoosh is obtained from Chiru. 4. Bedouins are a nomadic tribe found in Sahara. 5. Coconut trees are grown in oases in Sahara. 6. Thiksey is a famous monastery located in Ladakh. Ans. 1. False, 2. False, 3. True, 4. True, 5. False, 6. True III. Match the columns: Column A Column B 1. Rohtang (i) Oasis 2. Tibetan Snowcock (ii) Pass 3. Tuaregs (iii) Coldest inhabited place 4. Lamayuru (iv) Found in Ladakh 5. Al Aziza (v) Monastery 6. Tafilalet (vi) Hottest temperature 7. Drass (vii) Nomadic tribe Ans. 1. (ii), 2. (iv), 3. (vii), 4. (v), 5. (vi), 6. (i), 7. (iii)

VI. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Sahara desert was once a (a) plateau (b) lush green plain (c) sea 2. Egyptian cotton is cultivated in (a) Egypt (b) Sudan (c) Morocco 3. Most common tree in the oases of Sahara is (a) coconut (b) mango (c) date palm 4. Oil was discovered in (a) Algeria (b) Morocco (c) Sudan 5. Tafilalet oasis is located in (a) Algeria (b) Morocco (c) Sudan 6. The Karakoram Range lies in the _______ of Ladakh. (a) north (b) east (c) south 7. The most important river in Ladakh is (a) Ganga (b) Brahmaputra (c) Indus 8. A glacier found in Ladakh is (a) Gangotri (b) Gangri (c) Ganges

227

228

Social Science—VII (Geography)

9. Robin, raven, hoopoe, etc. are common birds of (a) Sahara (b) Chad (c) Ladakh Ans. 1. (b), 2. (a), 3. (c), 4. (a), 5. (b), 6. (a), 7. (c), 8. (b), 9. (c)

VII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Questions 1. What is a desert? Ans. A desert is an arid region with extremely high or low temperatures and very scanty vegetation. Examples of deserts are Sahara, Ladakh, etc. 2. Name the largest desert on the earth? Ans. The largest desert on the earth is the Sahara desert. 3. What is the difference between night and day temperatures in Sahara? Ans. There is sometimes around a difference of 50°C between night and day temperatures. 4. Name the nomadic tribes living in Sahara. Ans. Bedouins and Tuaregs are the nomadic tribes that live in Sahara. 5. What is an oasis? Ans. An oasis is an isolated area in a desert which has a water body like a spring or a pond at the centre and vegetation surrounding it. People tend to settle near an oasis for the availability of water. 6. What are the minerals found in Sahara? Ans. Besides petroleum iron, phosphorus, manganese and uranium are found in Sahara. 7. Name the coldest inhabited place in Ladakh. Ans. Drass is the coldest inhabited place in Ladakh. 8. Why is there very little rainfall in Ladakh? Ans. Ladakh is located in the leeward side of the Himalayas. The moisture containing air stumbles onto the Himalayas and rains on the windward side, resulting in rain shadow over Ladakh. Thus, there is very little rain experienced in Ladakh. 9. What is ‘Shahtoosh’? Ans. ‘Shahtoosh’ is the wool obtained from the Tibetan antelope Chiru. It is very warm and extremely light weight. 10. Which mountain pass connects Leh with Kashmir valley? Ans. Zoji La pass connects Leh to Kashmir Valley. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Where is the Sahara desert located? Name the countries which are at least partially included in the Sahara desert. Ans. The Sahara desert is located in the northern Africa. Actually, it covers the northern part of Africa almost entirely.

Life in Deserts

229

The countries that are at least partially included in the Sahara desrt are: Algeria, Chad, Egypt, Libya, Mali, Mauritania, Morocco, Niger, Sudan, Tunisia and Western Africa. 2. Describe the land form of Sahara desert. Ans. Sahara desert comprises the vast stretches of hot loose sands. There are also gravel plains and uncovered rocky surfaces. The rocky surfaces may reach an altitude of 2500 m or more forming plateaus. 3. What type of plants and animals do you expect to see in Sahara? Ans. Sahara is mostly barren with a few small stretches of cacti and thorny bushes of Acacia. Some date palms are found near oases. Many different varieties of snakes and lizards are found in Sahara. Other than those, camels, foxes, jackals, hyenas, and scorpions are also found in this desert. 4. Name the mountain passes that are present in the Manali – Leh highway? Ans. The Manali – Leh highway passes through following mountain passes: Rohtang la, Baralacha la, Lungalacha la, and Tanglang la. This highway opens after summer when the snow melts clearing the road. 5. Name some of the famous monasteries present in Ladakh? Ans. Some of the famous monasteries present in Ladakh are Hemis, Thiksey, Shey and Lamayuru. 6. What are the summer and winter activities of the people staying in Ladakh? Ans. During the summers, the people of Ladakh are busy cultivating barley, potatoes, peas, beans, turnip, etc. During the winters the people of Ladakh keep themselves busy with various ceremonies and festivities. 7. How can one prove that once Sahara used to be a lush green plain? Ans. The cave paintings discovered in Sahara region show the pictures of rivers with crocodiles, elephants, giraffes, lions, sheep, cattle, etc. Thus, it seems that these animals were once very prominent in Sahara. Also, skeletons of fish are found in this desert. So, it seem that this region was once had plenty of water and used to be a lush green plain. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Describe the people of the Sahara Desert. Ans. The Sahara Desert, despite its harsh climate, has been inhabited by various groups of people, who pursue different activities. Among them are the Bedouins and Tuaregs. These groups are nomadic tribes rearing livestock such as goats, sheep, camels and horses. These animals provide them with milk, hides from which they make leather for belts, slippers, water bottles; hair is used for mats, carpets, clothes and blankets. They wear heavy robes as protection against dust storms and hot winds.

230

Social Science—VII (Geography)

2. Do you think the life of people has changed recently in the Sahara desert? Ans. The life of people in the Sahara desert has changed recently after the discovery of petroleum in this area. Algeria, Libya and Egypt has rich sources of petroleum and this has made these countries very significant in world economy. Also, with the development of technology, the camels are being replaced by trucks in the salt trade. The landscape of cities has also changed with modern high-rises, office buildings and shopping complexes. The nomadic tribes have started opting for settled life in the cities. For example, the nomadic Tuaregs are opting the profession of tourist guides, and finding jobs in oil and gas factories. 3. Describe the flora and fauna found in Ladakh. Ans. Due to high aridity, the vegetation is sparse in Ladakh. There are scanty patches of grasses and shrubs for animals to graze. Groves of willows and poplars are seen in the valleys. During the summers, fruit trees such as apples, apricots and walnuts bloom. Several species of birds are sighted in Ladakh. Robins, redstarts, Tibetan snowcock, raven and hoopoe are common. Some of these are migratory birds. The animals of Ladakh are wild goats, wild sheep, yak and special kinds of dogs. The animals are reared to provide for the milk, meat and hides. Yak’s milk is used to make cheese and butter. The hair of the sheep and goat is used to make woollens. 4. How is the life of people living in Ladakh? Ans. The winters are extremely cold in Ladakh, and people keep themselves busy with festivities and ceremonies. During winters, people mostly survive on food produced and stored during summers. During summers, people grow barley, potatoes, peas, beans, turnip, etc. Yak, sheep, goats are reared in Ladakh for milk, meat, hide and hair. The hair of the sheep and goats are used to make woollen clothes. Yak milk is used to make butter and paneer. People staying here are very hardworking. Although modernisation has resulted in various changes in the life of people, yet traditionally people here are very close to nature. As they have to survive with very scanty supply of natural resources, they know how to value these gifts of nature and always use water, fuel, etc. with great care.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Describe the climate of the Sahara desert. 2. Why is there more population around the oasis? 3. Where is Ladakh located? 4. Name the various mountain ranges, passes and rivers present in Ladakh. 5. Explain in reference to Ladakh: “..you may suffer from both sunstroke and frost bite at the same time.”

PART C: POLITICAL SCIENCE

1

UNIT I: EQUALITY IN INDIAN DEMOCRACY

On Equality

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Equal Right to vote •• In a democratic country like India, adults are allowed to vote irrespective of their caste, creed, and religion. An adult whether he is rich or poor, educated or uneducated, has right to vote. Does Equality Exist? •• Caste system is one of the most prominent forms of inequality in India. Dalit is the term that is used to address the lower castes. They were not treated equally in the past and were forced to serve the so-called rich or upper caste people. Their situation has improved now, but still it is in practice in rural areas. Equality in Indian Democracy •• Indian constitution recognises every person as equal. •• Four provisions provided in this concern. •• Equality before the laws. •• No discrimination on the basis of caste, colour, religion, race, gender. •• Everyone has access to all public places. •• Untouchability has been abolished. •• Programmes like mid-day meal scheme have been launched to improve the attendance of children in schools. Issues of Equality in other Democracy •• Civil Rights under civil right Act of 1964 in USA discrimination of the basis of race religion or national origion.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• When persons are treated unequally, their dignity is violated. •• Indian constitution has given right of equality to every person. That is every individual in this country, male or female from all castes, religions, tribes, educational and economic background is recognised as equal and shares equal rights and opportunities. •• According to Indian democracy- “every person right from president to a domestic worker is equal before the law and has to obey the same law”. No one can be discriminated based on their religion, race, caste, birth place or whether they are male or female.

231

232

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

•• Each and every person is allowed in all public places including playgrounds, hotel, shops, markets and mall. •• Government has set up several schemes in order to improve the quality of lives of communities and people who have been treated unequally for several centuries. Midday meal serving scheme in schools is one of these schemes. •• Civil Rights Movement was started under Civil Right Act of 1964 in USA to prohibit discrimination on the basis of race, religion or national origin. This was called “Universal Adult Franchise”.

III. KEYWORDS •• Dignity: Dignity refers to thinking of oneself and other persons as worthy of respect. •• Dalit means broken. •• Constitution: A constitution is a written document that lays down the basic rules and regulations for people and the government in the country to follow. •• Democracy: Democracy is the form of government of the people, by the people and for the people. •• Civil Rights Movement: The Civil Rights Movement is an umbrella term for the many varieties of activism that sought to secure full political, social, and economic rights for African Americans in the period from 1946 to 1968. •• Universal Adult Franchise: Universal Adult Franchise means that the right to vote should be given to all adult citizens without the discrimination of caste, class, colour, religion or gender. It is based on equality, which is a basic principle of democracy.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 6 1. Do you think Kanta has enough reason to doubt whether she really is equal? List three reasons from the story above that might make her feel like this. Ans. Yes, Kanta had enough reason to doubt on her equality. She was having doubt on her equal status because: (a) She could not take the day off from work because she needed to borrow money from her employers to take her child to the doctor. (b) She lived in a slum and had a drain behind her house which again caused the unhealthy atmosphere. (c) She had to stand in line at a government hospital for her turn for a doctor's visit for her doctor. Page 7 Alliance invited for 32/MMS/5’4″/fair/b’ful girl working in IT Co. Mumbai from BE/MBA boy working in Mumbai/Abroad from IT Industry Caste no bar. SC/ST excuse. Send BHP (must) PROF Qlfd B’ful tall girl 4 Gupta Boy 28/6’ CA Working MNC TXS USA $ 80 K.

On Equality

233

TAMIL BRAHMIN Iyengar groom, 1981 born, Naithruvakashyapa Gothram, Swathi Star, 180 cms, tall, fair. 2. Circle the reference to caste in the matrimonial advertisements given above. Ans. •• Tamil Brahmin Iyengar •• SC/ST excuse •• Gupta Boy •• Caste no bar Page 8 3. Why do you think Omprakash Valmiki was being treated unequally by his teacher and his classmates? Imagine yourself as Omprakash Valmiki and write four lines about how you would feel if you were in the same situation as him. Ans. Omprakash Valmiki was being treated unequally by his teacher and his classmates because he was a Dalit. Me, as Omprakash Valmiki – •• Would feel humiliated and many questions could arise in my mind. •• Do I not belong to the same humanity as my classmates? •• Do I not have the right to education? •• Why am I not treated equally as my classmates? 4. Why do you think the Ansaris were being treated unequally? What would you do if you were in the Ansaris’ position and could not find a place to live because some people did not want to live next to you because of the religion you practise? Ans. Ansaris were being treated unequally because they belonged to the Muslim Community. If we were in Ansaris’ position: •• We would have tried to find out the reason with people. •• We would lodge a complaint to Minority Commission against the neighbours. Page 9 5. If you were one of the Ansaris, how would you have responded to the suggestion that you change your name? Ans. I would not have welcomed any suggestion regarding the change of my name. I would have remained the same with my name as all of us are God’s creation. 6. Can you think of an incident in your life in which your dignity was violated? How did this make you feel? Ans. Yes. (Incident discussion will vary for each student, one example is given). We had shifted to a new apartment complex and I was playing with my new friends there. Suddenly someone’s mom came and without asking anything pulled me by my ear and slapped on my cheek. I was so shocked that I could not say anything, even all other kids were shocked. One of my friends asked the lady what the problem was and then she explained that her son had complained about some boy called “Arun” who had hit him earlier. However,

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

234

my name is not Arun and I didn’t even know that boy. Without enquiring about anything that lady slapped me in front of everyone. Though she later admitted her fault and said sorry, I was so disgusted I left the playground. I felt disgusted and humiliated. Page 11 7. What is the midday meal programme? Can you list three benefits of the programme? How do you think this programme might help promote greater equality? Ans. In the midday meal program, in all government elementary schools, children are provided with cooked lunch. Benefits: •• More and more have begun enrolling and regularly attending school. •• It reduces the hunger of poor students who often come to school and cannot concentrate because their stomachs are empty. •• This programme has also helped reduce caste prejudices because both lower and upper caste children in the school eat this meal together. •• In quite a few places, Dalit women have been employed to cook the meal. •• Mothers, who earlier had to interrupt their work to feed their children, now no longer need to do so. 8. Find out about one government scheme in your area. What does this scheme do? Whom is this scheme set up to benefit? Ans. There is a government scheme called Sarva Siksha Abhiyan (S.S.A) in our locality. •• This scheme provides right to education for all. •• This scheme is set to benefit Dalit children mostly.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 15) 1. In a democracy, why is universal adult franchise important? Ans. In a democracy, universal adult franchise is important because of the following reasons: 1. Democracy is the government of the people, by the people and for the people. 2. In democracy every citizen is equal. 3. Concept of universal adult franchise is based on equality. 4. Every adult irrespective of caste, creed, religion, region, sex, rich or poor people are allowed to vote. This is called universal adult franchise. 2. Re-read the box on Article 15 and state two ways in which this Article addresses inequality? Ans. Article 15 of Indian Constitution prohibits discrimination on grounds of race, sex, religion, caste, place of birth. •• Allows access to shops, public places, restaurants etc. to all. •• General public is allowed to use wells, tanks, bathing ghats, roads and public resorts maintained fully or partially by State fund.

On Equality

235

3. In what ways was Omprakash Valmiki’s experience similar to that of the Ansaris? Ans. Omprakash Valmiki’s experience was somewhat similar to that of the Ansaris’ in the following ways: •• Omprakash Valmiki was not allowed to sit with other students on the desks or mats but at the end of the worn-out mat. •• His schoolmates and teachers hurt his dignity badly and made him feel as if he was less equal to all other students in the school. •• Ansaris’ dignity was also hurt when persons refused to lease their apartments to them. However, when the property dealer suggested that they change their name. It was their dignity or self-respect that made them refuse his suggestion. Omprakash Valmiki’s experience was similar to that of the Ansari’s because both were treated unequally based on caste and religion, their dignity was violated. They both deserved the same equality, respect, and dignity as anyone else. 4. What do you understand by the term “all persons are equal before the law”? Why do you think it is important in a democracy? Ans. The term “all persons are equal before the law” goes with the word equality. •• Universal Adult Franchise is a concept based on equality. •• Equality is important in a democracy because democracy is the government of the people, by the people and for the people. •• Equality is the essence of democracy. If people are discriminated based on caste, creed, religion, sex, prosperity, etc. the democracy will not survive. •• Every person irrespective of caste, religion, economic status, educational status etc. has the same right to be treated with dignity as others. 5. The Government of India passed the Disabilities Act in 1995. This law states that persons with disabilities have equal rights, and that the government should make possible their full participation in society. The government has to provide free education and integrate children with disabilities into mainstream schools. This law also states that all public places including buildings, schools, etc., should be accessible and provided with ramps. Look at the photograph (NCERT Page 15) and think about the boy who is being carried down the stairs. Do you think the above law is being implemented in his case? What needs to be done to make the building more accessible for him? How his being would carried down the stairs affect his dignity as well as his safety? Ans. No, I don’t think the above mentioned law is being implemented in his case. If the law had been properly implemented, there would have been ramp for these kinds of students which is also mentioned in the law above. But nowadays situation is changing and ramps are being constructed on the entrance of schools, hospitals and other public places to make the buildings more accessible for these people.

236

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

His being carried down the stairs by others affects his dignity as he feels dependent on others and feels humiliated. It is also related to his safety as he may fall down from the wheelchair or any of the person carrying him may also trip over.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. Fill in the Blanks: 1. India is a ____________ country. 2. ____________ is a key feature of democracy. 3. The idea of ________________ is based on the idea of equality. 4. Every person is _________ before the law. 5. We are represented in the Parliament through our _____________________. Ans. 1. democratic, 2. Equality, 3. universal adult franchise, 4. universal adult franchise, 5. elected representatives. II. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. Every person should not be treated with dignity. 2. Establishing equality in a democratic society is a continuous struggle. 3. One of the more common forms of inequality in India is the caste system. 4. Rosa was an African-American. 5. Joothan is an autobiography of Omprakash Valmiki. Ans. 1. False, 2. True, 3. True, 4. True, 5. True III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Prohibition of Discrimination (i) 2001 2. Midday meal (ii) Article 15 3. Civil Rights (iii) 1995 4. Disability Act (iv) 1964 Ans. 1. (ii), 2. (i), 3. (iv), 4. (iii)

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTION ANSWERS 1. What does democracy mean? (a) Unequal right to vote (b) Equal right to vote (c) Discrimination (d) All of these 2. Who drafted the Indian Constitution? (a) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar (b) Mahatma Gandhi (c) Pt. J.L. Nehru (d) Lal Bahadur Shastri 3. What is NOT the element of equality? (a) Religion (b) Health (c) Wealth (d) Justice 4. According to Universal Adult Franchise every adult has: (a) Multiple vote (b) one vote (c) No vote (d) All of these

On Equality

237

5. What did the headmaster ask Omprakash to do? (a) To sweep the school playground (b) To bring a glass of water (c) To teach the students (d) None of these Ans. 1. (b), 2. (a), 3. (a), 4. (b), 5. (a).

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What do you understand by ‘dignity’? Ans. This refers to thinking of oneself and other persons as worthy of respect. 2. What property dealer suggested to Mr. Ansaris? Ans. The property dealer suggested them to change their names and call themselves Mr and Mrs Kumar. 3. Why do you think Omprakash Valmiki was being treated unequally by his teacher and his classmates? Ans. Omprakash Valmiki is being treated unequally on the basis of differences of caste. 4. What are the common forms of inequality that exist in India? Ans. The common forms of inequality in India are the inequality based on caste system and religion. 5. What is constitution? Ans. This is a document that lays down the basic rules and regulations for people and the government in the country to follow. 6. What is the midday meal programme? Ans. This refers to the programme introduced in all government elementary schools to provide children with cooked lunch. 7. Same crime is committed by chief minister of a state and a private company employer. Both will be awarded with same kind of punishment by law or different? Give reason for your answer. Ans. Same kind of punishment because every person is equal before the law. 8. List two ways by which government has tried to implement equality guaranteed in the constitution. Ans. The government has tried to implement equality guaranteed in the constitution by implementing law and government programmes or schemes. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Why do people not consider Dalit as equal, even though law says it? Ans. This is because of attitudes change very slowly. It is only when people begin to believe that no one is inferior, and that every person deserves to be treated with dignity, that present attitudes can change.

238

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. Why universal adult franchise is important in a democracy? Ans. Universal adult franchise is a very important aspect of democratic societies because it gives all adult (those who are 18 and above) citizens the right to vote irrespective of their social or economic backgrounds. 3. What does the civil rights act of 1964 state? Ans. The Civil Rights Act of 1964 prohibited discrimination on the basis of race, religion or national origin. It also stated that all schools would be open to African–American children and that they would no longer have to attend separate schools specially set up for them. 4. How did B.R. Ambedkar view self-respect? Ans. According to him, “It is disgraceful to live at the cost of one’s self-respect. Self-respect is the most vital factor in life. Without it, man is a cipher. To live worthily with self-respect, one has to overcome difficulties. It is out of hard and ceaseless struggle alone that one derives strength, confidence and recognition.” 5. What was Civil Rights Movement? Ans. Rosa Parks was an African–American woman. Tired from a long day at work she refused to give up her seat on a bus to a white man on 1 December 1955. Her refusal that day started a huge agitation against the unequal ways in which African–Americans were treated and which came to be known as the Civil Rights Movement. 6. What is a disability act passed in 1995? Ans. The Government of India passed the Disabilities Act in 1995. This law states that persons with disabilities have equal rights, and that the government should make possible their full participation in society. The government has to provide free education and integrate children with disabilities into mainstream schools. This law also states that all public places including buildings, schools, etc., should be accessible and provided with ramps. 7. In what ways was Omprakash Valmiki’s experience similar to that of the Ansaris? Ans. Omprakash Valmiki and the Ansaris are being treated unequally on the basis of differences of caste and religion. The dignity of both Omprakash Valmiki and the Ansaris was violated because of the way in which they were treated. Omprakash had to sit away from the others in the class, and was made to sweep the school and the playground. On the other hand, people refused to lease their apartments to Mr and Mrs Ansari. 8. List three benefits of the midday meal programme. Ans. Benefits of the midday meal programme are: (i) More poor children have begun enrolling and regularly attending school. (ii) Has also helped reduce caste prejudices because both lower and upper caste children in the school eat this meal together, and in quite a few places, Dalit women have been employed to cook the meal. (iii) The midday meal programme also helps reduce the hunger of poor students who often come to school and cannot concentrate because their stomachs are empty.

On Equality

239

C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Account for issues of equality in other democracies. Ans. Issues of Equality in Other Democracies •• India is not the only democracy in which there is inequality and in which the struggle for equality continues to exist. •• In most democratic countries around the world the issue of inequality continues to be the key issue around which communities struggle. — In USA, the African-Americans brought as slaves from Africa, continue to be largely unequal. — This is despite a movement in the late 1950s to push for equal rights for African-Americans. — Prior to this, African-Americans were treated extremely unequally in the United States. They were denied equality through law. 2. Describe the areas in which Dalit children are discriminated against. Ans. •• The midday meal programme has helped to increase the enrolment and attendance of poor children in school yet there continues to be big differences in this country between schools that the rich attend and those that the poor attend. •• Even today there are several schools in the country in which Dalit children like Omprakash Valmiki are discriminated against and treated unequally. — These Children are forced into unequal situations in which their dignity is not respected. This is because people do not think them as equal even though the law requires it. 3. What is the position of equality in India, a democratic country? Ans. •• The Indian Constitution recognises every person as equal. •• This means that every person in the country, irrespective of their sex, caste, religion, tribes, and educational backgrounds is equal. •• Inequality still exists. But at least, in democratic India, the principle of the equality of all persons is recognised. •• Earlier no law existed to protect people from discrimination and ill‑treatment. •• Now there are several laws that work to see that people are treated with dignity and as equals. 4. When persons are treated unequally, their dignity is violated. How? Ans. •• When persons are treated unequally, their dignity is violated because they feel humiliated. •• The dignity of both Omprakash Valmiki and the Ansaris was violated because of the way in which they were treated. •• By picking on him and making him sweep the school, because of his caste, Omprakash Valmiki’s schoolmates and teachers badly hurt his dignity and made him feel as if he was less than equal to all other students in the school.

240

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

•• Being a child Omprakash Valmiki could do very little about the situation that he was in. It was his father who felt angry by this unequal treatment. He confronted the teachers. •• The Ansari’s dignity was also hurt when persons refused to lease their apartments to them. •• The suggestion of the property dealer to change their name also violated their dignity or self-respect. Hence, they refused this suggestion. •• Omprakash and the Ansari’s do not deserve to be treated like this. They deserve the same respect and dignity as others.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What do you mean by disabilities Act? 2. Which was the first state in India to introduce midday meal scheme? 3. Establishing equality in a democratic society is a continuous struggle. Comment. 4. List the provision in the constitution for recognition of equality. 5. What is the most important step the government has taken to end inequality?

2 Chapter

UNIT II: STATE GOVERNMENT

Role of the Government in Health I. BASIC CONCEPTS

•• In a democratic country, the government has to work for the welfare of the people, they have to make provisions for health, education, employment etc.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• In a democratic country the government has to work for the welfare of the people. They have to make provisions for better health, education and employment for the citizens. What is health? •• Being healthy means having no disease. The factors that contribute to ill health like accumulation of stagnant water in the surroundings, lack of basic sanitation facilities, dirty surroundings, polluted air, etc. need to be eliminated for ensuring good health. •• Following factors are required to ensure good health: •• Access to clean drinking water •• Access to basic sanitation facilities •• Cleanliness in surroundings •• Clean air •• Nutritious food •• We need appropriate healthcare facilities to prevent and treat diseases. Facilities include health centres, hospitals, ambulance services etc. From the aspect of human resources, qualified doctors, nurses and good health professionals and workers are needed. Healthcare in India •• India has the largest number of medical colleges in the world and is among the largest producers of doctors. •• Healthcare facilities have grown substantially over the years. •• India is the fourth largest producer of medicines in the world. •• Most doctors are settled in urban areas. People in rural areas have to travel long distances for medical facilities. •• About five lakh people die from tuberculoses and almost two million cases of malaria are reported every year.

241

242

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

Private and Public Healthcare •• Healthcare facilities can be divided into two broad categories: •• Public health services •• Private health facilities •• A public health service is a chain of health centres and hospitals run by the government. They are linked together so that they provide services in both rural and urban areas and provide services for routine and small illnesses and also provide specialized services. •• Private health services run in the country. RMP’s are found in rural areas. In urban areas there are large number of doctors, clinics, hospitals, etc. Healthcare and Equality •• People have to spend a lot of money to get treatment from private hospitals. •• Proper healthcare is not available to all. About 20% of population can afford proper health care. •• For the poor, falling ill is a curse. Women and tribal health care suffer a lot. •• However, Kerala has made efforts to provide adequate healthcare services to people of the state. •• Costa Rica is the healthiest country of the world. They have invested more in public health than anything else.

III. KEYWORDS •• Communicable Diseases: Diseases that spread from one person to another through water, food, air, etc. •• Public: An activity or service that is meant for all people of the country and is mainly organized by the government. It includes schools, hospitals, telephones, etc. •• Private: An activity or service that is organized by an individual or company for their own profit. •• Medical Tourists: This refers to the foreigners who come to this country specifically for medical treatment at hospitals that offer world-class treatments at lower cost than that of their home countries. •• OPD: It stands for out-patient department. It is where people are first brought in the hospital for treatment without being admitted to a special ward. •• PHC: PHC stands for Public Healthcare Centre. •• Health: Health means our ability to remain free from illness and injuries. •• RMPs: Refers to Registered Medical Practitioners. They are found in rural areas.

Role of the Government in Health

243

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 19

1. Would you associate all or some of the pictures with ‘health’? In what way? Discuss in group. Ans. All these pictures are associated with health in some way or other. These pictures relate to •• Proper and balanced diet •• Fresh and healthy vegetables

244

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

•• Preparation of food in clean and proper conditions •• Sanitary conditions •• Health centres •• Hospital services •• Availability of clean drinking water Groups can be made and each situation can be discussed. One situation is discussed to give an idea. Picture 1: This is a photograph where people are waiting in a queue and waiting for her/his turn to get a bucketful of water. There are a lot of waterborne diseases, so getting clean water is very necessary for keeping healthy. Proper washing and cleaning of household items is also necessary for sanitation. Thus, water is absolutely essential for the health of individuals. 2. Pick two situations from the above collage that are not related to illness and write two sentences on how they are related to health. Ans. Picture of queue of utensils for water collection and of hair cutting. Availability of pure drinking and proper sanitized instruments for hair cutting are must use to prevent illness and healthy. Page 20 3. Can you provide a title to the two columns? India has the largest number of medical colleges in the world and is among the largest producers of doctors. Approximately 15,000 new doctors qualify every year.

Most doctors settle in urban areas. People in rural areas have to travel long distances to reach a doctor. The number of doctors with respect to the population is much less in rural areas.

Healthcare facilities have grown substantially over the years. In 1950, there were only 2,717 hospitals in India. In 1991, there were 11,174 hospitals. In 2000, the number grew to 18,218.

About five lakh people die from tuberculosis every year. This number is almost unchanged since Independence! Almost two million cases of malaria are reported every year and this number isn’t decreasing.

India gets a large number of medical tourists from many countries. They come for treatment in some of the hospitals in India that compare with the best in the world.

We are not able to provide clean drinking water to all 21 per cent of all communicable diseases are water borne. For example, diarrhoea, worms, hepatitis, etc.

India is the fourth largest producer Half of all the children in India do of medicines in the world and is also not get adequate food to eat and are a large exporter of medicines. undernourished.

Role of the Government in Health

245

Ans. The titles of the two columns would be: Health care facilities in India Health situation in India 4. In India, it is often said that we are unable to provide health services for all because the government does not have enough money and facilities. After reading the above left hand column, do you think this is true? Discuss. Ans. The first column says, •• India has a large number of doctors, clinics and hospitals. •• The country also has considerable experience and knowledge in running a public healthcare system. •• This is a system of hospitals and health centres run by the government. •• It has the ability to look after the health of a large section of its population scattered over hundreds of thousands of villages. •• There has been a phenomenal advancement in medical sciences whereby many new technologies and treatment procedures are available in the country. •• Whereas the second column points out how poor the health situation in our country is, •• With all the above positive developments we are not able to provide proper healthcare facilities to people. •• This is the paradox – something that is contrary to what we would expect. •• Our country has the money, knowledge and people with experience but cannot make the necessary healthcare available to all. Page 21 5. The story of Hakim Sheik Hakim Sheik was a member of the Paschim Bangal Khet Mazdoor Samity (PBKMS), an organisation of agricultural labourers in West Bengal. One evening in 1992, he accidentally fell off a running train and suffered head injuries. He was in a very serious condition and needed immediate treatment. He was taken to a government hospital in Kolkata but they refused to admit him because they did not have a spare bed. Another hospital did not have the facility or the specialised doctors necessary for his treatment. In this way, he spent 14 hours in a critical state and was taken to eight different government hospitals, but none of them admitted him. Finally, he was admitted in a private hospital, where he received treatment. He spent a lot of money on his treatment. Angry and upset over the indifferent attitude of all the hospitals that refused to admit him, Hakim Sheik and PBKMS filed a case in the court. Read the story given above. Then imagine that you are a Judge in the court. What would you say to Hakim Sheik? Ans. I would have pronounced the judgement with due compensation to Hakim Sheik. I would also heavily fine the delinquent hospitals as deterrent punishment for dereliction of duty.

246

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

Page 24 6. Where do you go when all are ill? Are there any problems that you face? Write a paragraph based on your experience. Ans. If we fall ill, we generally got to private nursing homes. Problems •• Non-availability of expert doctors on the spot. •• No proper guidance and information. •• High cost of treatment. 7. What problems did Aman face in the government hospital? How do you think the hospital can work in a better manner? Discuss. Ans. Aman had to face the following problems while visiting a public hospital: •• He had to wait in a long queue at the OPD counter. •• Long queue for examinations and tests. •• Test equipment were less and that’s why results came after three days. •• Overcrowded. •• Indifference of doctors etc. Proper investigation and strict administration can get the hospitals work in better manner for people. 8. Why did Ranjan have to spend so much money? Give reasons. Ans. Ranjan had to spend so much money because of the following reasons. — He underwent treatment at a private nursing home. — He had to purchase medicines from open market. — He spent money on consultations, tests etc. 9. What problems do we face in private hospitals? Discuss. Ans. •• Private hospitals are neither owned or controlled by government. •• Patients have to pay a lot of money for every service. •• Sometimes incorrect practices are encouraged where patients undergo unnecessary treatments or tests. 10. Why should we pay taxes to government? Ans. The tax moneys paid to government is used for providing public services for all citizens. •• Taxes fund developmental programmes and services such as education, healthcare, employment, social welfare, vocational training etc. required for needy citizens. •• Tax money is utilised for relief and rehabilitation in case of natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes, tsunami etc. •• Space, nuclear, and missile programmes are also funded from the revenues collected as taxes. •• Government provides some services especially for the poor who cannot afford to purchase them from the market. One example is healthcare.

Role of the Government in Health

247

Page 25 12. (a) In what ways is the public health system meant for everyone? (b) List some Primary Health Centres (PHCs) or hospitals near your place. From your experience (or by visiting any one of them), find out the facilities provided and people who run the centre. Ans. (a) Public health system is meant for everyone in the following ways: •• There are numerous hospitals, primary health centres, family welfare centres. •• Treatment is either free or at low cost. •• Free supply of medicine. •• Access for everyone. (b) To be done with the help of teacher. Page 26 13. Private health facilities can mean many things. Explain with the help of some examples from your area. Ans. Private Health Services •• There is a wide range of private health facilities that exist in our country. •• A large number of doctors run their own private clinics. •• In the rural areas, Registered Medical Practitioners (RMPs) are found. •• Urban areas have a large number of doctors, many of them providing specialised services. •• There are hospitals and nursing homes that are privately owned. •• There are many laboratories that do tests and offer special facilities such as X-ray, ultrasound, etc. •• There are also shops from where we buy medicines. Private health facilities are not owned or controlled by the government. •• Unlike the public health services, in private facilities, patients have to pay a lot of money for every service that they use. •• Today the presence of private facilities can be seen all around.

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 29) 1. In this chapter, you have read that health is a wider concept than illness. Look at this quote in the Constitution and explain the terms ‘living standard’ and ‘public health’ in your own words. Ans. Living Standard: This means the condition in which people are living. It includes the level of wealth, comfort and material goods available to people. Public Health: The general level of health among the people can be termed public health. Efforts at ensuring public health include various measures which are taken to provide clean drinking water to provide basic sanitation and healthcare services.

248

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. What are the different ways through which the government can take steps to provide healthcare for all? Discuss. Ans. In India, private healthcare services and hospitals are more in practice. But due to these private hospitals being highly expensive, poor people cannot afford to admit their patients to such hospitals. On the other hand, government hospitals are much less in number and also not equipped properly and do not have good experienced doctors. Therefore, to provide healthcare services for all, government should pass a regulation prohibiting private practice of doctors. Apart from this, the different ways through which the government can take steps to provide healthcare for all are, by the following means – •• Opening and maintenance of: (a) hospitals (b) healthcare centre (c) primary health centre (d) dispensaries (e) family welfare centre • free camps of check-ups • free diagnosis centres • pulse polio and similar type special campaigns • health awareness programmes • workshops and seminars • Training camps. 3. What differences do you find between private and public health services in your area? Use the following table to compare and contrast these.

Ans.

Facility Private Public Facility Private Public

Cost of services

Cost of services Very High Free or Nominal

Availability of service

Availability of service Adequate Inadequate or of poor quality

4. ‘Improvement in water and sanitation can control many diseases.’ Explain with the help of examples. Ans. Water and sanitation are the basic necessities for the maintenance of proper health. Use of contaminated water can cause disease such as cholera, skin diseases and can also cause cancer, reproductive problems, typhoid and stomach ailments. Sanitation is important for all, helping to maintain health and increase life-spans. Poor sanitation causes infectious diseases including cholera, typhoid, infectious hepatitis, polio, cryptosporidiosis, and ascariasis. Thus, improvement in water and sanitation can control many diseases.

Role of the Government in Health

249

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS I. State whether True or False: 1. Adequate healthcare is available to all in India. 2. Private services are concentrated in rural areas. 3. Ranjan got costly medical treatment. 4. The private health service is a chain of health centres and hospitals run by the government. 5. If people do not get adequate food to eat or have to live in cramped conditions, they will be prone to illness. Ans. 1. False, 2. False, 3. True, 4. False, 5. True. II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Most doctors settle in __________ areas. 2. India is the__________ largest producer of medicines in the world and is also a large_____________ of medicines. 3. _______________ is utilised for relief and rehabilitation in case of natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes, tsunami etc. 4. India gets a large number of ___________ tourists from many countries. 5. In__________ facilities, patients have to pay a lot of money for every service they use. Ans. 1. urban, 2. fourth, exporter, 3. Tax money, 4. medical, 5. private III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Health (i) Registered Medical Practitioner 2. RMP (ii) Prone to illness 3. Lack of ventilation (iii) Free from anxiety 4. Borrow money for health insurance (iv) 20% 5. People afford all medicines (v) 40% Ans. 1. (iii), 2. (i), 3. (ii), 4. (v), 5. (iv).

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Communicable diseases are spread through _____ (a) Water (b) Food (c) Air (d) All of the above 2. Public means an activity or service (a) Meant for all people in the country (b) Mainly organized by the government (c) Meant only for the poor people (d) Both (a) and (b)

250

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

3. In 1996, the ______ government passed some major changes regarding health (a) Maharashtra (b) Kerala (c) Andhra Pradesh (d) Haryana 4. PHC stands for ____ (a) Preventable Health Centre (b) Primary Health Centre (c) Primary Health Council (d) Poor’s Health Centre 5. In which continent is Costa Rica situated? (a) South America (b) North America (c) Australia (d) Asia Ans. 1. (d), 2. (d), 3. (b), 4. (b), 5. (a)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What does RMPs stand for? Ans. Registered Medical Practitioners (RMPs). 2. What do people in democratic country expect from the government? Ans. In a democracy, people expect from the government to work for their welfare. 3. What do you mean by living standard? Ans. Living standard refers to the quality of housing, material comfort, and wealth experienced by an individual or group. 4. What are communicable diseases? Ans. These are the diseases that are spread from one person to another in many ways such as through water, food, air, etc. 5. Why are women not taken to a doctor in a prompt manner? Ans. Women are not taken to a doctor in a prompt manner because women’s health concerns are considered to be less important than the health of men in the family. 6. What do you mean by medical tourists? Ans. This refers to those foreigners who come to this country specifically for medical treatment at hospitals that offer world-class facilities at a lower cost than what they would have to pay in their own countries. 7. Define public health service. Ans. Public health service is a chain of health centres and hospitals run by the government. 8. Who runs public healthcare system? Ans. Government runs public healthcare system. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Why are government hospitals less expensive as compared to private hospitals? Ans. Government uses tax money for providing many public health services for the benefit of all citizens. Therefore, government hospitals are less expensive. As

Role of the Government in Health

251

private health services are run for profit, the cost of these services is rather high. 2. In order to earn more money, these private services encourage practices that are incorrect. Comment. Ans. In order to earn more money, these private services encourage practices that are incorrect. At times cheaper methods, though available, are not used. For example, it is common to find doctors prescribing unnecessary medicines, injections or saline bottles when tablets or simple medicines can suffice. 3. Why are poor people more likely to fall ill? Ans. Those who are poor are in the first place undernourished. These families are not eating as much as they should. They are not provided basic necessities like drinking water, adequate housing, clean surroundings, etc., and therefore, are more likely to fall ill. The expenses on illness make their situation even worse. 4. What are the functions of public health system? Ans. Functions of public health system are: (i) To provide quality health care services either free or at a low cost, so that even the poor can seek treatment. (ii) To take action to prevent the spread of diseases such as TB, malaria, jaundice, cholera, diarrhoea, chikungunya, etc. 5. What are the different ways through which the government can take steps to provide healthcare for all? Discuss. Ans. Government can take following steps to provide healthcare for all. (i) By increasing healthcare facilities such as hospitals, ambulance service, etc. (ii) By organizing free health check-up camp especially in rural and backward areas. (iii) By spreading health related awareness among the people. 6. A boy named Aman lives in a neighbourhood where there are lot of plants, parks and garbage bins. Safai karamcharies always clean his surrounding and take out the garbage kept in garbage bins. Do you think Aman lives in healthy environment? Give reason for your answer. Ans. Yes, Aman lives in a healthy environment. Since there are lot of trees, he gets pure air to breathe in that is always good for health. Also his society is clean. Living in clean and green area is always good for health. 7. What do you mean by proper and adequate healthcare facilities? Ans. Proper and adequate healthcare facilities mean adequate number of health centres and hospitals, laboratories with proper facilities for testing, quick ambulance service and blood bank facilities. All these services and facilities should be easily accessible to people. 8. Why is it important to pay taxes to the government? Ans. Because government uses tax money to provide services for the benefits of public. Like defence, police judicial system, road and highways construction

252

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

etc., it also funds some developmental programmes related to health and education. Tax money is used for relief and rehabilitation in case of natural disasters like floods, tsunami, earthquakes, etc. Space, missile and nuclear programmes are also funded from tax money. III. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Write in detail about healthcare in India. Ans. India produces the largest number of doctors every year but the majority of them prefers to settle in urban areas. The government has put in place a system of hospitals at different levels; right from villages to urban centres. Doctors of various specialities are available in these hospitals. Apart from giving treatment, these hospitals also do the necessary work to prevent many epidemics. But the number of doctors and hospital beds in government hospitals is not enough to take the load of huge number of sick people. Due to this, a person has to wait in long queues in government hospitals. Many small villages are far away from hospitals and people often have to trek for miles to reach hospital. Apart from government hospitals, there are many private hospitals. But most of the private hospitals are in big cities. In small cities, many doctors run their private clinics. Treatment in private hospitals is highly costly. Doctors in private hospitals often prescribe too many medicines and tests which may not be required at all. 2. Write a note on equality from health perspective. Ans. In India, there is no equality in terms of healthcare facilities. •• There are many private facilities but they are out of reach for most the people. •• Only 20% of the people can afford to pay their medical expenses. •• Many villages do not have access to even basic healthcare facilities. •• The number of doctors in government hospitals is not enough to take care of the huge mass of poor people. •• Women usually do not get priority in terms of medical care. 3. What were the major changes made by Kerala government in 1996? Ans. Major changes made by Kerala government in 1996 were: (i) Forty per cent of the entire state budget was given to panchayats. They could plan and provide for their requirements. (ii) This made it possible for a village to make sure that proper planning was done for water, food, women’s development and education. (iii) This meant that water supply schemes were checked, the working of schools and anganwadis was ensured and specific problems of the village were taken up. (iv) Health centres were also improved.

Role of the Government in Health

253

4. What are the positive aspects of healthcare in India? Ans. Positive aspects of healthcare in India are: (i) India has the largest number of medical colleges in the world and is among the largest producers of doctors. (ii) Healthcare facilities have grown substantially over the years. In 1991, there were 11,174 hospitals. In 2000, the number grew to 18,218. (iii) India gets a large number of medical tourists from many countries. They come for treatment in some of the hospitals in India that compare with the best in the world. (iv) India is the fourth largest producer of medicines in the world and is also a large exporter of medicines. 5. Write a note on the Costa Rican approach. Ans. Costa Rican Approach: (i) Costa Rica is considered to be one of the healthiest countries in South America. The main reason for this can be found in the Costa Rican Constitution. (ii) Several years ago, Costa Rica took a very important decision and decided not to have an army. This helped the Costa Rican government to spend the money that the army would have used, on health, education and other basic needs of the people. (iii) The Costa Rican government believes that a country has to be healthy for its development and pays a lot of attention to the health of its people. (iv) The Costa Rican government provides basic services and amenities to all Costa Ricans. Health education is also considered very important and knowledge about health is an essential part of education at all levels.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What do you mean by public health? 2. Why did Hakim Sheikh and PBKMS file a case in the court? 3. To earn more money, private hospitals are encouraging practices that are not correct. Comment on the statement. 4. Describe the health – finance struggle faced by the poor in India. 5. Differentiate between public health services and private health services.

3

How the State Government Works

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• The government works at three levels—local, state, and national. •• The Governor is the Head of the State. The Central Government appoints the Governor. The Governor has to work within the rules and regulations of the Constitution. •• In a democratic country like India, people can organise meetings to voice their concerns and can protest against the policies of the government.

II. IN A NUTSHELL Working of the Government •• Members of Legislative Assembly (MLAs) are elected by the people. Thus, we can say that MLAs represent people •• Every state in India has a Legislative Assembly and each state is divided into different areas or constituencies. From each constituency, the people elect one representative who becomes MLA •• A political party whose MLAs have won more than half the number of constituencies in a state are called in majority, and all the members of other political party who do not belong to ruling party are called opposition. MLAs are together responsible for the work of the government •• After the elections, the MLAs of the ruling party elect their leader who becomes the chief minister. The chief minister selects other ministers •• After the elections, the governor of the state appoints the chief minister and other ministers •• The Legislative Assembly is the place where opinions are expressed related to the work of government and action to sort out any problem or difficulty is demanded. •• Some MLAs have dual responsibilities one as an MLA and other as a minister. •• The government can also make new laws for state regarding sanitation and health facilities. The act of making laws on certain issues is done in the Legislative Assembly of each state •• Laws for entire country are made in the parliament •• In a democracy, people elects representatives as MLAs, the ruling party members then form the government and some members are appointed as

254

How the State Government Works

255

ministers who are in charge of various government departments like health, education, finance etc.

III. KEYWORDS •• Constituency: A particular area from where all the voters living there choose their representatives. This could, for example, be a panchayat ward or an area that chooses an MLA. •• Debate: Discussion on current issues hold in Legislative Assembly. •• Cabinet: A group of ministers that handles all the major portfolios. •• Portfolio: The department provided to a minister to work. •• Opposition: This refers to the elected representatives who are not members of the ruling party and who play the role of questioning the government’s decisions and actions as well as raise new issues for consideration in the Assembly. •• Press Conference: A gathering of journalists from the media who are invited to hear about and ask questions on a particular issue and are then expected to report on this to the larger public. •• MLA: MLA stands for the Member of Legislative Assembly. •• Public meetings: These are the gathering of general public in which the public is made to know about the current burning issues confronting the mass. •• Legislature: All the MLAs who gather together (assemble) in the Legislative Assembly are called the Legislature. They are the ones who authorize and supervise their work. •• Majority: This is a situation where more than half the members of a group support a decision or idea. It is also called simple majority. •• Executive: The overall head of the government is called the Executive. The chief minister is the head of the government.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 31 1. What was happening in Patalpuram? Ans. People of Patalpuram were facing acute water shortage. Due to unclean water diarrhoea had spread. Children are the worst affected one. 2. Why was this problem serious? Ans. The problem was serious as numerous people were dying daily due to diarrhoea. 3. What action do you think can be taken to the above situation and who do you think should take this action? Discuss. Ans. Overall health facilities should be improved immediately. The Health Department should provide mobile health services to the people at once. Proper sanitation drive can be carried out. Clean drinking water should be made available in each locality.

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

256 Page 32

4. Discuss the following terms with your teacher. Public meeting, States in India, Constituency, Majority, Ruling Party and Opposition. Ans. Public Meeting: Meeting of the general public/people about current problems. States in India: India is divided into 29 states depending upon the culture, weather, language and local people. Constituency: A particular area from where all the voters living there choose their representatives. This could, for example, be a panchayat ward or an area that chooses an MLA. Majority: This is a situation where more than half the members of a group support a decision or idea. Ruling party: The political party which has more than 50 per cent of the total representatives in a Panchayat, Corporation, Assembly or Parliament (Lok Sabha) is known as Ruling Party. Opposition: This refers to the elected representatives who are not members of the ruling party and who play the role of questioning the government decisions and actions as well as raise new issues for consideration in the Assembly. 5. Can you explain the following terms? Majority, Ruling Party and Opposition with reference to your state? Ans. The answer will vary for each and every student. An example for the state of Karnataka is given: Majority: In the recent assembly election in Karnataka, no political party could gain majority. Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) was the single largest party, but could not form government as it failed to win majority. Ruling Party: The ruling party is the coalition of Indian National Congress (INC) and Janata Dal. Opposition: Bharatiya Janata Party forms the opposition bench in Karnataka. Page 33 6. Construct a table, similar to the one given for Himachal Pradesh, for your state. Results of the Assembly Elections in H.P. in 2003 Political Party Number of MLAs elected Indian National Congress (INC)...................................................................43 Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).......................................................................16 Other political parties.....................................................................................03 Independents (who don't belong to any party)..............................................06 Total................................................................................................................68

How the State Government Works

257

Ans. An example of the table of Karnataka is given. The student has to do it on the basis of the state he/she resides in. Results of the Assembly Elections in Karnataka in 2018 Political Party Number of MLAs elected Indian National Congress (INC).................................................................. 80 Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).................................................................... 104 Janata Dal Secular (JDS)...............................................................................37 Other political parties.......................................................................................2 Independents ....................................................................................................1 Total............................................................................................................. 224 7. At times, the ruling party may not be a single party but a group of parties working together. This is called a coalition. Discuss with your teacher. Ans. •• When no party gets majority seat, few parties come together to elect their joint leader. •• The Governor is informed by them about the leader they have selected. The Governor declares him/her as the C.M. of the state. •• The Governor gives the leader and his/her council of ministers an oath of secrecy and allegiance to constitution. •• The coalition parties prepare a common minimum programme (CMP) and work to implement the programme during the tenure of the coalition. Page 35

8. Can you identify the MLAs of the ruling party and the opposition in the illustration? Colour the ruling party in one colour and the opposition in another. Ans. The MLAs Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 belong to the opposition party, while the MLA No. 4 belongs to the ruling rty. The colouring has to be done by the student.

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

258 Page 36

9. What were the main arguments put forward by different MLAs who thought that the government was not taking the situation in a serious manner? Ans. The main issues that were put forward by different MLAs were •• Spread of epidemic •• Bad/Poor condition of hospitals •• Shortage of drinking water •• Dearth of doctors and medical staff. 10. If you were the health minister, how would you have responded to the above discussion? Ans. I would have started a mobile healthcare van with necessary equipment and doctors immediately. 11. Do you think the above debate would have been useful in some ways? How? Discuss. Ans. Yes, it would have been useful because it had brought the issues to the fore and solved in minimum time. 12. In the working of the government, explain the difference between being an MLA and an MLA who is also a minister. Ans. •• An MLA highlights the issues that are causing problem in his constituency and can suggest some solutions to it. •• However, a Minister takes the suitable decision and implements it. Page 37 13. Write two measures that then government undertook for controlling diarrhoea. Ans. •• Supply of drinking water to every village through tanker trucks. •• Removal of month-old garbage. 14. What is the purpose of a press conference? How does the press conference help you get information on what the government is doing? Ans. •• To highlight the steps taken by the government so that everyone comes to know about it. •• The press conference is broadcast or telecast. — It is also printed in the next day’s newspapers for the common people. Page 39 15.

Name of the department School Education Public Works Department Agriculture

Examples of their work

Find out with the help of your teacher, the work done by the government departments mentioned above, and fill in the table.

How the State Government Works

259

Ans. Name of the department

Examples of their work

School Education

•• •• •• ••

Construction of school buildings Provision of infrastructure Provision of teachers/curriculum Inspection of schools

Public Works Department

•• •• •• ••

Construction of government buildings Roads Provision of drinking water Infrastructural works like – streetlights, electricity etc.

Agriculture

•• •• •• ••

Subsidies Loans to farmers Provision of seeds, fertiliser, saplings Grants etc.

Page 40 16. Do a similar wallpaper project about any issue connected with the working of your State Government like an education programme, any law and order issue, midday meal scheme etc. Ans. Hints. •• Students can take photographs that are related to the issue they have selected. •• They can put them in chart paper according to their relevance and topic •• They can note down their day wise observation and can put them in another chart paper •• Lastly, they can put them on the wall of their classroom.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT EXERCISES (Page 41) 1. Use the terms ‘constituency’ and ‘represent’ to explain who an MLA is and how is the person elected? Ans. Every state in India has a Legislative Assembly. Each state is divided into different areas or constituencies. From each constituency, the people elect one representative who then becomes a Member of the Legislative Assembly (MLA). People stand for elections in the name of different parties. These MLAs, therefore, belong to different political parties. Since a constituency is a particular area from which all the voters living there choose their representatives, an MLA is the elected representative of the people of a particular constituency. Constituency is the area represented by a particular MLA.

260

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. How did some MLAs become Ministers? Explain. Ans. After the elections, a political party whose MLAs have won more than half the number of constituencies in a state can be said to be in a majority. The political party that has the majority is called the ruling party and all other members are called the opposition. The MLAs belonging to the ruling party will elect their leader who will become the chief minister. The chief minister then selects other people as ministers. After the elections, it is the Governor of the state who appoints the chief minister and other ministers. 3. Why should the decisions taken by the Chief Minister and other ministers be debated in the Legislative Assembly? Ans. Since a democracy works on a participative basis, the members can ask questions and debate on the decisions of the ministers. All the decisions have to be approved by the members who have the main authority. 4. What was the problem in Patalpuram? What discussion/action was taken by the following? Fill in the table. Public Meeting Legislative Assembly Press Conference Chief Minister Ans. In Patalpuram there was shortage of drinking water and the condition of the district hospital was pathetic. It was overflowing with patients suffering from diarrhoea. Public Meeting

Protested against the non-functioning of the government

Legislative Assembly

Discussed the issue and decided the course of action. They intend to supply drinking water to every village through tanker trucks. They also explained the steps the government had taken (i.e. collection of garbage).

Press Conference

The minister explained the steps the government had taken. Reporters asked many questions at this meeting. These discussions were then reported in different newspapers.

Chief Minister

They went to visit the families who had lost their relatives and also visited people in the hospitals. The government announced a compensation for these families. Promised to provide sanitation facilities and proper water supply in the region.

5. What are the differences between the work that MLAs do in the Assembly and the work done by government departments?

How the State Government Works

261

Ans. Differences between the work that MLAs do in the Assembly and the work done by government departments are: (i) Act of making laws on certain issues is done by MLAs in the Legislative Assembly of each state while these laws are implemented by the various government departments. (ii) Whatever work is done by these government departments has to be approved by the members of the legislative assembly (i.e. MLAs).

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. Some MLAs have dual responsibilities: one as an MLA and the other as a minister. 2. In a monarchy, people organise meetings to voice their opinions and protest against the government. 3. Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs) are elected by the people. 4. People can express their opinion through media or even in Legislative Assembly through representatives. 5. The independents can also stand in the election. Ans. 1. True, 2. False, 3. True, 4. True, 5. True II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Every state in India has a ___________ Assembly. 2. The political party that has the majority is called the ___________party. 3. The Head of the State is the ___________. 4. MLAs are elected by the ___________ of the state. 5. Every state is divided into ___________. Ans. 1. Legislative, 2. ruling, 3. Governor, 4. people, 5. constituencies III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Chief Minister (i) Head of State 2. Discussion of Issues (ii) Patalpuram 3. MLAs (iii) Press Conference 4. Governor (iv) Legislature 5. Diarrhoea (v) Executive Ans. 1. (v), 2. (iii), 3. (iv), 4. (i), 5. (ii)

VI. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The word ‘government’ in common usage refers to (a) Government departments (b) Various ministers heading the government departments (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above

262

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. The overall head of the government in a state is the (a) Prime Minister (b) Governor (c) Chief Minister (d) President 3. ______ appoints the Chief Minister and other ministers. (a) President (b) Former Chief Minister (c) Prime Minister (d) Governor 4. The Chief Minister is a part of the _____ (a) Legislature (b) Executive (c) Judiciary (d) None of the above 5. Who is responsible for medical services? (a) Education Minister (b) Police Inspector (c) Transport Minister (d) Health Minister Ans. 1. (c), 2. (c), 3. (d), 4. (b), 5. (d)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Questions 1. What is the full form of MLA? Ans. Members of Legislative Assembly 2. Who is the head of the State? Ans. The Head of the State is the Governor. 3. Where are laws for entire country made? Ans. Laws for the entire country are made in the Parliament. 4. Who appoints ‘Governor of state’ ? Ans. ‘Governor of state’ is appointed by the Central Government. 5. Name some departments of government. Ans. Public Works Department, the Agriculture Department, the Health Department, the Education Department and so on. 6. What do you know about wallpaper project? Ans. Wallpaper is an interesting activity through which research can be done on particular topics of interest. 7. What is a Legislative Assembly? Ans. A Legislative Assembly is a place where all the MLAs, whether from the ruling party or from the opposition meet to discuss various things. B. Short Answer Type Question 1. What is opposition? Ans. Opposition refers to the elected representatives who are not members of the ruling party and who play the role of questioning the government decisions and actions as well as raise new issues for consideration in the Assembly. 2. How is the cabinet formed? Ans. The chief minister is elected by the MLAs of the ruling party. The chief minister then selects other people as ministers. The Governor of the state appoints the chief ministers and other ministers after the elections.

How the State Government Works

263

3. What is a constituency? Ans. Every state is divided into a number of areas or constituencies. A particular area from where all the voters living there choose their representatives is called a constituency. This could, for example, be a panchayat ward or an area that chooses an MLA. 4. What is the importance of a press conference? Ans. Press conference is a gathering of journalists from media. They are invited to hear about and ask various questions on a particular issue and are then expected to report about the same to the larger public. 5. Explain the following terms – majority, ruling party, opposition. Ans. A political party whose MLAs have won more than half the number of constituencies in a state can be said to be in a majority. The political party that has the majority is called the ruling party and all other members of the legislature from the other party are called the opposition. C. Long Answer Type Question 1. What is the process of formation of government in a state? Ans. Every state in India has a Legislative Assembly. Each state is divided into different areas or constituencies. •• From each constituency, the people elect one representative who then becomes a Member of the Legislative Assembly (MLA). •• People stand for elections in the name of different parties. These MLAs, therefore, belong to different political parties.  •• A political party, whose MLAs have won more than half the number of constituencies in a state can be said to be in a majority. The political party that has the majority forms the government. •• In case no party gains the majority, in that case the party with maximum elected members tries to get support from different parties or candidates. •• The party that proves to have maximum supporters is allowed to form the government. If no party proves the majority then there would be re-election. 2. Who is an MLA? Ans. Members of the Legislative Assembly (MLAs) are elected by the people. They represent people. Each state in India has a legislative assembly. Each state is divided into different areas called constituencies. From each constituency the people elect one representative who then becomes an MLA. These MLAs belong to different parties. A political party whose MLAs have won more than half the number of constituencies can be said to be in a majority. The political party that has majority is called the ruling party. All other parties are called the opposition. The chief minister is elected by the MLAs of the ruling party. The chief minister then selects other people as ministers. Some MLAs have dual responsibilities: as an MLA and also as a minister.

264

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

3. Describe the working of the government. Ans. The people in power like the chief minister have to take steps for solving problems of drinking water, sanitation etc. They do so through various departments. The government can also decide to make new laws for the state for example regarding sanitation and health facilities. For instance, it may make it compulsory for the municipal corporation to ensure that there are adequate toilets in each area. The act of making new laws is made in the legislative assembly of each state. The implementation of these laws is done by the various government departments. 4. Which issues affect marginalised and poor communities? Ans. The issues affecting marginalised and poor communities are •• Privatisation of health services •• Low value given to women and their work •• Low earning made by farmers who grow cotton •• Increasing control of business houses exerted on the media •• Hence, these issues are becoming a concern for economic and social equality in the country.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What do you understand by the word ‘government’? 2. What do you mean by the word legislature? 3. What is constituency? 4. Why should decisions taken by the Chief Minister and other ministers be debated in the Legislative Assembly? 5. How are members elected to the legislative council?

4

UNIT III: GENDER

Growing up as Boys and Girls

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS Samoan – 1920s: •• Samoan Islands are located in the Pacific Ocean, where fishing is a very important occupation. •• Mothers or adults took care of the children till they could walk. Once the babies start walking, older kids took care of them. •• Both girls and boys took care of their siblings. •• Once a boy reaches the age of 9 years he starts learning fishing and planting coconuts from older boys. •• Girls continue looking after small kids and learn household jobs. •• After 14 years of age, girls also start outdoor activities, such as fishing, working at plantations, etc. •• In cooking houses, boys were supposed to do most of the works, while the girls help. Madhya Pradesh – 1960s: •• There were separate schools for girls and boys after class V. •• Girls’ schools used to have a large courtyard at the centre where the girls used to play secluded from the world. •• Boys’ schools used to have open playground. •• The girls used to head home straight after the school, while the boys could roam around on the streets. •• The girls were always scared of being teased or attacked by the boys on the way streets. •• Boys were totally carefree. Common distinctions we generally make between boys and girls: •• Little boys are given toy cars to play, while little girls are given dolls. •• While it is okay for a girl to cry, boys are always told that a boy doesn’t cry. •• Boys are encouraged to take outdoor activities, while the girls are encouraged to stay at home helping their mothers. •• Boys are encouraged to learn playing guitar or a, while girls are encouraged to learn singing and dancing. •• Boys are expected to start earning after the completion of studies, while girls are expected to stay at home and get ready for marriage. •• A young man is expected to take care of his parents, while a young married lady is expected to take care of her in-laws.

265

266

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• In our society, different roles are assigned to boys and girls, these roles prepare them for future men and women. •• All societies do not look a boy and a girl in the same way. There are inequalities between men and women. Our society makes clear distinction between boys and girls. •• Across the world, the main responsibility for household works and taking care of family, children and sick people in a family lies with women. •• Our society devalues the work done by a woman in house. •• Many women work both inside and outside the home, this is referred to as double burden of women’s work. •• Equality is an important principle of our Constitution but still there is inequality between the sexes in our society. •• The provision of crèches helps many women to take up employment outside the home. It also helps many girls to attend schools. •• The government has set up anganwadis or childcare centres in several villages where their employees take proper care of children.

III. KEYWORDS •• Identity: Identity is a sense of self-awareness of who one is. •• Care-giving: Care-giving refers to a range of tasks related to looking after and nurturing. Besides physical tasks, they also involve a strong emotional aspect. •• Double-burden: Double-burden literally means a double load. This term is commonly used to describe the women’s work situation as women typically labour both inside the home (domestic job) and outside. •• Devalued: When some persons are not given due recognition for a task or job they have done, they feel devalued or considered persons with less value. •• Toys: Boys and girls are given different toys to play with. Toys in a way tell them that the future of the boys and girls when they grow up to be men and women; will be very different. •• Domestic help: Domestic help is either a woman, a girl or a male who works in a household on paid remuneration whether on daily rate or monthly rate. •• Physically demanding: It refers to the household tasks which are very tough and demand great physical strength. •• Strenuous: Very tough and difficult.

Growing up as Boys and Girls

267

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 45 1. Study the picture and answer the questions that followed it: In what ways do the experiences of Samoan children and teenagers differ from your own experiences of growing up? Is there anything in this experience that you wish was part of your growing up? Ans. Difference between the experiences of Samoan children and teenagers and our own experiences:

A Class VII Samoan child in his school uniform.

Samoan Children and Teenagers Indian Children and Teenagers •• Young people (children and •• Very few children do not go to teenagers) go on long fishing school. expeditions. •• Most of the children go to •• Children do not go to school. school. •• They learn many things like: •• They study various subjects  How to take care of children. in school.  How to do household work  Only poor children do from older children and from something along with their adults. studies. •• They learn outdoor jobs after •• They learn in the school. they are 9 years old. I wish I too grew up in a society where girls did not have to fear when they walk on the streets. The girls should have more independence like the Samoan girls. 2. Why do girls like to go to school together in groups?

Ans. The girls like to go to school together in groups because of the following reasons: •• they want to reach the school and return home safely. •• they fear of being harassed and teased if they walk alone.

268

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

Page 46 3. Make a drawing of a street or a park in your neighbourhood. Show the different kinds of activities young boys and girls may be engaged in. You could do this individually or in groups. Ans. Students have to do this by themselves. They could include the boys are playing crickets, the girls are riding slides and swings. Both small girls and boys are playing hide and seek, etc. 4. Are there as many girls as boys in your drawing? Most probably you would have drawn fewer girls. Can you think of the reasons why there are fewer women and girls in your neighbourhood streets, parks and markets in the late evenings or at night? Ans. Yes, there are fewer number of girls in the picture. As there is less safety for women and girls in the late evenings or at night from the anti-social elements, number of women or girls in the street is less. 5. Are girls and boys doing different activities? Can you think of the reasons why this might be so? What would happen if you replaced the girls with the boys and vice-versa? Ans. Yes, both the girls and boys do different activities. Girls and boys are different in nature-wise to some extent but the society also makes clear distinctions between boys and girls. The society would have changed completely. Society imposed distinction between boys and girls would have vanished. Page 48 6. (i) Were Harmeet and Shonali correct in saying that Harmeet’s mother did not work? (ii) What do you think would happen if your mother or those involved in doing the work at home went on a strike for a day? (iii) Why do you think that men and boys generally do not do housework? Do you think they should? Ans. (i) No, Harmeet and Shonali were not correct at all in saying that Harmeet’s mother did not work for the following reason: • Household works are the toughest part. • Without this a home cannot perform in a proper way. • Household jobs require physical labour and these are time consuming and taxing too. • Harmeet’s mother saves a lot of money because she works economically and avoids wastage in cooking food, washing clothes, cleaning house etc. • If Harmeet’s mother does not work in the house, she will have to pay to the domestic help, who will work for her. (ii) If my mother or those involved in doing the work at home went on a strike for a day, the house will appear as a mess by the evening. (iii) Men and boys generally do not do household work as they think this work to be the domain of women and girls.

Growing up as Boys and Girls

269

They consider the household job as inferior. Yes, the men and boys should also do housework with the same spirit as women and girls do have when they do. Page 50 7. Below is some data from a special study done by the Central Statistical Organization of India (1998–1999). See if you can fill in the blanks. (i) What are the total number of work hours spent by women in Haryana and Tamil Nadu each week? (ii) How does this compare with the total number of work hours spent by men? State

Women Women Women Men Paid Men Unpaid Men Paid (Work Unpaid (Total) (Work (Housework (Total) hours per (Housework hours per hours per week) hours per week) week) week)

Haryana

23

30

?

38

2

?

Tamil Nadu

19

35

?

40

4

?

Ans. (i) Haryana: Women 53 hours Men 40 hours Tamil Nadu: Women 54 hours Men 44 hours (ii) Total work hours for women are much higher than the work hours for men. Women spend more than 33% of their work hours on household work while men spend only 5% of their work hours on household work. Page 52 8. What do you think this poster is trying to say?

270

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

Ans. Women nowadays performing both inside and outside of the house. Society has to respect them and should pay their due honour. They have equal right in the society. 9. This poster was created by a women’s group in Bengal.

Can you write an interesting slogan for the poster? Ans. Worship not only the Goddess (Devi) – the women in your society too.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 53) 1. Are the statements given alongside true or false? Support your answer with the use of an example: (a) All societies do not think similarly about the roles that boys and girls play. (b) Our society does not make distinctions between boys and girls when they are growing up. (c) Women who stay at home do not work. (d) The work that women do is less valued than that of men. Ans. (a) True – Samoan society where boys have the reverse role, they cook and the girls help in the preparation and goes for fishing. (b) False – Distinction between boys and girls is present in every stage of life in our society. Toys given to the kids, dresses wore by them and mannerism taught from the childhood are indicative. (c) False – Household jobs require physical labour and it is time consuming and taxing too. (d) True – The work that women do for their household is less valued and not paid for.

Growing up as Boys and Girls

271

2. Housework is invisible and unpaid work. Housework is physically demanding. Housework is time consuming. Write in your own words what is meant by the terms ‘invisible’, ‘physically demanding’, and ‘time consuming’? Give one example of each based on the household tasks undertaken by women in your home. Ans. Invisible means unable to be seen. The main responsibility for housework and care-giving tasks, like looking after the family, especially children, the elderly and sick members, lies with women. These works that women do within the home are not recognised as work and remain invisible. Physically demanding means very tough and difficult task that requires lot of efforts. Housework actually involves many different tasks. A number of these tasks require heavy physical work such as fetching water from far off places, carrying head loads of firewood, washing clothes, cleaning, sweeping etc. Time consuming means work that takes a lot of time. Housework and caregiving tasks, like looking after the family, especially children, the elderly and sick members, lies with women. These works that women do are very time consuming. 3. Make a list of toys and games that boys typically play and another for girls. If there is a difference between the two lists, can you think of some reasons why this is so? Does this have any relationship to the roles children have to play as adults? Ans. •• Games played by boys: cricket, football, toy cars, bows and arrows, etc. •• Games played by girls: dolls, kitchen set, badminton, hopscotch, etc. The difference between the two lists is because of prejudices in the society. Most of the people do not consider girls and boys equally. It is because of the difference among the boys and girls in respect to the physical strength and stamina, along with influence of the society. Yes, this has a deep relationship with the role which boys and girls have to assume when they grow up. Men are usually supposed to go out to earn money. Women are supposed to stay at home to take household work and to take care of children. 4. If you have someone working as a domestic help in your house or locality, talk to her and find out a little bit more about her life – Who are her family members? Where is her home? How many hours does she work? How much does she get paid? Write a small story based on these details. Ans. Answers will vary for each student. Try it on your own. One example is given: Kamala aunty comes to our house and work as a domestic help. She also works in 4 other flats in our apartment complex. She has a son who studies in class 2 in a CBSE school. Kamala auntie’s father also stays with her. Her husband works away in Qatar and comes to India once every year. She stays in a oneroomed apartment around 1 km away from our flat. There are 10 one roomed apartments who all share two common bathrooms. Kamala aunty enters our

272

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

complex at 8 o’clock in the morning and works till 2:30 pm in the afternoon. After that, she goes back to her house and cooks for her family. They all have their lunch at around 3:30 pm. She also does some sewing works from her home. She works around 9 hours every day. She only takes two leaves per month. My mother tells her to have lunch at our home, but most of the times she refuses. She wants to eat with her son and father. She earns around ` 10000 per month. Kamala aunty wants her son to study. During festivals she brings her son with her, and he plays with me. I gave him crayons and colouring books, because he loves colouring. He wants to be a policeman.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. The government has set up anganwadis or child-care centres in several villages in the country. 2. Work done by a housewife is valued. 3. Men and women do not have the same status. 4. If we talk to elders in our family, we will see that their childhood was probably the same as ours. 5. The society we grow up in teaches us what kind of behaviour is acceptable for girls and boys. Ans. 1. True, 2. False, 3. True, 4. False, 5. True. II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Housework is ________ and ________ work. 2. In ________ in the 1960s, from Class VI onwards, boys and girls went to separate schools. 3. Most domestic workers are ________. 4. The provision of ________ helps many women to take up employment outside the home. 5. The different roles assigned to boys and girls prepare them for their future roles as ________ and ________. 6. Our constitution does not make any discrimination on the basis of ________. Ans. 1. invisible, unpaid, 2. Madhya Pradesh, 3. women, 4. creches, 5. men, women, 6. gender. III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B Column A Column B 1. Girls (i) Try new tricks with bicycle 2. Central courtyard (ii) 2 hours 3. Boys (iii) 23 hours 4. Paid work for women in Haryana (iv) Girl’s school 5. House work for men in (v) Go to home in groups Ans. 1. (v), 2. (iv), 3. (i), 4. (iii), 5. (ii)

Growing up as Boys and Girls

273

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Women typically labour (a) Inside the home only (b) Outside the home only (c) Both inside and outside the home (d) Only as maid servants 2. The people employed as domestic help are (a) Women (b) Young boys and girls (c) Young girls only (d) Both (a) and (b) 3. Many homes, particularly in ________ employ domestic workers (a) Rural areas (b) Towns (c) Cities (d) Both (b) and (c) 4. The work women do is ________ (a) Not strenuous at all (b) Strenuous (c) Physically demanding (d) Both (b) and (c) 5. What was the most important activity on an Island of Samoa in 1920s? (a) Household work (b) Fishing (c) Farming (d) None of these Ans. 1. (c), 2. (d), 3. (d), 4. (d), 5. (b)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Identify the work done by a boy and a girl in Samoan Island (a) Cooking (b) Planting coconuts (c) Taking care of children (d) Fishing Ans. (a) Cooking – Girls (b) Planting coconuts – Boys (c) Taking care of children – Girls (d) Fishing – Boys 2. Classify the toys given to a baby boy and a baby girls in our society: Doll, gun, ball, skipping rope, car, kitchen set Ans. Girls – doll, skipping rope and kitchen set and Boys – car, gun and ball 3. What is care giving task? Ans. Care giving task includes looking after and taking proper and good care of, children, elderly and sick people in a family. It also includes taking care of other family members. 4. Who is domestic helper? Ans. Domestic helpers do household works like sweeping, cleaning, washing clothes, washing dishes, looking after young children or elderly. 5. Define the term “Double burden of women’s work” with an example. Ans. Many women work both inside and outside the home, this is referred as double burden of women’s work.

274

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

6. “As these girls walked on the streets, they looked so purposeful.” What it means? Ans. It means that for the girls, the street was simply a place to get straight home. 7. How are domestic workers treated by their employers? Ans. Despite the hard work domestic workers do, their employers often do not show them much respect. 8. Where are the Samoan Island located? Ans. The Samoan Islands are part of a large group of small islands in the southern part of the Pacific Ocean. 9. Why are domestic workers’ wages often very low? Ans. Wages are low, as domestic work does not have much value. 10. What do we teach boys and girls from a very young age? Ans. We teach girls to talk softly and boys to be tough. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What are the expected responsibilities of women in the family? Ans. Housework and care-giving tasks, like looking after the family, especially children, the elderly and sick members, are the expected responsibilities of women in the family. 2. Define the term Double-burden. Ans. The term Double-burden literally means a double load. This term is commonly used to describe the women’s work situation. It has emerged from a recognition that women typically labour both inside the home (housework) and outside. 3. Why are girls and boys given different toys to play with? Ans. Girls and boys are given different toys to play with because toys become a way of telling children that they will have different futures when they become men and women. 4. Why do you think that men and boys generally do not do housework? Ans. Men and boys generally do not do housework because it is assumed that this is something that comes naturally to women. Thus, across the world, the main responsibility for housework and care-giving tasks lies with women. 5. “The work women do is strenuous and physically demanding.” Explain why? Ans. Tasks like washing clothes, cleaning, sweeping and picking up loads require bending, lifting and carrying. Many chores, like cooking, involve standing for long hours in front of hot stoves. Thus, the work women do is strenuous and physically demanding. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Write a brief note on the lives of domestic workers with an example.  [V. Imp.] Ans. The lives of domestic workers are full of hardships. They do a lot of work in then employer’s house. They sweep and clean, wash clothes and dishes, cook different varieties of food, look after young children or the elderly. Their day usually begins at five in the early morning and ends at twelve in the night. During this span, they do not sit even for a while.

Growing up as Boys and Girls

275

Most domestic workers are women. Sometimes, even young boys and girls are employed to do all these works. Despite the hard work they do, their employers often do not show them much respect. They are often scolded by them even at a minor mistake. So far their wages are concerned, they are very low. The reason behind this is that domestic work does not have much value. Melani is a domestic worker who leads a very hard life in spite of her hard labour. Her employer is not at all sympathetic to her. She shouts at her every now and then. She does not give her sufficient food to eat. Even during severe winters she does not allow her to wear chappals in the house. Melani feels very humiliated. As she has no other option, she has to bear all the hardships. But she, like her employer, also wishes to be respected. 2. Write a note on government’s efforts to ensure equality for women. Ans. Equality is an important principle in our Constitution. But in reality, inequality on the basis of gender exists. The government is therefore committed to understanding the reasons for it and taking steps to solve it. For example, it understands that the responsibility of home and child-care falls on women. This therefore has an impact on whether girls can attend school, whether women can go for work or what kind of work they can take up. As a remedy to the situation, the government has therefore set up anganwadis or child-care centres in many villages in the country. It has also passed laws that make it mandatory for organizations that have more than 30 women employees, to provide crèche facilities. This helps women take up employment outside home and girls attend schools. 3. Write a note on growing up in Samoa. Ans. The salient features of the Samoan society as per research reports are as under: •• Children did not go to school. They learnt household work and things like how to take care of other children from older children and adults. •• As soon as babies learnt to walk; their parents/other adults did not look after them. Both boys and girls as young as five years old looked after their siblings. •• As soon as the boys were almost nine years old, they joined the older boys in fishing and other outdoor activities like planting coconuts. •• Till they reached teenage, girls had to continue looking after children or do errands for adults. They had much more freedom once they entered teenage. After the age of around fourteen years, they went out for fishing, worked in the plantations, learnt how to weave baskets etc. •• Cooking was done in special cooking houses where boys did most of the work and girls helped with the preparations.

276

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. How a boy’s school differ from a girl’s school? 2. Why should we value housework? 3. Write a note on the scenario in Madhya Pradesh in the 1960s. 4. What did boys do every evening, once the school was over? 5. Our constitution does not discriminate between male and female. But inequality between the sexes exists. What does the government do to remedy the situation?

5

Women Change the World

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• ••

By getting education, women have got opportunities to rise in every field. Women's movement have risen to challenge discrimination in all parts of the world. In India, 83.6% of working women work in agricultural fields. They do all kinds of field works, like, planting, weeding, harvesting, threshing, etc. However, when we tend to imagine a farmer a man. Laxmi Lakra: Laxmi Lakra, a 27-year old woman from a poor tribal family in Jharkhand is the first engine driver for Northern Railways. She studied in government school. She studied hard besides helping with house works and doing odd jobs. She obtained a diploma in electronics, and passed the railway board exam. She loves taking challenges and does not care about gender barriers. Ramabai: Ramabai never attended school, but learnt reading and writing from her parents. She was given the title of ‘Pandita’ as she could read and write in Sanskrit, which was a feat for the ladies. She set up a mission in Khedgaon near Pune for widows’ and poor women’s education and to help them become independent. They were taught various skills like carpentry, running a printing press, etc. Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain: Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain was born in a rich family. She learnt Urdu, but was prevented from learning English and Bangla. It was thought that learning English would open a world of new ideas and freedom for girls, and thus only boys used to learn English. Rokeya learnt English from her elder brother and sister. Rokeya became a writer and wrote about a dreamland where ladies’ brainpower had defeated wars and aggressive guns. In her novel, the ladies used to fly air-cars and controlled rain from cloud. There was absolute freedom for the girls. Rokeya started a school in Kolkata, which is still functioning. Rashsundari Devi: Rashsundari Devi was a housewife from a rich landlord’s family around 200 years ago. At that time it was thought that an educated woman would bring bad luck to her husband and would become a widow. Rashsundari Devi wrote an autobiography titled “Amar Jiban” which is the first known autobiography by an Indian woman. Satyarani: Satyarani is an active member of the women’s movement who fought for justice for her daughter who was murdered for dowry.

277

278

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• There are some occupations that are suitable for men than for women. Our society has changed a lot for women as a result of their struggle for equality •• Now-a-days women are getting education and new opportunities are created for them •• 83.6 per cent of working women in India are engaged in agricultural work, a major percentage of women also serves as nurses and teachers •• Still, In India there are many girls who do not get the same support that boys do to study and to lead a better life. In most families, once girls finish school, they are encouraged by their family to see marriage as their main aim in life •• In our society, boys are pressurised to think about getting a job that will pay a good salary, so that they can manage their family properly •• After lot of efforts made my men and women, girls’ school opened to educate female child •• Amar Jiban is the first known autobiography written by an Indian woman Rashsundari Devi (1800–1890). She was a housewife from a rich landlord’s family. She taught herself how to read and write in secret, after her marriage •• Many families are too poor and unable to bear the cost of educating all their children. In this situation boys gets preference •• Now-a-days there are some fields like legal reform, violence and health where girls are working at larger level. These changes had brought as a result of women’s struggle collectively. Many men support women’s movement as well •• The Supreme Court formulated guidelines in 1997 to protect women against sexual harassment at the workplace and within educational institutions.

III. KEYWORDS •• Domestic Violence: It is the physical and mental violence that women face within their homes. •• Stereotype: When we believe that people belonging to a particular religion, community, gender etc. have certain traits and can do only a certain type of work, we are creating a stereotype. •• Dowry Deaths: These are the cases of murder of young brides by their husbands and in-laws due to greed for more dowry. •• Discrimination: In simple words, it means partiality or bias. When people are not treated equally and with respect, it is called discrimination. •• Protest: To raise voice against the wrong action or decision. •• Literate: A person is called literate when he/she can at least write his/her name. •• Violation: When someone forcefully breaks the law or a rule openly and shows disrespect, we say that he/she has committed a violation. •• Sexual Harassment: This refers to behaviour (either physical or verbal) that is of sexual nature and against the wishes and dignity of a woman. •• Women’s Movement: A movement to awake women of their rights.

Women Change the World

279

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 55 1. Who does what work? Draw images of the following: A farmer, a factory worker, a nurse, a scientist, a pilot, and a teacher. Ans. Students should do this on their own. A photo of each category is given for reference:

A farmer

A factory worker

A nurse

A scientist

A pilot

A teacher

280

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. See what images your class drew by filling in the table below. Add up the number of male and female images separately for each occupation. Category Male image Female image Teacher Farmer Factory worker Nurse Scientist Pilot (i) Are there more images of men than women? (ii) In what kinds of jobs were there more images of men than women? (iii) Have all the nurses been drawn as females? Why? (iv) Are there fewer images of female farmers? If so, why? Ans. Category Male image Female image Teacher 9 22 Farmer 21 10 Factory worker 27 4 Nurse 0 31 Scientist 16 15 Pilot 20 11 (i) No, there was exactly same number of images of men and women. (ii) More men were seen in the following categories: • Farmer • Factory worker • Scientist • Pilot (iii) Mostly nurses are drawn as females because male nurses are very few in numbers. Females are kind, compassionate, considerate and care-giving by nature. Hence, they are preferred as nurse. (iv) Farming is a labour-intensive work. So, we tend to believe that as men are physically stronger than women, more numbers of male farmers would be there. Page 56 3. How does your class exercise compare with Rosie Ma’am’s class exercise? Rosie Ma’am’s class has 30 children. She did the same exercise in her class and here is the result. Category Male image Female image Teacher 5 25 Farmer 30 0 Factory worker 25 5 Nurse 0 30 Scientist 25 5 Pilot 27 3

Women Change the World

281

Ans. Our class exercise was comparable to that of Rosie Ma’ams class exercise in some cases, such as, teachers, factory workers, and nurses. In both the exercises we find that, •• Females are more in teaching profession than men. •• Very few women work in factories. •• No man is there in nursing profession. •• Our class had quite a few women farmers, whereas there were no female farmers in Rosie Ma’am’s class. •• Our class had almost equal number of men and women scientist, while in Rosie ma’am’s class the number of women scientists is less. •• Female pilots are less in number in both exercises, although the difference in number is not so marked in our class. Page 58 4. Read the story below and answer the questions (i) If you were Xavier, what subject would you choose and why? (ii) In your experience, what are some of the other pressures that boys experience? Ans. (i) If I were Xavier, I would have chosen history as it is my favourite subject. (ii) All the children sometimes especially the boys feel under pressure in their life. • D  emands of parents about taking up a subject or career option of their choice. • Getting a job with good salary. • Settling in life. • Controlling emotions and not to cry. Page 62 5. Here is a table that shows the percentage of girls and boys who leave schools from different social groups. Scheduled Caste (SC) is the official term for Dalit, and Scheduled Tribe (ST) is the official term for Adivasi. All SC ST All SC ST Total boys boys boys girls girls girls

School level Primary (Classes 1–5)

34

37

49

29

36

49

31

Elementary (Classes 6–8)

52

57

69

53

62

71

52

Secondary (Classes 9–10)

61

71

78

65

76

81

63

Source: Select Education Survey. GOI 2003-2004 (i) What percentage of children leaves school at the elementary level? (ii) At which level of education do you see the highest percentage of children leaving? (iii) Why do you think that the percentage of Adivasi girls and boys leaving school is h igher than that of any other group?

282

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

Ans. (i) 52% (ii) At secondary level (63%). (iii) It has been observed that the percentage of Adivasi girls and boys leaving school is higher than that of any other group. The reason behind this is: •• There are very few schools in those remote areas. •• Sometimes there is no teacher in the school •• Or sometimes there is no school in the vicinity. Page 63

50 40

20 10

SC boys, 37%

30

All boys, 34%

Percentages

6. From the given table, convert the figures of primary class children who leave school into a bar diagram. The first two percentages have already been converted for you in the bar diagram on the left.

0 Boys and girls

Ans. 60% ST boys, 49%

50%

Percentages

40%

SC boys, 37% All boys, 34%

30%

ST girls, 49%

SC girls, 36% Total, 31% All girls, 29%

20%

10%

0% Boys and girls

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 67) 1. How do you think stereotypes, about what women can or cannot do, affect women’s right to equality? Ans. Women are considered inferior to men in the society. There is a misconception that women do not have technical mind, and therefore, they cannot become scientists. It is thought that women are good at only certain jobs such as teaching, nursing etc. The stereotypes about women’s capability or incapability of doing certain jobs badly affect women’s right to equality. Due to this reason, the women are paid less wages than their male counterparts.

Women Change the World

283

2. List one reason why learning the alphabet was so important to women like Rashsundari Devi, Ramabai and Rokeya. Ans. Learning the alphabet was so important to these women because only after that they became able to write stories, letters and autobiographies which described their own experiences of inequality in the society. 3. “Poor girls drop themselves out of school because they are not interested getting education.” Re-read the last paragraph on page 62 and explain why this statement is not true. Ans. Poor girls do not drop out of school because they are not interested in getting education. They leave the school because of the following reasons: (i) In many parts of the country, especially in rural and poor areas, there may not even be proper schools nor the teachers who teach on a regular basis. (ii) If a school is not close to people’s homes, and there is no transport like buses or vans, parents may not be willing to send their girls to school. (iii) Many families are too poor and unable to bear the cost of educating all their children. Boys may get preference in this situation. (iv) Many children also leave school because they are discriminated against by their teacher and classmates. 4. Can you describe two methods of struggle that the women’s movement used to raise issues? If you had to organise a struggle against stereotypes, about what women can or cannot do, what method would you employ from the ones that you have read about? Why would you choose this particular method? Ans. The women’s movement used several methods of struggle in order to raise issues. Two out of them are: (a) Campaigning: It is an important part of the women’s movement. It fights discrimination and violence against women. Campaigns have also led to new laws being passed. For example, in 2006, a law was passed to give women, who are prey to domestic violence, some legal protection. The women’s movement also led the Supreme Court to formulate guidelines in 1997 to protect women against sexual harassment at the workplace. Women’s groups also raised voice against dowry deaths. They demanded immediate justice for cases of young brides being murdered by their inlaws or husbands for more dowry. They did so by coming on to the streets, approaching the courts and by sharing information. As a result of their efforts, the dowry laws were changed to punish families who seek dowry. (b) Protesting: The women’s movement raises its voice when violations against women take place. Public rallies and demonstrations are a very powerful way of drawing attention to injustices. If I had to organise a struggle against stereotypes, about what women can or cannot do, I would like to employ the method of raising awareness among public. What pressure cannot do, awareness can do effectively. If we skilfully convince people for something, it works excellently. We can brainwash the common mass through street plays, songs and public meetings. It is a permanent solution to a problem.

284

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. Laxmi Lakra is from a poor tribal family in Madhya Pradesh. 2. In 1910, Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain started a school for girls in Kolkata, and to this day, the school is still functioning. 3. Many women and men made efforts to open schools for girls. 4. Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain was born into a poor family who owned no land. 5. Chaitanya Bhagabat was about life of a saint. Ans. 1. False, 2. True, 3. True, 4. False, 5. True. II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The Education Survey of 2003-04 revealed that, the dropout rate from school was the highest in the __________ level. 2. The murder of young brides by the husband and in-laws due to the demand of dowry is called __________. 3. __________ is the act of not treating people equally or with respect. 4. Wom en’s role in families where pottery, weaving, etc. were taught was of __________ nature. 5. __________ and __________ are a very powerful way of drawing attention to injustices. Ans. 1. Secondary, 2. Dowry death, 3. Discrimination, 4. Supportive, 5. Public rallies, demonstrations. III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Campaigning (i) 40% literacy among boys 2. Women’s movement (ii) Passing of new laws 3. 1961 census struggle (iii) Individual and collective of women 4. 8th March (iv) Rokeya Sakhawat 5. Sultana’s dream (v) International Women’s Day Ans. 1. (ii), 2. (iii), 3. (i), 4. (v), 5. (iv)

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Domestic violence involves (a) Physical violence only (b) Mental violence only (c) Violence inside the house (d) All of the above 2. Different strategies have been used in the women’s movement to (a) Spread awareness (b) Seek justice (c) Fight discrimination (d) All of the above. 3. Select an example of pressure from the family and society (a) Unfair teasing (b) Appreciation (c) Demands from adults (d) Both (a) and (b)

Women Change the World

285

4. India has a census every ___ years (a) 5 (b) 10 (c) 18 (d) 20 5. When were the guidelines against sexual harassment of women formalised? (a) 2006 (b) 1990 (c) 1997 (d) 2001 Ans. 1. (d), 2. (d), 3. (d), 4. (b), 5. (c)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Who wrote ‘Amar Jiban’ ? Ans. Rashsundari Devi wrote Amar Jiban. 2. Who was Satyarani? Ans. Satyarani was an active member of the anti-dowry movement. 3. Why was Satyarani’s daughter murdered? Ans. Satyarani’s daughter was murdered for dowry. 4. What is the percentage of women engaged in agricultural work in our country? Ans. 83.6% of women are engaged in agricultural work. 5. When we think of a farmer, we only think of a man. Why? Ans. It is because the major portion of the agricultural work is done by man. Women only assist them. 6. Why was Ramabai given the title ‘Pandita’ ? Ans. It was because she could read and write Sanskrit. It was a remarkable achievement as women were not allowed to access such knowledge those days. 7. What changes came to be seen with the emergence of new ideas about education and learning in the 19th century? Ans. Schools became more common and communities that had never learnt reading and writing started sending their children to school. 8. What did Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain do for the girls? Ans. She started a school for girls in Kolkata which is functioning even today. 9. What is the purpose of conducting census every 10 years? Ans. Census is held every 10 years to count the whole population of the country. It also gathers detailed information about the people living in India—their age, schooling, what work they do and so on. 10. What is meant by the Women’s Movement? Ans. Women as a whole struggled for long to bring out all-round improvement in women’s condition. This is known as the Women’s Movement. 11. What are the various means of raising awareness among the people? Ans. Message can be spread through street plays, songs and public meetings. 12. Which is the first known autobiography written by an Indian woman? Ans. Amar Jiban is the first known autobiography written by an Indian woman.

286

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Give a brief life sketch of Laxmi Lakra Ans. Laxmi Lakra belongs to a poor tribal family in Jharkhand. She studied in a government school. She studied hard and did well and then went on to get a diploma in electronics. She then took the railway board exam and passed it on her first attempt. She became the first woman engine driver for Northern Railways. In this way, she broke stereotype that engine drivers could be men only. She says, “I have challenges and the moment somebody says it is not for girls, I make sure, I go ahead and do it.” Laxmi had to do this several times in her life—when she wanted to take electronics, when she rode motorcycles at the polytechnics and when she decided to become an engine driver. 2. Mention any two stereotypes, about what women can or cannot do. Ans. Stereotypes, about what women can or cannot do are: (i) Many people believe that women make better nurses because they are more patient and gentle. (ii) It is believed that science requires a technical mind and girls and women are not capable of dealing with technical things. 3. What are some of the pressures that boys experience? Ans. Some of the pressures that boys experience are: (i) Boys at an early age are encouraged not to cry in front of others. (ii) They are also teased and bullied if they do not behave like other boys. (iii) Boys are pressurised to think about getting a job that will pay a good salary. 4. What is Sultana’s Dream about? Ans. This story imagined a woman called Sultana who reaches a place called Ladyland. Ladyland is a place where women had the freedom to study, work, and create inventions like controlling rain from the clouds and flying air cars. In this Ladyland, the men had been sent into seclusion – their aggressive guns and other weapons of war defeated by the brain-power of women. 5. Who set up a mission in Khedgaon near Pune in 1898? What was the mission about? How did the mission help the women? Ans. Ramabai set up a Mission in Khedgaon near Pune in 1898, where widows and poor women were encouraged not only to become literate but to be independent. They were taught a variety of skills from carpentry to running a printing press, skills that are not usually taught to girls even today. Ramabai’s Mission is still active today. 6. “Rashsundari Devi was not a superstitious woman”. Discuss. Ans. Rashsundari Devi was a housewife from a rich landlord’s family. At that time, it was believed that if a woman learnt to read and write, she would bring bad luck to her husband and become a widow. She was not superstitious, so she took this belief as false and taught herself how to read and write in secret, well after her marriage. At the age of 60, she wrote her autobiography in Bangla.

Women Change the World

287

7. Mention the changes that occurred with emergence of new ideas about education and learning in 19th century? Ans. In the nineteenth century, many new ideas about education and learning emerged. Schools became more common and communities that had never learnt reading and writing started sending their children to school. But there was a lot of opposition to educating girls even then. Yet many women and men made efforts to open schools for girls. Women struggled to learn to read and write. 8. Although the literacy rates have increased since independence, what remains the worrying factor with respect to gender? Ans. It is true that the literacy rates have increased since independence. According to the 1961 census, about 40% of all boys and men were literate compared to 15% of all girls and women. In the census of 2001, these figures have grown to 76% for boys and men and 54% for girls and women. This means that the proportion of both men and women who are able to read and have at least some amount of schooling has increased. But the worrying factor is that the percentage of male is still higher than the female group. The gap exists even today. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. What are the various ways women apply to fight discrimination and seek justice? Ans. The various ways women apply to fight discrimination and seek justice are as follows: (a) It has proved to be a great success. It has led to a new law being passed in 2006. This law gives legal protection to women against domestic violence which includes physical and mental violence within then- homes. Women by dint of campaigning made the Supreme Court to formulate guidelines in 1997 to protect women against sexual harassment at workplace. They also campaigned for bringing justice to those families which have fallen prey to dowry deaths. As a result of their campaigns, dowry laws were changed to punish families who seek dowry. (b) Raising Awareness. Women, in order to fight-discrimination, work hard to raise public awareness on women’s rights issues. They do so through several means such as street plays, songs and public meetings. (c) Whenever a law or policy acts against the interest of the women, they rise in protest by holding public rallies and demonstrations. These are powerful ways of drawing attention to injustices. (d) Showing Solidarity. Women associated with the Women’s movement also believe in showing solidarity with other women and their causes. 2. Explain the term Stereotype, Discrimination, Violation and Sexual harassment. Ans. Stereotype: When we believe that people belonging to particular groups based on religion, wealth, language are bound to have certain fixed characteristics or can only do a certain type of work, we create a stereotype. For example,

288

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

boys and girls are made to take certain subjects not because he or she has an aptitude for it, but because they are either boys or girls. Stereotypes prevent us from looking at people as unique individuals. Discrimination: When we do not treat people equally or with respect we are indulging in discrimination. It happens when people or organisations act on their prejudices. Discrimination usually takes place when we treat someone differently or make a distinction. Violation: When someone forcefully breaks the law or a rule or openly shows disrespect, we can say that he or she has committed a violation. Sexual Harassment: This refers to physical or verbal behaviour that is of a sexual nature and against the wishes of a woman. 3. Who wrote the story “Sultana’s Dream”? What is the story all about? Ans. It was Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain who wrote the story Sultana’s Dream in 1905 at the age of 25. The story is all about Sultana’s dream. In her imagination she reaches a place called Ladyland. Ladyland is the place where women had the freedom to study, work and create inventions like controlling rain from the clouds and flying air cars. In this Ladyland, the men had no freedom at all. They had been sent to seclusion. Their aggressive guns and other weapons of war defeated by the brain-power of women. As Sultana travels in the Ladyland, she awakes suddenly and becomes disappointed to see the reality.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Who is Laxmi Lakra? 2. Why is it believed that women make better nurses? 3. “When we think of a farmer we only think of a man.” Explain why? 4. Write briefly about the present scenario of schooling and education. 5. Describe briefly the opportunities and expectations that existed in the society in the earlier days.

6

UNIT IV: MEDIA AND ADVERTISING

Understanding Media

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• Media: Media is the plural form of the word ‘medium’. It refers to all means of communication. •• Media refers to all means of communication everything ranging form a phone call to the news on television and newspapers. Since they reach million of people across the world, they are called mass media.

II. IN A NUTSHEL Media and Technology •• Media describes various ways through which we communicate in society. It refers to all means of communication •• The technology that mass media uses keeps on changing. Changing technology, or machines, and modernizing media helps it to reach more and more people •• Television images travel long distances through satellites and cables. This allows us to view news and entertainment channels from other parts of the world •• Mass media needs a great deal of money to do its work, thus most television channels and newspapers are part of big business houses •• One way in which mass media earns is by advertising various products, property, job opportunities etc. •• Media plays vital role in communicating government plans and work to people. In a democracy, citizens can take action against government works by organising a public protest, starting a signature campaign and asking the government to rethink about its programme •• Media should provide balanced information. They should discuss all points and view of a particular story, and then should leave them to the readers to make up their minds •• Media is far from independent, this is because of control of the government over them. Government prevents some news items, scenes from a movie, or lyrics of songs from being shared with larger public, this is called as censorship •• Television programmes give us a partial view of the world, they shape our views of the world, our beliefs, attitudes and values •• There are several instances when media fails to focus on issues that are significant in our lives, like issue of drinking water.

289

290

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

III. KEYWORDS •• Censorship: The government has powers to disallow media from publishing or showing certain stories. This power is called censorship. This power could be about disallowing a news item, scenes of a movie or lyrics of a song from being shared with the masses. •• Publish: This refers to making available news reports, articles, interviews, etc. for the wide audience to read. This is done by printing in newspapers, magazines and books. •• Public Protest: This literally translates to ‘protest by the public at large’. In other words, it is the opposition to some issue by a large number of people. It is done by organizing rallies, holding demonstrations, signature campaigns, blocking roads etc. •• Broadcast: This term, in this chapter refers to a TV or radio programme that is transmitted widely. •• Technology: Technology is actually the method (through machines etc.).

III. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 71 1. Look at the collage on the left and list six various kinds of media that you see.

Ans. • Newspapers, magazines, • Radio, • Television, • DVD, • Internet, • Transistor, • Computer, • Periodicals. 2. Ask older members of your family about what they used to listen to on the radio when there was no TV around. Find out from them when the first TV came to your area. When was cable TV introduced? Ans. They used to listen to the following programmes on the radio when there was no television around.

Understanding Media

291

Radio Ceylon Binaca Geet Mala Vividh Bharati Hawa Mahal Mann Chahe Geet •• The first TV in our area came in 1982 during Delhi Asian Games. •• Cable TV was introduced in our area during 1992. 3. How many people in your neighbourhood use the Internet? Ans. Most of the people in our locality use Internet. Nowadays Internet is used by professionals, businessmen, students, homemakers, almost everybody. 4. List three things that you know about some other part of the world from watching television. Ans. •• 09/11 attack in USA. •• Earthquake in Nepal. •• Flood in Kerala in 2018. Page 72 5. Can you list three different products that are advertised during your favourite TV programme? Ans. Yes, Tea, Clothes, Snacks, Cold drinks. 6. Take a newspaper and count the number of advertisements in it. Some people say that newspapers have too many advertisements. Do you think this is true and why? Ans. •• The Times of India •• Number of advertisements: 75 •• Yes, what some people say about the newspaper advertisement is true. If the advertisements are not there in the newspaper, the cost of paper will increase and it will go beyond the reach of common people.

News of India Report

India Daily Report

292

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

Page 74 7. Are the above stories in the two newspapers similar? And if not, why not? What, in your view, are the similarities and the differences? Ans. No the reports published in both the newspapers were not similar. News report published in the News of India, says about crackdown on polluting factories whereas India Daily Report’s report says about closure of factories later which led to unrest. Similarities •• Both the reports are related to polluted factories. •• Relocation has been dealt with in both the reports. •• Both reports indicate protests by owners and workers of the factories. Differences •• Report published in News India Report says that closure of factory will result in clean and green city. •• Whereas India Daily Report says closure will lead to unemployment. •• News India Report says government has provided proper relocation facilities. India Daily Report says the place of relocation has no facilities. 8. If you read the story in the News of India, what would you think about the issue? Ans. The story is about the pollution causing factories. •• Factory owners and workers are protesting the government’s decision to close down polluting factory units. •• It was known for quite some time that the factory units are not legal. •• Government acted hastily to close down those factories. •• The levels of pollution in the city will be greatly reduced by this closure. Page 75 9. Do you think it is important to know both sides of the story? Why? Ans. Yes, because only by knowing both sides of the story we can have a balanced opinion about the issue. 10. Pretend that you are a journalist for a newspaper and write a balanced story from the two news reports. Ans. •• The government orders closure of illegal and polluting factories in the city. The pollution has already reached an alarming level. •• Factory owners and workers protested violently against the closure. The city life came to a standstill because of their protest. •• For the sake of clean and green city, it became essential to close down those factories. •• The government should also provide better places of relocation with proper facilities and timeframe.

Understanding Media

293

11. What does TV do to us and what can we do with TV? Ans. •• In many of our homes, TV is watched for many times. •• A lot of our impressions about the world around us are formed by what we see on TV. •• It is like a ‘window to see the world’. •• TV has different types of programmes like soap operas, movies, game shows, reality shows, news, sports and cartoons. •• Before, in between and after each programme are advertisements. •• TV helps shape our views of the world, our beliefs, attitudes and values. •• It gives us a partial view of the world. •• While we enjoy our favourite programmes, we should always be aware of the large exciting world beyond our TV screens. There is so much happenings out there that TV ignores. •• There is a world beyond film stars, celebrities and rich lifestyles, a world that all of us need to reach out to and respond to in various ways. •• We need to be active viewers, who question whatever we see and hear, while we may enjoy it too. Page 77 12 What is the consequence of the media ‘setting the agenda’ by reporting on the Fashion Week rather than the slum demolitions? Ans. The media earns a huge amount of money from the Fashion Week. 13. Can you think of an issue that does not seem important to you because it is never featured in the media? Ans. •• Rising price of milk, petrol and all other essential commodities. •• Rising level of crime graph in metropolitan cities.

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 19) 1. In what ways does the media play an important role in a democracy? Ans. Role of Media in a Democracy: (i) In a democracy, the media plays a very important role in providing news and discussing events taking place in the country and the world. It is on the basis of this information that citizens can, for example, learn how government works. (ii) It also criticizes the unpopular policies and programme of the government. (iii) It forms the public opinion. (iv) It raises issues and problem related to common people. (v) It also acts as reminder for the government about their promises.

294

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. Can you give this diagram a title? What do you understand about the link between media and big business from this diagram? Ans. The title can be ‘Media and Big business houses’. From this diagram it is clear that some big business houses have their own television channels and newspapers. They show news of interest to the people on television and newspaper and advertise their own product in between. Independent media houses also advertise the product of big business houses to make money. As a result, most television channels and newspapers are a part of big business houses. People buy these advertised products of the big business houses and money flow back to them.

3. You have read about the ways in which the media ‘sets the agenda’. What kind of effect does this have in a democracy? Provide two examples to support your point of view. Ans. Media creates public opinion on a democracy. It can build up public opinion in favour of or against any issue. Today, it has diverted from its real agenda. Instead of highlighting public issues, it is now concentrating upon cheap agenda like fashion shows, child falling into pit, etc. The media also plays an important role in deciding what stories to focus on, and therefore, decides on which is newsworthy. By focusing on particular issues, the media influences our thoughts, feelings and actions, and brings those issues to our attention. Example: (i) The media drew our attention to alarming levels of pesticides in cola drinks. They published reports that indicated the high level of pesticides and, thus, made us aware of the need to regularly monitor these colas according to international quality and safety standards. (ii) The media drew our attention to suicide committed by farmers which led to a large scale movement and forced the government to look further on this issue. 4. Cop guarding bank voult goes berserk, kills 5 mates. Times News Network, New Delhi: A Sikkim Police constable guarding the Dena Bank treasury at Daryaganj in Central Delhi went berserk early Sunday morning, killing five of his mates after they allegedly tried to sodomise him while on night duty. The police received a call at 4.52 a.m. from constable Nari Lepcha, one of the guards deployed at the treasury, that his five colleagues had been murdered.

Understanding Media

295

After racking their brains for almost 12 hours, the police realised that it was Lepcha himself who had brutally murdered all of them. After hours of questioning, Lepcha admitted that he killed his fellow guards because they tried to sexually assault him after consuming alcohol. The five victims were identified as Lance Naik Kumar Basnett, Lance Naik Bishal Tiwari and constables Laxman Subba, Karma Bhutia and Santabir Tamang. Lapcha told the police that all five victims had drunk through the night. Tiwari, he said, tried to get physical with him which he resisted. The others apparently helped Tiwari. According to Lepcha, he grabbed his SLR and started firing at them indiscriminately. He apparently fired 10 shots. Sources said that each one of the victims received at least one bullet injury. Only Lepcha had his gun with him at the time as three other SLRs commissioned to the guards were locked away for safekeeping. Violent Night •• Five night guards at the Dena Bank treasury opposite Golcha cinema hall allegedly try to sodomise their colleague, Nari Lepcha, around 3 a.m. on Sunday. •• In a fit or rage, Lepcha starts shooting indiscriminately with his SLR, killing four. The fifth guard attacks Lepcha with an axe, but he manages to snatch the weapon and kills the guard with it. •• Almost two hours later, at 4.52 a.m., Lepcha Constable Nari Lepcha shot calls the police. He masquerades as a victim 4 mates and killed another and tries to implicate another colleague, but with an axe breaks down on questioning. Metro Now March 11, 2007 What pushed Lepcha off the edge? Bottles of Beer: A naked body, riddled with bullets, lying in the store. Three bodies on a charpoy and one under it. Blood splattered on the walls of the first floor of the Dena Bank cash chest in Daryaganj. What happened at the crime scene has shocked everyone; a sign of something grossly wrong with armed forces. DCP (Central) Alok Kumar said Bishal Tiwari tried to sodomise Nari Lepcha, which led to a scuffle, prompting Lepcha open an indiscriminate firing. Lepcha then called the cops and bolted himself in the bathroom to give an impression that it was he who was attacked. Kumar said the presence of beer bottles is to be Nari Lepcha in Custody after being arrested. verified. The incident seems to have happened after they had their food. Around 10 rounds were fired.

296

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

The entire incident had stunned the security staff. The bank staff, which flew in from Mumbai, were also taken by surprise. Dena Bank chief security officer Colonel Ranvir Kimar Abrol was one of the few to have been allowed into the place of the crime. “There was a lot of bloodshed. By the time I reached the spot, bodies had been removed”. Such incidents are surely unheard of, he said. Is it a sign of the level of sexual frustration in the armed forces? Psychiatrist Dr Rajat Mitra said people in the armed forces go through a lot of frustration and such incidents are very much there, if not rampant. Several such incidents have taken place. The constabulary in paramilitary forces is getting triggerhappy. A few months ago, a CRPF constable had killed five of his colleagues in Srinagar when they mocked at his sexuality. What prompted Nari Lepcha to take this step? It is also being investigated if the premises of the cash chest were being used for gay orgies. Police is trying to identify all those who frequented the place. The autopsy report will throw more light. Ans. Particular News: March 11, 2007 Time of India Metro Now “Cop guarding Bank Vault “What pushed Lepcha off the Edge.” goes berserk, kills 5 mates. (i) Information A Sikkim Police constable deputed   Nari Lepcha kills 5 mates at Darya Ganj Dena Bank Branch kills 5 mates to escape unnatural sex act. (ii) Information leaving out Attempt of repeat unnatural act. Motive of murder not yet clear. Point of view General public General public Point of view being left out Police Police

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. The print media offers a large variety of information to suit the tastes of different readers.  2. The technology that mass media uses keeps on changing can attract the maximum number of viewers are shown. 3. An independent media means that government should control and influence its coverage of news. 4. Changing Technologies help media to reach more people. Ans. 1. True, 2. True, 3. True, 4. False, 5. True

Understanding Media

297

II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. Organizing a rally, starting a signature campaign etc. are some ways of _____. 2. Advertising is a way of ______ for the media. 3. TV, newspapers and radio are also called ____. 4. ________ and __________ are recent phenomena in the technological aspect of media. 5. With ________ typewriters, journalism underwent a change in the ____________. Ans. 1. public protest, 2. revenue, 3. Mass media, 4. Cable TV, Internet, 5. electronic, 1940s. III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Blocking roads (i) Censorship 2. Khabar Lahariya (ii) Technology Updation 3. Cost to media (iii) Public protest 4. Blocking content (iv) 1940’s 5. Electronic Typewriter (v) Newspaper Ans. 1. (iii), 2. (v), 3. (ii), 4. (i), 5. (iv).

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The following are the costs incurred by media (a) Lights (b) Camera (c) Salary to the newsreader (d) All of the above 2. Which of the following is not electronic media (a) Newspaper (b) TV (c) Radio (d) Both (b) and (c) 3. Publish refers to the newspaper report, articles, etc. that are printed in (a) Newspaper (b) Magazine (c) Books (d) All of the above 4. Media has strong links with (a) Technology (b) Democracy (c) Big business houses (d) All of the above 5. Which is the main source of income of media? (a) Advertisements (b) Articles (c) General news (d) None of these Ans. 1. (d), 2. (a), 3. (d), 4. (d), 5. (a)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Name various forms of communication. Ans. Radio, television, newspapers, Internet.

298

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. Mention any one positive aspect of television. Ans. Television has enabled us to think of ourselves as members of a larger global world. 3. What does the word ‘media’ mean? Ans. Radio, television, newspapers, Internet and several other forms of communication are collectively known as media. 4. Why are some advertisements shown repeatedly on the television screen? Ans. Same advertisements are shown repeatedly on the television screen just to make people’s mind to go out and buy what is advertised. 5. Mention one way in which the mass media earns money. Ans. The mass media earns money by advertising different things like cars, clothes, tea, etc. 6. Why is it necessary for media to be independent? Ans. Only then media can write a balanced report. 7. Why does media sometimes focus on a particular aspect of a story? Ans. It is because media believes that this will make the story interesting. 8. What does media’s close relationship with business often mean? Ans. It means that media will fail to give a balanced report. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How media and money are interrelated? Ans. The technologies used by mass media is expensive and they keeps on changing their technologies. These advanced technologies require lots of money. There are a number of employees associated with these works that are paid, like in a news studio, it is not only newsreader who needs to be paid, but lot of people are also paid who help to put in the broadcast together. Thus, most of the television channels and newspapers are a part of big business houses. 2. Explain the role of media in democracy. Ans. In a democracy, media plays an important role in providing: — News and in discussing events taking place in the country and in the world. Media provides information to the citizens and enables them to take action. 3. Why is media far from independence? Ans. An independent media means that no one should control and influence its coverage of news. Media is far from independent, this is because of control of government over them. Government prevents some news items, scenes from a movie, or lyrics of songs from being shared with larger public, this is called as censorship. 4. What role media plays in awaking us about bad impacts of cola on our heath? Ans. ‘Setting of an agendum’ by the media means that the media plays an important role in shaping our thoughts. By ‘setting agenda’, the media influences the way we think and makes us aware of the issues which it thinks is important. One instance of this would be the raising of awareness about the levels of

Understanding Media

299

pesticides in colas. Another is the Fashion week, which was at the front of headlines while several slums were being demolished in Mumbai. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Now-a-days media is far from independence. Explain. Ans. In a democracy, media plays an important role in providing: – News and in discussing events taking place in the country and in the world. Media provides information to the citizens and enables them to take action. An independent media means that no one should control and influence its coverage of news. Media is far from independent, this is because of control of government over them. Government prevents some news items, scenes from a movie, or lyrics of songs from being shared with larger public, this is called as censorship. Censorship means the process by which media is controlled by the government, when any news, dialogues, lyrics or scene is prevented from being shared with the larger public. 2. How can you say that media is far from freedom? Or why do most of the newspapers still fail to provide a balanced story? Ans. It is said that media is often controlled by business houses. Media does what these business houses wish. At times, it is in the interest of these businesses to focus on only one side of the story. Media is in the constant need of money. Hence, it is essential for media to get linked, it is with advertising groups. In such a situation, it is difficult for media to report against people who give them advertisements. Its close links to big business houses snatches its independence. It has to do as per the wishes of these business houses, Media also tends to focus on a particular aspect of a story because they believe this makes the story interesting. One thing more, if they want to increase public support for an issue, they often do this by focusing on one side of a story. Thus, it is difficult to say that media is independent.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. Write a brief note on ‘local media’. 2. Most television channels and newspapers are part of big business houses. Why? 3. How has television brought the world closer to us? 4. What is a balanced report? 5. Why we need to analyse the news?

7

Understanding Advertising

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• Advertisements is very important for promoting a product. Advertising helps in branding products. •• We see ads everywhere, on television, street wall, newspaper, etc. •• Advertisements also play an important role in our social and cultural life.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Media describes the various ways through which we communicate in society. It refers to all means of communication. •• The technology that mass media uses keeps on changing. Changing technology, or machines, and modernizing media helps it to reach more and more people. •• Television images travel long distances through satellites and cables. This allows us to view news and entertainment channels from other parts of the world. •• Mass media needs a great deal of money to do its work, thus most television channels and newspapers are part of big business houses. •• One way in which mass media earns is by advertising various products, property, job opportunities, etc. •• Media plays a vital role in communicating government plans and work to people. In a democracy, citizens can take action against government works by organising a public protest, starting a signature campaign and asking the government to rethink about its programme. •• Media should provide balanced information. They should discuss all points and view of a particular story, and then should leave them to the readers to make up their minds. •• Media is far from independence, this is because of the control of government over them. Government prevents some news items, scenes from a movie, or lyrics of songs from being shared with larger public, this is called as censorship. •• Television programmes give us partial view of the world, it shapes our views of the world, our beliefs, attitudes and values. •• There are several instances of media’s failure to focus on such issues that are significant in our lives, like the issue of drinking water.

300

Understanding Advertising

301

III. KEYWORDS 1. Product: Product refers to a thing or service that is made for sale in the market. 2. Consumer: Consumer refers to the class of people for whom goods or products are made and who pays money to buy or use them. 3. Lifestyle: Lifestyle refers to people’s lives being identified by the products they own, the clothes they wear, the places they live in, etc. 4. To Influence: This refers to the power to change what someone believes or does. 5. Advertising: It is the positive propagation of a product or service through newspapers, radios, television, magazines, websites, internet, etc. 6. Brand: It refers to a special identification or name that is associated with a product created through the process of advertising. 7. Branding: Branding means stamping a product with a particular name or sign. 8. Manufacturer: One who gets things made is termed manufacturer. 9. Ad: Ad stands for advertising or advertisement. 10. Social Advertisement: Social Advertisements refer to the advertisements made by the state or private agencies, which have larger message for the society.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 81 1.

302

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

Look at the two advertisements above and fill the table. Top taste daal

Ans.

Care soap

What are the advertisements selling? How do they describe the product? What is the text trying to Guests should be served say? this. What do the pictures convey? Love of a mother Would you like to buy these products after seeing the advertisement?

What are the advertisements selling? How do they describe the product? What is the text trying to say? What do the pictures convey? Would you want to buy these products after seeing the advertisement?

Daal

Top taste daal

Care soap Soap

Give best to the guest in the form of Top taste Daal No comparison to Top Taste Daal Good Hospitality

Loving mothers use care soap It gives best care.

Yes

Yes

Mother's love

2 Do you think there is a problem in using the image of the mother as the only person who takes care of the child in the Care Soap advertisement? Ans. • Yes, because in our society it is taken for granted that only mothers take care of their children and not fathers. Now, the situation is changing gradually. •• Females attract people more than males in advertisements. Page 84 3.

Understanding Advertising

303

(i) What does this advertisement want me to feel when I use this brand? (ii) Who is this advertisement talking to and who is it leaving out? (iii) If you have money to buy these products, how would you feel when you see these advertisements? If you do not have money, how would you feel? Ans. (i) This ad urges mothers to feel that they care for their children’s health. (ii) The ad is talking to the mothers and it is leaving the fathers out. (iii) • In the first situation, we would buy them instantly. • I n the other situation, we would feel that we are not caring for or child's health enough. Page 88 4. (i) Who do you think is the target audience for the social advertisements below? (ii) What is the message that each social advertisement is trying to get across? (iii) Having read about diarrhoea epidemic in the chapter on State Government, can you make a social advertisement on what precautionary steps should be taken to prevent diarrhoea? Social advertising Social advertisements refer to advertisements made by the State or private agencies that have a larger message for society. The following are two social advertisements: Social advertisement regarding educational rights of disabled children. Social advertisement regarding crossing of unmanned railway crossings.

Ans. (i) Society in general is the target audience of the social advertisement given. (ii) The message that the advertisements are trying to get across are: • Disabled children have right to education. • Freedom is birth-right of the disabled children too. • R  ailways run faster than us. This means we should not cross the railway crossing when the train is coming. (iii) • Guidance and counselling • Advertisements on cleanliness, sanitation, sprinkling of disinfectants.

304

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

VI. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 91) 1. What do you understand by the word brand? List two reasons why building brands is central to advertising? Ans. A special identification or name that is associated with a product is called a brand. Advertising creates this special identification. Brand building is central to advertising because it helps in differentiating the product from that of the competitor. It also convinces the consumer to give preference to the concerned brand. 2. Choose two of your favourite print advertisements. Now, look at each of these and answer the following questions: (a) What visuals and text is being used in these advertisements to attract my attention? (b) What values are being promoted in these advertisements? (c) Who is this advertisement speaking to and who is it leaving out? (d) If you could not afford the brand that is being advertised how would you feel? Ans. (a) This advertisement uses a picture of a child and his mother. The mother is measuring the height of the child looking not satisfied and in the next picture the mother is looking contended, in between the two pictures there is a cup of nutritional drink. (b) A child should always be with extra height. (c) This advertisement is speaking to all those people who have aspiration to excel in life. It is leaving out the people who doesn’t height. It is focusing on physical appearance and ignoring the internal qualities of a child. (d) I do not use this brand and my parents do not think that nutritional supplements are required at all. They believe in providing balanced diet to me. They also encourage me to pursue my hobbies and never judge me on my physical appearance. 3. Can you explain two ways in which you think advertising affects issues of equality in a democracy? Ans. The two ways in which advertising affects the concept of equality are as under: •• Since advertisements use various emotions like caring for the family; for promoting their products; those who cannot afford the branded products feel that they are not able to offer the quality product and the care that the brand products appear to offer. For example; if the advertisement of a branded daal uses the tagline and concept of ‘give the best to your family’, those who cannot afford this brand will feel incapable of giving the best to their family. •• Overlooking important issues: Since advertising focuses on the lives of the rich and the well-known it makes us forget the issues of poverty, discrimination and dignity – the issues that are the essence of the functioning of equality in a democracy.

Understanding Advertising

305

4. Making an advertisement requires a lot of creativity. Let us imagine a situation in which a manufacturer has just made a new watch. She says that she wants to sell this watch to school children. She comes to your class and asks you all to create a brand name as well as an advertisement for the watch. Divide the class into small groups and each group creates an advertisement for this watch. Share it with the class. Ans. It’s a group activity. Students shall be divided into groups to answer this.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. Advertisements mostly focus on the lives of rich and famous. 2. Branded products cost less than the unbranded ones. 3. Social advertisements have no message to convey. 4. Advertisements play a role in convincing people to buy a product. 5. Lifestyle refers to people’s lives being identified by the products they own, the clothes they wear, the places they eat in, etc. in this chapter. Ans. 1. True, 2. False, 3. False, 4. True, 5. True II. Fill in the Blanks:

1. Stamping a product with a particular name or sign is called ________. 2. _______ are conveyed by way of visuals and words. 3. _______ tends to create a lack of respect for the poor in a democracy. 4. Poverty, discrimination and _____ are central to the functioning of equality in a democracy. 5. ________________ advertisements are made by the government agencies to give social message. Ans. 1. Branding, 2. Brand values, 3. Advertising, 4. dignity, 5. Social III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Repeat advertisements (i) Loss of livelihood for small businessmen 2. Advertising (ii) Increased brand preference 3. Shift to packaged products (iii) Social advertising 4. Who buys a product or service (iv) Personal emotions 5. Promote equality in society (v) Consumer Ans. 1. (iv), 2. (i), 3. (ii), 4. (v), 5. (iii)

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Branded products cost more than the non-branded ones because of the costs involved in (a) packaging (b) advertising (c) manufacturing (d) both (a) and (b)

306

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. Social advertisements are the advertisements made by the (a) Small businessman (b) State (c) Private agencies (d) All of the above 3. ____ is/are expensive (a) Only producing advertisements (b) Only showing advertisements (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above 4. Identification of brands is created through the process of (a) processing (b) manufacturing (c) advertising (d) all of the above 5. What does refer to a thing or service that has been made for being sold in the market? (a) Brand (b) Brand value (c) Product (d) None of these Ans. 1. (d), 2. (d), 3. (c), 4. (c), 5. (c)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What do you mean by the word branding? Ans. The naming of a product is called branding. 2. Why is the consumer confused? Or, what makes the consumer confused? Ans. Sometimes there are two or more advertisements of a similar product. This makes the consumer confused because it becomes difficult for him to differentiate one product from the other/others. 3. What do advertising make us believe about packaged food? Ans. Advertising makes us believe that things that are packaged are better than things that do not come in packets. 4. How are brand values conveyed? Ans. Brand values are conveyed through the use of visuals and words to give us an overall image that appeals to us. 5. Define lifestyle in the context of this chapter. Ans. Lifestyle refers to identification of people’s lives by the products they own, their clothing preferences, vehicles they own, etc. 6. ‘Advertisement is able to influence us.’ What is the meaning of the term ‘to influence’? Ans. ‘To influence’ means the ability to change one’s thinking, beliefs and actions. 7. Who is a consumer? Ans. Consumer refers to the person for whom the goods are manufactured and who pays money to purchase and use them.

Understanding Advertising

307

8. Define product. Ans. Product refers to an item (tangible) or a service (intangible) that has been made for being sold in the market. 9. When products are advertised by cricket heroes and film stars, we feel tempted to buy them. Why? Ans. It is because the persons whom we consider our heroes tell us that those products are worth buying. 10. What do you mean by social advertisements? Ans. Social advertisements are advertisements made by the State or private agencies. These advertisements have a larger message for the society. 11. What impressions does advertising create on us? Ans. It creates the impressions that things that are packaged are better than things that are sold loose. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What do you mean by social advertisements? Ans. Social advertisements are the advertisements made by the State or private agencies. They have a larger message for the society. For example, advertisement regarding building of toilets in each home to ensure health and sanitation of the people is a social advertisement. Advertisement giving simple steps for preventing dengue is also a social advertisement. 2. Write a note on the role of advertising. Ans. Though branding, at the outset, differentiates the products from non-branded ones; it is not enough. This is because there are a number of brands available in the market. It is very important to differentiate one brand from another. This is where the role of advertising comes in. Advertising helps in: •• Differentiating the product from that of the competitors. •• Convincing people to buy the concerned product. 3. Why do you think the manufacturer of the daal (pulses) gave his product a specific name? Ans. Daals (pulses) are usually sold loose in the market. There are different types of daals in the market such as arahar ki daal, masoor ki daal, urad ki daal, etc. These names are not brand names. When a company takes a particular daal such as urad ki daal and puts it into a packet, it will need to give the daal a specific name. It needs to do this so that we don’t confuse the daal is that particular packet with the daal that is sold loose. 4. What brand values are used by the two daals namely Top Taste Daal’ and ‘Best Taste Daal’? Ans. The two daals namely, ‘Top Taste Daal’ and ‘Best Taste Daal’ are saying two different things. ‘Top Taste Daal’ is appealing to our social tradition of treating guest extremely well. On the other hand, ‘Best Taste Daal’ is appealing to our concern for our children’s health and that they eat things that are good for them. Values such as treating our guests well and making sure and children

308

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

get nutritious food are used by brands to create brand values. These brand values are conveyed through the use of visuals and words to give us an overall image that appeals to us. 5. What role do advertisements play in our lives? Ans. Advertisements play a major role in our lives. They influence us to a great extent. We watch advertisements, discuss them and often judge people according to the brand products they use. Whenever we see cricket heroes and film stars advertising different products, we feel tempted to buy those products. It is because the persons whom we consider our heroes tell us that they are worth buying. Advertisements tell us how we should live our lives, what we should aspire and dream for, how we should express our love, what it means to be smart, successful and beautiful. Thus, advertisements play a significant role in our lives. In the present scenario, we cannot think of a life without advertisements. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Write a note on the influence of advertisements. Ans. Advertising has deep influence on our minds. Many changes in our lifestyle come because of advertising. A very good example is growing popularity of packaged flour in Indian market. About two decades back, people used to take wheat to the nearby flour mill to get it ground into flour. Now-a-days, most of the middle class children may not even have seen the neighbourhood flour mill. Till the 1970s, majority of people used datun (wooden twigs) to clean their teeth. In modern times, you may not even understand what a datun is. Try to buy a datun in the city where you live. Chances are, you may not find it easily. Instant noodles, oatmeal, cornflakes, etc. have become quite popular thanks to constant bombarding of advertisement. It is of no doubt that they offer convenience but advertising played a great role in establishing them in the Indian mind-set. Advertising also has some negative influences on our mind. Some people may even purchase an item which they do not need at all or which they cannot afford. Some people may get an inferiority complex because of failure to buy a certain brand. 2. Mention the drawbacks of advertising. Ans. Advertising shows certain drawbacks which are as follow: (a) We are citizens of a democratic country. It means we all are equal. But advertising always focuses on the lives of the rich and influential persons. It tends to promote a certain lack of respect for the poor. They are not the faces we most often see in advertisements and therefore we cease to think about them. (b) Advertising uses personal emotions of the people. Those who are capable to buy certain brands feel exalted but there are many who cannot afford

Understanding Advertising

309

to buy them. The personal emotions of these people are hurt badly. (c) Advertising promotes the sale of packaged products. This negatively affects the sale of things which do not come in packets. This forces many people out of their livelihoods. (d) Advertising by focussing on the lives of the rich and famous helps us forget about the issues of poverty, discrimination and dignity, all of which are central to the functioning of equality in a democracy. 3. How are small businessmen affected in this age of advertisements? Ans. Advertising a product is a costly affair no doubt but this is the only way to sell products in the market. Large companies have no dearth to money and therefore they can easily advertise their products. But these are small businessmen who also have no money to show their products on television or national newspapers and magazines. They often have to sell their products in weekly markets and neighbourhood shops. Advertising also makes us believe that packaged and branded things are better than things sold loose. We often forget that the quality of a product has little to do with packaging that it comes in. This shift to packaged products negatively affects the sales of several small business forcing people out of their livelihoods. 4. Now-a-days media is far from independence. Explain. Ans. In a democracy, media plays an important role in providing:– News and in discussing events taking place in the country and in the world. Media provides information to the citizens and enables them to take action. An independent media means that no one should control and influence its coverage of news. Media is far from independence, this is because of control of government over them. Government prevents some news items, scenes from a movie, or lyrics of songs from being shared with larger public, this is called as censorship. Censorship means the process by which media is controlled by the government, when any news, dialogues, lyrics or scene is prevented from being shared with the larger public.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. How are media and money interrelated? 2. Write briefly about brand building. 3. “Only large companies can advertise.” Explain. 4. Mention one drawback of advertising. 5. Can you explain the ways in which you think advertising affects the issues of equality in a democracy?

8 Chapter

Unit V: Markets

Markets Around Us I. BASIC CONCEPTS

•• Market is a place where buying and selling take place. It establishes a link between the producer and the consumer. •• There are many kinds of market: Wholesale market, ratail market, weekly market, shops in the neighbourhood, shopping complexes and malls. Mobile shop: Mobile shops are owned by small traders who buy clothes from big traders in town and sell them in weekly village markets. The shops are mobile on a van. Most of the profits are made during festivals. Credit shop: In credit shops, the seller knows the buyer personally who is generally from the same neighbourhood. The seller allows the buyer to buy items on credit, and the buyer generally clears all his/her dues in the beginning of the next month. Shopping mall: Shopping malls are 3 to 5 storied market complexes where all types of shops ranging from garment shops to footwear shops, home appliances, book shops, food stalls, electronic gadgets, etc. are there. Malls are generally centrally air-conditioned with security personnel present at every entrance and exit. The goods sold are normally expensive and may be branded ones. Malls are located in cities or towns. Wholesale markets: The wholesale traders buy large amount of goods directly from the producers. Other small traders buy from these wholesale traders in a market. Thus, the business occurs between two traders in the wholesale markets. Usually, there are specified areas for wholesale markets in every city.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Weekly markets are held on a specific day of the week. They do not have permanent shops. Traders set up shops for the day and then close them in the evening. •• Weekly markets are available at cheaper rates. •• In weekly markets, most of the things are available at one place whether it is vegetables, utensils, groceries or cloth items. •• Shops in the neighbourhood are nearby our home, and we can go there on any day of the week. These shops also provide goods on credit to their known buyers.

310

Markets Around Us

311

•• Now-a-days, in urban areas we have large multi-storeyed air-conditioned buildings with shops on different floors, this is known as malls. Also, there are areas with many shops called as shopping complexes, these markets contain both branded and non-branded goods. •• Traders are the people between producers and final consumers. The wholesale traders first buys goods in large quantities and then sell it to other traders or retailers. Retailers finally sells the goods to consumers. A retailer can be a trader in a weekly market, a hawker in the neighbourhood or a shop in a shopping complex. •• When things are sold, it encourages production and new opportunities are created for people to earn.

III. KEYWORDS 1. Cheaper Rates: Many items are available in the weekly markets at cheaper rates. This is because since these shops are not permanent, they save on expenses such as rent, electricity and fees to the government. 2. Family Run: The shop owners store the items they sell at home. Mostly, they are helped by the family members and do not employ outside people and hence also save the money spent on wages to workers. 3. High Competition: Since these markets have a large number of shops selling the same item, there is high competition among them. Hence, if a seller charges a higher amount for an item, buyers will buy from another seller who either charges a lower rate or allows the buyer to bargain to some extent. 4. One Stop Shop: All the items are available under one roof. Buyers do not have to go to different places for different goods. This saves their time and money. Whether they want groceries, vegetables, clothes or footwear—all are available at one place. 5. Mall: Mall is an enclosed shopping space in a large building with many floors that has shops, restaurants, cinema theatres etc. Most often selling branded products. 6. Wholesale: Wholesale refers to buying and selling of goods in large quantities, such as vegetables, fruits, flowers, etc.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 96 1. Why do people go to a weekly market? Give three reasons. Ans. People go to the weekly market because of the following reasons: •• The prices are less and bargaining is easier. •• They get all the things of their use at one place. •• They can buy goods in smaller quantities. •• People prefer weekly market because they get variety and choice of goods.

312

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

2. Who are the sellers in a weekly market? Why don’t we find big business persons in these markets? Ans. Small/mini traders are the sellers in the weekly markets. Big business persons are not in those markets as there is very low level of buying and selling. 3. Why are things cheap in the weekly market? Ans. Things are cheaper in a weekly market because: •• The seller store goods at home and have vehicles to move around. •• In weekly market people bargain to bring prices down. •• There are many sellers of the same product so, there is competition among them. •• Shopkeepers do not spend much in terms of rent for shop, electricity, and wages to workers or packaging goods. 4. Explain with an example how people bargain in the market. Can you think of a situation where the bargain would be unfair? Ans. For a particular product – •• In the markets sellers tell higher prices. •• Buyers buy for lower prices. •• Ultimately, the rate of the product is decided on a mutual agreement, it comes somewhere in between the buyers and sellers price. In big shops where packaged and branded goods are sold, bargaining would be unfair. Page 97 5. Why did Sujata carry a notebook? Do you think this system is useful? Can there be problems? Ans. Sujata carries a notebook to get the amount written by the trader as she has purchased goods on credit. This system is useful for those who has low monthly income. There would not be any problem if there is mutual understanding and honesty in between the buyer and the seller. 6. What are the different kinds of shops that you find in your neighbourhood? What do you purchase from them? Ans. Weekly markets offer a variety of goods. However, people also buy things from other kinds of market. There are many shops that sell goods and services in our neighbourhoods. People buy milk from the dairy, groceries from departmental stores, stationery, eatables or medicines from other shops. Many of these are permanent shops, while others are roadside stalls such as that of the vegetable hawker, the fruit vendor, the mechanic, etc. 7. Why are goods sold in permanent shops costlier than those sold in the weekly markets or by roadside hawkers? Ans. Goods sold in permanent shops are costlier than those sold in weekly markets or by hawkers.

Markets Around Us

313

•• Traders in weekly market do not pay the rent, electricity bill, or tax to the government. All these are paid by the shopkeepers. •• They don’t have to pay salaries to their workers as their family members generally help them, whereas the shopkeepers have to pay their employees. •• Weekly markets have temporary shops where the traders set their shops for the day whereas other shops are permanent. •• Goods are not packed, whereas shopkeeper gives packaged branded goods. •• Therefore, cost of goods on permanent shop is higher than that of weekly market. Page 98 8. Why do you think the guard wanted to stop Kavita and Sujata from entering the shop? What would you say if someone stops you from entering a shop in a market? Ans. The guard wanted to stop Kavita and Sujata from entering the shop because he was not sure whether Sujata and Kavita would actually buy clothes from that expensive shop or would just roam around the shop. I would oppose if someone stops me from entering a shop in a market even if I cannot afford the items in that shop. Page 99 9. Why do people not bargain in shops located in malls whereas they bargain in weekly markets? Ans. •• People do not bargain in shops located in malls because branded goods are expensive, often promoted by advertising and claims of better quality. They are fixed priced, packaged and branded. •• In weekly markets, prices of goods are not fixed, neither they are packaged nor branded. 10. How do you think your neighbourhood shop gets its goods? Find out and explain with some examples. Ans. The people in between the producer and the final consumer are the traders. The wholesale trader first buys goods in large quantities. These will then be sold to other traders. In these markets, buying and selling takes place between traders. It is through these links of traders that goods reach faraway places. The trader who finally sells this to the consumer, is the retailer. This could be a trader in a weekly market, a hawker in the neighbourhood or a shop in a shopping complex. For example, the vegetable wholesale trader will not buy a few kilos of vegetables, but will buy in large lots of 25–100 kilos. He will sell these quantities in small amounts to other traders like the retailer of our neighbourhood shop. 11. Why is a wholesale trader necessary? Ans. Every city has areas for wholesale markets. This is where goods first reach from the producer and are then supplied to other traders. These traders can be other small wholesale traders or retailers.

314

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 103) 1. In what ways is a hawker different from a shop owner? Ans. A hawker is into door-to-door sales. He sells his goods by calling out the names of his items. He generally owns a thela which is actually a movable shop and keeps in it different items of our everyday use. He sells his goods at minimum profit. Whereas a shop owner runs his shop at one fixed place. Whenever we need anything, we need to go there and purchase it. Things are somewhat costlier here. 2. Compare and contrast a weekly market and a shopping complex on the following: Market

Ans.

Weekly Market Shopping Complex Market Weekly Market Shopping Complex

Kind of goods sold

Price of goods sold

Kind of goods sold Unbranded; Variety of items

Price of goods sold Very reasonable

Both branded and unbranded, but mainly branded

Expensive

Sellers

Buyers

Sellers

Buyers

Earn less

Cannot afford even the cheapest of goods Very rich and elite

Very rich and earn well

3. Explain how a chain of markets is formed. What purpose does it serve? Ans. A chain of markets is formed by the series of exchange of goods from the producer to different traders till they reach the final consumers. The links of traders help in taking the goods to faraway places so that people even in remote locations can have access to all goods. From the above instance we come to the conclusion that from factories to final consumers a chain is formed, which we may call a chain of markets. We can better understand it through the flow chart given below: Factories/Farms

Wholesale traders

Retailers

Consumers

It serves great purpose. It maintains flow of money. It makes easy availability of various items of our daily use. It also promotes coordination in society.

Markets Around Us

315

4. ‘All persons have equal rights to visit any shop in a marketplace.’ Do you think this is true of shops with expensive products? Explain with examples. Ans. Yes, it is equally true of shops with expensive products. As consumers, anyone can visit any shop. Even though they have no money in their pockets. The shop owner is bound to show the articles which the customer asks him to show. He cannot force the customer to buy any article. It totally depends upon the customer whether he decides to buy anything or not. We can understand it more clearly through an example. Kavita and Sujata went to Ansal Mall out of curiosity. While wandering here and there they entered a shop all of a sudden. They had no plan to buy anything. They looked some branded dresses and moved away. It means that in the shopping malls we can find people from all income levels, without any discrimination. 5. ‘Buying and selling can take place without going to a marketplace.’ Explain this statement with the help of examples. Ans. These days the concept of ‘virtual market’ is very popular. People need not visit shops for purchasing products. They can order over phone or buy online using the internet. People use credit cards for making purchases online. The online ‘market places’; like Flipkart, Amazon, etc. offer a range of products. Buying groceries and other essentials has also become very convenient with online shopping through Big Basket, Local Banya, Grofers, etc.

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. People who buy and sell thing in bulk are called retailers.  2. The people in between the producer and final consumer are traders. 3. Shops in the neighbourhood are useful in many ways. 4. When things are sold, it encourages production and new opportunities are created for people to earn. 5. People use their visiting cards to make ‘online purchases’. Ans. 1. False, 2. True, 3. True, 6. True, 5. False II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. People in urban areas can enter markets without stepping out of their homes via _____________. 2. Shops in neighbourhood often give goods to their regular customers on _________. 3. Malls sell _________ and ___________ goods. 4. The weekly market trader earns _________ compared to the_________ of a regular shop owner in a shopping complex. 5. Goods are produced in ___________, __________ and ___________ . Ans. 1. the Internet, 2. credit, 3. expensive, branded, 4. little, profit, 5. factories, on farms, in homes.

316

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Departmental stores (i) Cheaper rates 2. Weekly markets (ii) Open all days 3. Shops in the neighbourhood (iii) Groceries 4. Godown (iv) Selling directly to consumer 5. Retailer (v) Goods are stored here Ans. 1. (v), 2. (i), 3. (ii), 4. (v), 5. (iv)

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. Goods are produced in (a) Factories (b) Farms (c) Homes (d) All of the above 2. Which of the following is a feature of malls? (a) Air-conditioned buildings (b) Multi-storeyed buildings (c) Shops on different floors (d) All of the above 3. The urban markets in the form of malls and shopping complexes sell____ goods (a) Branded (b) Non-branded (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above 4. Which of the following is an example of shops in neighbourhood (a) Dairy (b) Store (c) Pharmacy (d) All of the above 5. What is a series of markets that is connected like links in a chain because products pass from one market to another? (a) Chain of market (b) Wholesale market (c) Weekly market (d) Shopping malls Ans. 1. (d), 2. (d), 3. (c), 4. (d), 5. (a)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. Why is a weekly market called so? Ans. A weekly market is called so because it is held on a specific day of the week. 2. Who is Sameer? What does he do? Ans. Sameer is a small trader in the weekly market. He buys clothes from a large trader and sells them in six different markets in a week. 3. Give some examples of roadside stalls. Ans. Vegetable hawker, fruit vendor, mechanic. 4. Where are goods produced? Ans. Goods are produced in factories, on farms and in homes. 5. Why do we not buy directly from the producer? Ans. It is because the producer is not interested in selling goods in small quantities.

Markets Around Us

317

6. Who is Aftab in the chapter? Ans. Aftab is one of the wholesale traders who purchases in bulk. 7. How buyers are differently placed? Ans. Buyers are differently placed. There are many who are not able to afford the cheapest of goods while others are busy shopping in malls. 8. Why is there a competition among the shops in the weekly market? Ans. In a weekly market there are many shops selling the same goods which creates competition among them. 9. Why branded goods are expensive as compared to non-branded goods? Ans. Branded goods are often promoted by advertising, which costs a lot and thus they are expensive. 10. Who is a retailer? Ans. A retailer is a small trader who buy goods from the wholesale trader and sells this to the consumer. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. How are shops in neighbourhood useful to us? Ans. Shops in the neighbourhood are useful in many ways. They are near our home and we can go there on any day of the week. Usually, the buyer and seller know each other and these shops also provide goods on credit. 2. Why is a wholesale trader necessary? Ans. The people in between the producer and the final consumer are the traders. The wholesale trader first buys goods in large quantities. These will then be sold to other traders. In these markets, buying and selling takes place between traders. It is through these links of traders that goods reach faraway places. 3. Why weekly markets are cheaper than permanent shops? Ans. Permanent shops have to incur a lot of expenditure like shop rent, electricity, fees to the government etc., but a weekly market shop owner don’t have to bear these expenses. Permanent shops holder also have to pay wages to their workers but weekly market shop owners have helpers from their family members, and thus they don’t need to hire workers. And thus, are cheaper than permanent shops. 4. Why neighbourhood market is preferred by the Indians? Ans. Neighbourhood markets are near our house, one can go there at any day of the week. The buyers and sellers know each other and these shops also provide goods on credits. 5. How are shop owners in a weekly market and those in a shopping complex very different people? Ans. Both are undoubtedly different people. (a) The shop owners in a weekly market are small traders who run their shop with little money. On the other hand the shop owners of a shopping complex are big parties. They have a lot of money to spend on their shops.

318

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

(b) What these two types of shop owners earn is also not equal. The weekly market trader earns little compared to the profit of a regular shop owner in a shopping complex. 6. Write in brief about shopping complexes and malls. Ans. Shopping complexes and malls are usually found in urban areas. These are large multi-storeyed and air-conditioned buildings with shops on different floors. These shops sell both branded and non-branded goods. Fewer people visit malls because they sell costly items. Only well-to-do people can afford to buy these items. 7. Write a brief note on ‘Aftab—the wholesaler in the city’. Ans. Aftab is a wholesaler of vegetables. His work usually starts around 2 o’clock in the early morning. This is the time when vegetables reach the market or mandi and with them start the activities. The vegetables come in trucks, matadors, etc. and soon the process of auctions begins. Aftab participates in this auction and decides what he will buy. He buys vegetables in bulk. After that he sells them to hawkers and shopkeepers who usually come to him around six in the morning. 8. Describe briefly the concept of ‘markets everywhere’. Ans. These days it is not necessary for the consumers to go to the market like weekly markets or neighbourhood shops etc. which have a specific location and time of functioning to buy things. They can either order goods on phone or use the internet and buy things online. The medical representatives in clinics are also actually selling their goods. Hence, we can say that markets are found everywhere and they have different styles of functioning. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Do you see equality in the market? If not, why not? Explain with examples. Or Write in brief on ‘market and equality’. Ans. We do not see equality in the market. Big and powerful business persons earn huge profits while small traders earn very little. For example, the shop owners in a weekly market and those in a shopping complex are two different people. One is a small trader who has little money to run the shop. Whereas the other has a lot of money to spend on the shop. The earning of these two people is also unequal. The weekly market trader earns little profit whereas the shopping complex owner gains huge income. Not only are the shop owners different people, but also the buyers. In the market, we see different types of buyers. There are several buyers who are either not able to afford even the cheapest of goods while others are busy shopping different luxurious items in malls. Thus, we see no equality in the market place. 2. What is a chain of market? Do you think that everyone gains equally in the market? Ans. A series of markets that are connected like links that form the chain of market. Products pass from one market to another. Shop owners in weekly market

Markets Around Us

319

and in shopping complexes are different people. One is small trader with little money while other can spend a lot of money. They also earn unequal amounts. Similarly, buyers are also different, there are many who are not able to afford the cheapest goods while buy only branded items from shopping malls. Everyone does not get equally in a market. Individual answer. Chain of markets refers to the series of exchange of goods that takes place from the moment the goods are produced to the time they reach the end user i.e., the final consumer. Goods are produced in factories, farms and homes. But we do not buy directly from factories or farms. Even the producers will not be willing to sell small quantities like one dress or one kilogram of wheat to the consumers. Hence, traders come into picture. Traders are the people in between the producer and the final consumer. The wholesale trader is the first to buy goods from factories or farms in bulk and stores them in the godown. For example, he may buy 50 to 100 kilograms of rice. He then sells it to other traders. There could be any number of traders involved in the chain. Between these traders, buying and selling takes place. It is because of these traders that goods reach faraway places. The traders who finally sell the product to the consumers are called the retailers. These retailers are the traders in the weekly markets or neighbourhood shops or malls. 3. What are the features of a weekly market? Ans. Weekly markets have the following features: Cheaper Rates: Many items are available in the weekly markets at cheaper rates. This is because since these shops are not permanent, they save on expenses such as rent, electricity and fees to the government. Family Run: The shop owners store the items they sell at home. Mostly, they are helped by the family members and hence they do not employ outside people. Hence they save the money spent as wages to workers. High Competition: Since these markets have a large number of shops selling the same item, there is high competition among them. Hence, if a seller charges a higher amount for an item, buyers will buy from another seller who either charges a lower rate or allows the buyer to bargain to some extent. 4. Write a note on markets for indirect goods. Ans. A market exists also for goods that are not directly used by the consumer. These goods are the raw materials or other inputs used in the process of manufacture. For example the fertilizers used by the farmers are purchased by him from a shop in the city. The shopkeeper in turn buys them from factories. The products used in manufacturing and assembling a car like the engine, axles, petrol tanks etc. are also bought and sold in different markets. Hence, a chain of markets exists for indirect goods also.

320

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What is done in the wholesale markets? 2. Why fewer people can afford to buy branded goods? 3. What are the different kinds of shops that you find in your neighbourhood? What do you purchase from them? 4. Who are the sellers in a weekly market? Why don’t we find big business persons in these markets? 5. How are the buyers and sellers of a small shop different from that of a mall?

9

A Shirt in the Market

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS The chapter deals with the steps involved in making a shirt. •• Farmers grow the cotton. •• Farmers harvest the cotton bolls and sell them in the local market or to the local traders. •• The trader sells the cotton to the local market •• Ginning mill owners buy the cotton from local market. •• The cotton is cleaned and the seeds are removed in the ginning mills. The cotton is pressed into bales. •• The ginning mills sell the cotton bales to the spinning mills. •• The cotton is spun into threads and yarns in the spinning mills. •• The yarn dealers buy the yarns from the spinning mills. •• The yarn dealers sell the yarns to the weavers. •• The weavers make the cloth or garments and sell them to garment dealers for domestic markets or to the garment exporters to export to foreign countries. •• The exporters sell the garments to foreign dealers. •• The customers buy the garments in the shops or supermarkets.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Farmers grow cotton on their lands. The bolls carrying cotton take several days to ripe and after they ripen they are harvested. •• Cotton cultivation requires high levels of input such as fertilizers and pesticides, and farmers have to incur heavy expenses in lieu of these. •• Weaver weaves clothes that have been made on order from the merchant. These merchants supply clothes on order to garment manufacturers and exporters throughout the country. •• At the cloth market, clothes are sold by merchants to the garment factories. •• Workers work on loom to weave clothes. They are paid very less for this work. •• In a weaver’s cooperative the weavers form a group and take up some activities collectively like procuring of yarn from the yarn dealer and distributing it among wavers. They also do marketing. This decreases the role of merchant and weavers get fair price on the clothes.

321

322

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

•• The garment exporting factory uses the cloth to make dresses of different designs and patterns. The dress is then exported to foreign buyers also. They maximise their own profits by getting maximum work from workers at lowest price and supply the foreign buyers at cheap rates. •• The foreign business persons earn maximum profit, garment exporters made moderate profits and the workers earn minimum for their hard work.

III. KEYWORDS 1. The Weavers: Cloth that is made by weavers from the villages around is bought here for sale. The weavers make clothes as per the requirements of merchants. 2. Cloth Merchants: They have their offices around this cloth market. They buy from weavers and sell to garment manufacturers and exporters around the country. They purchase the yarn and give instructions to the weavers regarding what type of cloth is to be made from the yarn. 3. Cooperative: In a cooperative, people with common interests come together and work for mutual benefit. 4. Ginning Mill: It is a factory where seeds are removed from cotton bolls. The cotton is sent for spinning after pressing it into bales. 5. Exporter: A person who sells goods to other countries. 6. Profit: It is also called gain. It is the amount left after deducting all the costs. 7. Loss: It is the opposite of profit. If the costs are higher than the earnings, it would lead to a loss. 8. Putting-out System: In this system, the cloth merchant supplies the raw material to the weavers and receives finish products.

IV.  NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 105 1. Did Swapna get a fair price on the cotton? Ans. No, Swapna didn’t get a fair price on the cotton. 2. Why did the trader pay Swapna a low price? Ans. The trader paid Swapna a low price because of the following reasons: •• Swapna had taken a loan from the trader. •• She had promised to sell all her cotton to him. •• He misused his power and exploited her due to lack of bargaining power in her. •• Swapna knew that the trader was cheating her, but could not protest as she knew during emergencies she has to borrow from the trader only. She could not make him angry. 3. Where do you think big farmers would sell their cotton? How is their situation different from Swapna?

A Shirt in the Market

323

Ans. Large farmers would sell their cotton to the market at higher prices. The situations are different because: •• Swapna is a small farmer. •• She had promised to sell cotton to the trader as she had taken loan from him. •• She had no bargaining power. Page 107 4. What are the following people doing at the Erode cloth market– merchants, weavers, exporters? Ans. • Merchants: They are getting the woven clothes from the weavers after paying those wages for weaving cloth for them. •• Weavers: The weavers make clothes as per the requirements of merchants and getting their wages. •• Exporters: A person who sells goods to other countries. 5. In what ways are weavers dependent on cloth merchants? Ans. Weavers are dependent on the merchants in the following ways: •• They weave clothes as per the merchant’s requirement. •• They get wages for their weaving. •• Weavers get yarn form the merchant. Page 108 6. If the weavers were to buy yarn on their own and sell cloth, they would probably earn three times more. Do you think this is possible? How? Discuss. Ans. Yes, it is possible if the weavers take financial assistance from cooperative. They can buy yarn and sell cloth at higher price. 7. Do you find similar ‘putting-out’ arrangements in making papads, masalas, beedis? Find out about this in your area and discuss in the class. Ans. Yes, for the papad making small industries, the workers are supplied with all the raw materials, such as, daal, spices, etc. The workers make the papads, dry them and then sell them to the traders. 8. You might have heard of cooperatives in your area. It could be in milk, provisions, paddy, etc. Find out for whose benefit they were set up? Ans. Hints: •• To provide financial assistance at low interest rate. •• To purchase products from producers directly on reasonable prices. •• To increase bargaining power of the producers. •• To save them from middle men and traders. Page 109 9. What are the demands foreign buyers make on the garment exporters? Why do the garment exporters agree to these demands? Ans. • Low price of the garments. •• Fitness. •• High standards and quality of production.

324

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

•• Promptness. The exporters agree to their demands as their job is to finish the work in time and earn money. 10. How do the garment exporters meet the conditions set by the foreign buyers? Ans. The exporter tries his best to meet the conditions set by the powerful foreign buyers through the following means: •• They get the maximum work out of the workers at the lowest possible wages. •• They fix the targets daily for workers to complete or increase working hours. •• They get maximum work from workers. •• They also maximise their own profit. Page 110 11. Why do you think more women are employed in the Impex garment factory? Discuss. Ans. More women are employed in the Impex garment factory because they do not raise disputes and work dutifully. The factory employs workers on temporary basis that is whenever the employer feels that a worker is not needed, the worker can be asked to leave, and women will not raise this issue. 12. Write a letter to the Minister asking for what you think would be proper payment to the workers. Ans. Date............ To The Minster of Textiles Govt. of India New Delhi–110001 Subject: Proper payment procedure for the textile workers Hon’ble Sir, This letter is to draw your attention towards the workers of the textile industry. The condition is not satisfactory there. They are exploited by the employers due to their ignorance and need. I would request you to look into this matter and ensure proper payment for the workers. Listing some of the suggestions which your office can cross check and the same can be announced so that the factory owners are bound to follow them. Wages for the workers:    • Tailoring ` 8000 per month.    • Checking ` 6000 per month.    • Thread cutting ` 5000 per month.    • Buttoning ` 2 per piece.    • Ironing ` 3 per pc.    • We would be obliged for the same. Thanking you, Yours sincerely, XYZ

A Shirt in the Market

325

13. The shirt below shows the profit made by the businessperson, and the various costs that he had to pay. Find out from the diagram below, what the cost price includes.

Ans. The cost price includes purchase, storage, advertising, etc. (200+100+300) = 600. Page 111 14. Compare the earnings per shirt of the worker in the garment factory, the garment exporter and the businessperson in the market abroad. What do you find? Ans. • The earning of the workers at the garment factory is ` 15 per shirt. •• The garment exporter earns ` 100 per shirt (after calculating his investment beside). •• The businessperson in the market abroad earns ` 600 per shirt. •• The price of the shirt and earnings go on increasing from worker to the businessman abroad. 15. What are the reasons that the businessperson is able to make a huge profit in the market? Ans. The businessperson spends ` 300 per shirt on advertising because of the following reasons: •• It creates attractiveness. •• It presents the shirt in such a way that people buy instantly. •• Advertising introduces the shirt to the prospective buyers. •• Branded shirts fetch more profits. 16. You have read the chapter on advertising. Why does the businessperson spend ` 300 per shirt on advertising? Discuss. Ans. • The shirts are being sold under some brands with fixed prices in some malls. •• These branded shirts fetch more profit. •• People who buy these shirts are all high profile; they don’t bother about the prices. •• Since a businessperson is also a high profile person, accordingly he wants to make his client base.

326

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

V. NCERT TEXTBOOK EXERCISES (Page 113) 1. What made Swapna sell the cotton to the trader instead of selling at the Kurnool cotton market? Ans. Swapna had borrowed money from the local trader for her farm input needs and thus she was forced to agree to the condition that she would sell the cotton produce to him. Hence, she sold it to the local trader instead of the Kurnool cotton market. 2. Describe the conditions of employment as well as the wages of workers in the garment exporting factory. Do you think the workers get a fair deal? Ans. The workers in a factory are employed on a temporary basis. At any point of time the workers may be asked to leave at the whims and fancies of the employer. The wages paid to the workers is fixed based on their skills. The highest amount paid monthly is ` 3000/- which is paid to the tailors. Women do ancillary jobs like cutting, buttoning ironing etc. The workers are highly exploited and get very low wages. They do not get a fair deal. 3. Think of something common that we use. It could be sugar, tea, milk, pen, paper, pencil, etc. Discuss through what chain of markets this reaches you. Can you think of the people that help in the production or trade? Ans. The chain of markets in the case of milk is as follows: From the farms, milk is sold to the village dairy cooperatives. The cooperatives then send it to the cooperative processing unit for processing and packaging the same. Then the milk is sold to the retailers who in turn sell it to the consumers. Sometimes, it is sold from the farms to the dairy parastatals (these are companies or agencies which are separate from the government but their activities serve the State), which in turn export the same. All the people right from the farmer to the retailer have a role in the production/trade of milk. 4. Arrange the statements given alongside in the correct order and then fill in the numbers in the cotton bolls accordingly. The first two have already been done for you. 1. Swapna sells the cotton to the trader. 2. Customers buy these shirts in a supermarket. 3. Trader sells cotton to the Ginning Mill. 4. Garment exporters buy the cloth from merchants for making shirts. 5. Yarn dealers or merchants give the yarn to the weavers. 6. The exporter sells shirts to the businessperson from the USA. 7. Spinning mill buys the cotton and sells yarn to the yarn dealers. 8. Weavers return with the cloth. 9. Ginning mill cleans the cotton and makes it into bales.

A Shirt in the Market

Ans.

327

1. Swapna sells the cotton to the trader. 2. Trader sells cotton to the Ginning mill. 3. Ginning mill cleans the cotton and makes it into bales. 4. Spinning mill buys the cotton and sells yarn to the yarn dealers. 5. Yarn dealers or merchants give the yarn to the weavers. 6. Weavers return with the cloth. 7. Garment exporters buy the cloth from merchants for making shirts. 8. The exporter sells shirts to the businessperson from the USA. 9. Customers buy these shirts in a supermarket. 1

2

3

9

6

4

7

5

8

VI. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. The weavers depend on the farmers for raw material. 2. The foreign business persons do not make profit in the Indian market. 3. Markets offer equal opportunities to all. 4. Buying and selling takes place at every step in the chain of markets. 5. The small cotton farmer and the weaver at Erode doesn't put in long hours of hard work. Ans. 1. False, 2. False, 3. False, 4. True, 5. False II. Fill in the Blanks: 1. The merchants supply cloth to garment manufacturers and ____. 2. Yarn is bought by the ____.

328

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

3. The weavers have no way of knowing who they are making the cloth for and _________. 4. The weavers make cloth based on order from the ____. 5. The arrangement between a merchant and weavers is an example of ___________ system. Ans. 1. Exporters, 2. Merchants, 3. the price it is sold for, 4. Merchants, 5. putting out. III. Match the columns: Column A Column B 1. Foreign businessman (a) sell goods in other countries 2. Farmer (b) Chain of stores 3. Merchant cloth (c) money put in by the manufacturer to produce the 4. Investment (d) Supplies to exporter 5. Exporter (e) Harvest cotton Ans. 1. (b), 2. (e), 3. (d), 4. (c), 5. (a)

VII. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The weavers depend on merchants for (a) Raw material (b) Market (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above 2. The following is/are an activity (ies) taken up by a weaver’s cooperatives? (a) Procurement of yarn from the yarn dealer (b) Distribution of yarn among the weavers (c) Marketing (d) All of the above. 3. Who among the following gains the most in the market? (a) Foreign businessman (b) Exporter (c) Farmer (d) Merchant 4. Who from the following earns the least in the market? (a) Foreign Businessman (b) Exporter (c) Farmer (d) Merchant 5. What links producer to a consumer? (a) Selling (b) buying (c) Chain of markets (d) All of these Ans. (i) (c), (ii) (d), (iii) (a), (iv) (c), (v) (c)

VIII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. When cotton is harvested? Ans. The bolls carrying cotton takes several days to ripe and after it ripens, it is harvested.

A Shirt in the Market

329

2. Name few inputs required for cotton cultivation. Ans. Seeds, Pesticides, fertiliser, etc. 3. What is the role of cloth merchant in the chain of market? Ans. These merchants supply clothes on order to garment manufacturers and exporters throughout the country. 4. Who was Swapna? Ans. Swapna was a small farmer, growing cotton on her small piece of land. 5. What is putting-out arrangement? Ans. Under putting-out arrangement the cloth merchants supply the raw material to the weavers and receive the finished product. 6. Why did Swapna take loan from the local trader? Ans. She took loan from the local traders to buy seeds, fertilizers and pesticides for the cultivation of cotton. 7. On what condition did the trader agree to give loan to Swapna? Ans. He agreed to give loan to Swapna on a condition that she would sell all her cotton to him. 8. Whom does the garment exporting factory export the shirts to? Ans. The garment exporting factory exports the shirts to foreign buyers. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. What are the benefits and drawbacks of a market? Ans. Benefits of Market: It is because of the market that people get an opportunity to work and earn. They are able to sell their produce/finished product. Whether it is the small farmer, weaver or the merchant and exporter; a market exists for all of them. Drawbacks of Market: Markets are always one-sided. In other words, it is always the rich and the influential that gain maximum from the market. They own large factories, set up big shops, etc. They exploit the poor workers by overburdening them and paying them very low wages. 2. Explain the conditions of employment as well as the wages of workers in the garment exporting factory. Ans. The conditions of employment and wages of workers in the garment factory can be described as mentioned below: Conditions of employment—unhygienic conditions, no regular service, highly congested place, no job security, no proper arrangement of urinals/bathrooms/ drinking water etc. Wages — very low and unfair wages, no regular job, contract job, unfair deal. 3. How does a weaver benefit from the putting out system? Ans. The putting out system benefits the weavers in the following ways: •• Cost saving: They do not have to spend money on purchase of yarn. They also save on the money spent on selling e.g. money spent on finding customers and other sales related costs of the finished cloth.

330

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

•• Clarity on work: The weavers have clarity regarding what cloth they should make and how much is to be woven. 4. Do you think the workers get a fair deal in India? Ans. The conditions of employment and wages of workers in the garment factory can be described as mentioned below: Conditions of employment - unhygienic conditions, no regular service, highly congested place, no job security, no proper arrangement of urinals/bathrooms/ drinking water, etc. Wages – very low and unfair wages, no regular job, contract job, unfair deal. 5. How are small farmers in the grip of the local trader? Ans. Small farmers cannot do without the help of the local traders. They depend on them for various reasons: (a) During cropping season, they take loan from the local traders. (b) Whenever there is an illness in the family, they go to the local trader for help. (c) Farmers also face seasonal unemployment. There are times in the year when they have no work and hence no income. During this time, their survival depends on borrowing money from him. Due to these reasons, small farmers easily come into the grip of the powerful local traders. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Where do you think the big farmers would sell their cotton? How is their situation different from small and poor farmers? Ans. Large farmers would sell their cotton to the cotton market at higher prices. Their situation is quite different from poor and small farmer because unlike them, a small poor farmer needs to borrow money for cultivation and at the other time of exigencies. They have to sell cotton to the traders as they took loan from them and had no bargaining power. Big farmers don’t depend on others for money to start cultivation. 2. Describe weaver’s cooperative. Ans. The weaver’s cooperatives help the weavers earn a higher income and reduce their dependence on the merchant. In a weaver’s cooperative, the weavers form a group and collectively initiate some activities. These activities include •• Procurement of yarn from the yarn dealer •• Distribution of yarn among the weavers •• Marketing The government also intervenes at times to help the weavers. For example, in Tamil Nadu the government runs a Free School Uniform programme for which it procures the cloth from the power loom weaver’s cooperatives. The Co-optex stores are also an example of government intervention for the interest of the weavers. The government buys cloth from the handloom weaver’s cooperatives and sells it through Co-optex stores.

A Shirt in the Market

331

3. Describe the life of a cotton farmer. Ans. Farmers toil very hard in their farms right from sowing the seeds to harvesting cotton when the bolls of cotton plant are ripe and ready to burst. It takes several days to harvest the cotton because the bolls that carry cotton in them do not burst open all at once. High levels of inputs such as fertilizers and pesticides are needed for cultivating cotton. Often the farmers are forced to borrow money from the local traders for meeting such expenses. These traders charge a very high rate of interest and also exploit the farmers by putting some terms and conditions while lending. One very crucial condition of such lending is forcing the farmers to promise them to sell all the cotton to them only. Hence, even if there is a local cotton market, the farmers are forced to sell their produce to the local traders from whom they have borrowed money. They are not able to argue with the traders even if they know that they are getting less than the minimum price it fetches in the local market. The traders are powerful men in the village and besides cultivation, farmers depend on them for money required for treating illness, education etc. Also, since the farmers are not employed throughout the year, they are forced to borrow money for their survival when they do not have work. 4. Who are involved in putting-out system? How is this system advantageous and disadvantageous for the weavers?  Ans. The persons involved in putting-out system are weavers and merchants. This system is advantageous for the weavers in two ways: (a) They do not have to spend their money on the purchase of yarn. (b) They are also free from the tension of selling the finished cloth. This system is disadvantageous for the weavers in these ways: (a) They have to depend on the merchants for raw materials as well as markets. (b) Under this system, the merchants become very powerful. They give orders for what is to be made and they pay a very low price for making the cloth. (c) The weavers have no way of knowing who they are making the cloth for or at what price it will be sold.

SELF-ASSESSMENT TEST 1. What do women workers do in the Impex garment factory? 2. Who are mostly employed in the Impex garment factory? 3. Write a short note on the Impex garment factory. 4. How do weaver’s cooperatives reduce the dependence of weavers on the cloth merchants? 5. How does market work move in favour of the rich and powerful? What are the ways to overcome them?

10

UNIT VI: EQUALITY IN INDIAN DEMOCRACY (Contd.)

Struggles for Equality

Chapter I. BASIC CONCEPTS •• Indian constitution recognises equality and dignity for all its citizens. But this equality is seen only on polling day. •• Persons like Kanta, Ansaris, Swapna, Meani face discrimination because they lack resources. •• People take initiative and start struggle for equality. Struggle by women or TMS.

II. IN A NUTSHELL •• Indian constitution recognises all Indians as equal before the law, it states that there should be no discrimination among person on the basis of sex, caste, religion or whether a person is rich or poor. •• All adults in India have the equal right to vote during election. •• Poor people do not have resource to afford the expensive private health services. •• Poverty and lack of resources are the main reason of inequality among people in India. •• Discrimination on the basis of caste, sex, a person’s religion is another factor for which people are treated unequally in India. •• Dalit, Adivasi, and Muslim girls drop out of school, this is combined outcome of poverty, social discrimination and the lack of good quality school facilities for these communities. •• The displacement of people and communities is a problem that has become quite widespread in our country. •• There are several organisations across the country, who fight for the right of displacement. •• Tawa Matsya Sangh is a federation of Fish worker’s cooperatives, an organisation that fights for the rights of displaced forest dwellers of the Satpura forest in Madhya Pradesh.

III. KEYWORDS •• Reservoir: An artificial lake where water is collected and kept in quality for us.

332

Struggles for Equality

333

•• Dam: A dam is built across a river at sites where one collect a lot of water. •• Contractor: One that contracts to perform work or provide supply. •• Tawa Matsya Sangh: The association formed by the people engaged in the fishing activities in Tawa River, is known as Tawa Matsya Sangh. •• Thread: Thread here means link which joins one another. •• Struggles: Difficult activities including protests, opposing rallies, etc. with huge sacrifices are called struggles. •• Inequalities: Inequalities mean disparities or dissimilarities. •• Photo Essay: The story or theme expressed through photos/pictures/images, etc. is called photo essay. •• Fisher-folk: People engaged in fishing activities are called fisher-folk. •• Discrimination: Distinction among the people on the basis of caste, creed, sex, religion etc. is termed discrimination. •• Beedi Workers: Workers engaged in beedi making are known as beedi workers. •• Slum Dwellers: Residents of slums or people living in slums are called slum dwellers. •• Disruption: Disturbances. •• Displacement: Uprooting, taking away from one's permanent place to another place to settle there are called displacement. •• Submerged: Drowned.

IV. NCERT TEXTBOOK IN-TEXT QUESTIONS Page 115 1. What do you think is meant by the expression 'power over the ballot box'? Discuss Ans. By the expression “power over the ballot box” we mean that every adult citizen has a great power in the right to vote. •• By voting people elect their representatives. The elected representatives have to work for the welfare of those people. Otherwise they may get replaced. •• The ballot box provides the equality of that one vote, be it of a rich or poor. Page 116 2. Can you think of any person in your family, community, village, town or city whom you respect because of their fight for equality and justice? Ans. Students have to answer themselves. Page 118 3. What issue is the Tawa Matsya Sangh (TMS) fighting for? Ans. Issue of their right to catch fish in the Tawa Reservoir. 4. Why did the villagers set up this organisation? Ans. To fight for their right to catch fish in the Tawa Reservoir and right for equality.

334

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

5. Do you think that the large-scale participation of villagers has contributed to the success of the TMS? Write two lines on why you think so? Ans. • The villagers rose against high handedness of the contractors. •• They caused chakka jam (vehicle strike) and forced the government of Madhya Pradesh to form a committee. •• The committee recommended their right to catch fish in the Tawa Reservoir. •• Now they manage a cooperative for organised working. Page 119 6. Can you think of an incident in your life in which one person or a group of people came together to change an unequal situation? Ans. Individual reply by the students. Page 120

The Right To Know My dreams have the right to know Why for centuries they have been breaking Why don’t they ever come true My hands have the right to know Why do they remain without work all along Why do they have nothing to do My feet have the right to know Why from village to village they walk on their own Why are the signs of a bus yet My hunger has the right to know Why grain rots in godowns While I don’t even get a fistful of rice My old mother has the right to know Why are there no medicines Needles, dispensaries or bandages

My children have the right to know Why do they labour day and night Why is there no school in sight 7. What is your favourite line in the above song? Ans. Individual reply by the students. One hint is given: Each and every line of the song is very hard-hitting and all the lines are my favourite. Still, the following line is my most favourite: “My children have the right to know Why do they labour day and night Why is there no school in sight” 8. What does the poet mean when he says, 'My hunger has the right to know'? Ans. By this line the poet means that the victim should have the right to know the cause of his sufferings. As why the grains are rotting in the godowns and the poor are hungry.

Struggles for Equality

335

9. Can you share with your class a local song or a poem on dignity that is from your area? Ans. Individual reply by the students. A poem by the famous Bengali poet Sukanta Bhattacharya as given here as an example:

Page 121 10. What role does the Constitution play in people's struggles for equality? Ans. Indian Constitution recognises the equality of all. Constitution helps people in their struggle for equality through laws and through government schemes. •• Everyone in the society is equal before law. •• No one is discriminated against on the basis of religion caste race or gender. •• Everyone has access to all public places. •• Untouchability is abolished. 11. Can you make up a social advertisement on equality? You can do this in small groups. Ans. Individual group of students should try this with the help of their teacher. One example is given below:

336

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

V. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTION ANSWERS I. State whether the given statements are True or False: 1. The Tawa Matsya Sangha is in Maharashtra. 2. In 1994, the government gave the right for fishing in Tawa Reservoir to locals. 3. Poverty and lack of resources are the reasons of inequality in lives of people. 4. With the TMS taking over the fishing rights the earning of fishermen increased. Ans. 1. False, 2. False, 3. True, 4. True. II. Fill in the blanks: 1. TMS stands for _____. 2. ____ is a provision in the Indian Constitution. 3. The work of building the Tawa dam was started in the year ____. 4. Displacement leads to uprooting of villages and ____. 5. The catch from the fish workers was bought at a fair price by a _____. Ans. 1. Tawa Matsya Sangh, 2. Equality, 3. 1958, 4. bastis, 5. Cooperative. III. Match the contents of Column A with that of Column B: Column A Column B 1. Dam building (i) Uttarakhand 2. Privatisation of hospitals (ii) Inequality on the basis of caste and gender 3. Constitution (iii) Displacement of people 4. Tehri Dam (iv) Unaffordable for poor people 5. Dalit girl (v) Living document Ans. 1. (iii), 2. (iv), 3. (v), 4. (i), 5. (ii).

VI. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS 1. The TMS was formed in the state of (a) Gujarat (b) Madhya Pradesh (c) Orissa (d) Karnataka 2. The TMS demanded the right to continue their livelihood by organising ____ (a) Rallies (b) Chakka Jams (Road blockade) (c) Both a and b (d) None of the above 3. The Tawa joins ____ in Hoshangabad (a) Ganga (b) Narmada (c) Indus (d) Brahmaputra 4. Branding is an example of inequality based on _____ (a) Financial status (b) Gender (c) Caste (d) Religion 5. Deficiency of what makes difficulties for poor to establish their business? (a) Deficiency of money to buy good resources (b) Deficiency of skills

Struggles for Equality

337

(c) Deficiency of efforts (d) Deficiency of time Ans. 1. (b), 2. (c), 3. (b), 4. (a), 5. (a)

VII. ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS A. Very Short Answer Type Questions 1. What are the bases on which there is inequality? Ans. Caste, religion, gender and financial status. 2. What are the purposes for which the TMS gave loans? Ans. Repair of nets and buying of new nets. 3. What was the main reason that triggered the formation of Tawa Matsya Sangh (TMS)? Ans. The government giving the rights of fishing in the Tawa reservoir to private contractors in the year 1994. 4. Mention the groups of people (other than the fish workers of Madhya Pradesh) who are struggling for justice. Ans. Beedi workers, agricultural labourers and slum dwellers. B. Short Answer Type Questions 1. Why does a Dalit girl drop out of school in large number? Ans. Because of poverty, social discrimination and lack of good quality school facilities. 2. Why old Tehri town and many villages near that river were submerged? Ans. The old Tehri town and many villages near that river were submerged because of construction of Tawa dam across the river. 3. What was the advantage of Tawa Matsya Sangh? Ans. It increased the earning of fish workers. 4. How a writer and singer can be active in the fight against democracy? Ans. A writer through their stories and a singer by their songs can inspire us and make us believe strongly in an issue and can influence our efforts to correct the situation. 5. How does the Indian constitution justify the rights to equality. Ans. Indian constitution recognizes all Indians as equal before the law, it states that there should be no discrimination among persons on the basis of sex, caste, religion or whether a person is rich or poor. C. Long Answer Type Questions 1. Describe inequality on the basis of financial status. Ans. The following have an adverse impact on the poor people and hence are examples of inequality based on financial status: Privatisation of Hospitals and Neglect of Government Hospitals: Because of the privatisation and the bad condition of government hospitals, poor people do not have access to good health services.

338

Social Science—VII (Political Science)

High Demand for Branded Goods: The small sellers who sell loose items and non-branded goods are not able to compete with those selling branded goods because they cannot afford the costs involved in branding i.e., packaging, advertising, etc. 2. Write a note on the Tawa Matsya Sangh. Ans. Building of the Tawa dam resulted in the submerging of large areas of forest and agricultural land. Some of the displaced forest dwellers settled around the reservoir and found a new source of livelihood by fishing. The rights of fishing in the Tawa reservoir were given to private contractors by the government in the year 1994. These contractors drove away the local people in order to get cheap labour from outside. At this point the villagers united and decided to set up an organisation for protecting their rights. This led to the formation of the Tawa Matsya Sangh (TMS). The TMS demanded their right to continue fishing for their livelihood by organising rallies and chakka jams (blocking the roads). Impact of TMS: The government, as a response to the protests by the TMS, created a committee to assess the issue. The committee recommended that the villagers should be given the fishing rights for their livelihood. Consequently, in 1996, the Madhya Pradesh government decided to give the displaced people the rights for the reservoir. Two months later a five-year lease agreement was signed and on January 2, 1997, the villagers from 33 villages started their new year with their first catch. Functioning of TMS: A cooperative was set up which bought the catch from the fish workers at a fair price. The cooperative also arranged the transport and sale of the catch at a good price. This resulted in a three-fold increase in the earnings of the fish workers. The TMS has also begun giving loans to the fish workers for repair of nets and buying new nets and hence brought about a tremendous change in the lives of the fish workers. Dependence on Powerful People for Money: Small farmers due to lack of money, are dependent on local traders for money for the agricultural inputs as well as for family exigencies. They also have to yield to the irrational demands and conditions of the traders. Similarly, the maid servants (due to their poverty), have to bear insults and ill-treatment by their employers. 3. Write a note on struggles for equality. Ans. There are some renowned figures in the world, i.e., in every community, village, city or country that have stood up against inequality and discrimination. They have fought against the discrimination which they either faced or witnessed as on looker. Such renowned people are also famous and respected for the fact that they treat everybody with respect and dignity. They are hence trusted and people look forward to them as problem solvers when any issue arises in the community. Some people become popular because they took the initiative to fight the inequality and have the support of large number of people who have come together to fight the inequality.

Struggles for Equality

339

In India, we have many instances of people coming together and protesting an ongoing discriminatory practice. For instance: •• The women’s movement which was intended to create awareness and solve the issues of inequality faced by women. •• Fight against injustice by groups of beedi workers, fisher folk, agricultural labourers, slum dwellers etc. •• Forming of cooperatives is also a method of coming together for preventing exploitation and getting a good bargain in a transaction. •• Formation of Tawa Matsya Sangh to fight the loss of livelihood of the fish workers in Madhya Pradesh.

SELF-ASESSMENT TEST 1. What are the factors for treating people unequally in India? 2. What is the disadvantage of building a dam? 3. What is the course of the Tawa River? 4. Why is a dam built? 5. Why is the Indian Constitution called a ‘living document’?

Sample Paper—I Time: 3 Hours

Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions (i) The question paper has 27 questions in all. All questions are compulsory. (ii) Question paper is divided among 3 sections. Section A: History contains 5 questions with 30 marks. Section B: Geography contains 5 questions with 25 marks. Section C: Social and Political Life contains 4 questions with 25 marks. (iii) Section A: Question from serial number 1 to 7 are Very Short Answer Type Questions each question carry 1 mark. Section B: Question from serial number 8 to 18 are Short Answer Type Questions each question carry 3 marks. Answer to these questions should not exceed 80 words. Section C: Question from serial number 19 to 27 are Long Answer Type Questions each question carry 5 marks. Answer to these questions should not exceed 100 words. (iv) Question number 26 is a map question from History with 1 mark each. (v) Question number 27 is a map question from Geography with 3 marks each. After completion, attach the maps inside your answer book.

SECTION A (HISTORY) 1. Fill in the blanks: [5 × 1 = 5] th (a) The name of the famous 14 century chronicler was _______________. (b) Al Beruni wrote _________________. (c) Qutubuddin Aybak ruled from __________ to ___________. (d) Aurangzeb killed his three ____________ and imprisoned his _____________ to capture the throne of Delhi. (e) Ajmer is associated with the Sufi saint ————. 2. Answer the following questions in a word or two: [4 × 1 = 4] (a) What was the language spoken in Odisha known as at the time of Amir Khusrau? (b) Which city was the centre of the conflict in the tripartite struggle? (c) From which country did Ibn Batuta travel to India? (d) What is a group of families or households claiming descent from a common ancestor called? 3. Answer the following questions in short: [3 × 2 = 6] (a) What was the advantage of bronze, bell metal and lost-wax technique? (b) What were the policies adopted by Asaf Jah to strengthen his position? (c) Write a short note on French Revolution.

340

Sample Paper—I

341

4. Answer the following questions:  [4 × 3 = 12] (a) Match the following columns: Column A Column B Mansab Marwar Mongol Governor Sisodiya Rajput Uzbeg Rathor Rajput Mewar Nur Jahan Rank Subadar Jahangir (b) Write a note on Rajarajeshwara temple. (c) Name some of the famous saint-poets of Maharashtra born between 13th and 17th centuries. What was their main philosophy? (d) How did Malayalam develop as a language? 5. On the map of India provided, identify the areas in which the following tribal people may have lived. [3 × 1 = 3]

(a) Gonds, (b) Ahoms, (c) Bhills

342

Social Science—VII

SECTION B (GEOGRAPHY) 6. State whether the given sentences are true or false: [4 × 1 = 4] (a) Growing population is a threat to the environment. (b) The innermost layer of the earth is the mantle. (c) The highest waterfall is Angel Falls of Venezuela in South America. (d) The amount of insolation decreases from the poles towards the equator. 7. Give brief answers to the following questions: [3 × 1 = 3] (a) What is lithosphere? (b) Name the major types of rocks present on the earth’s surface. (c) What are the meanders? 8. Answer the following questions in short: [3 × 2 = 6] (a) Name the instruments to measure: atmospheric pressure, temperature, direction of wind, and amount of rainfall. (b) Write a short note on tropical deciduous forests. (c) Give reason why the Amazon Rainforest is depleting. 9. Answer the following questions:  [3 × 3 = 9] (a) What is a tide? Describe the different types of tides. (b) Mention which mode of communication you will prefer most in the following situations – (i) Your grandfather has suddenly fallen ill. How will you inform the doctor? (ii) Your mother wants to sell the old house. How will she spread this news? (iii) You are going to attend the marriage of your cousin for which you will be absent from the school for the next two days. How will you inform the teacher? (c) Write a note on the flora and fauna of the Prairies. 10. Locate the following in the outline map of Africa provided: [3 × 1 = 3]

Sahara desert, and any two countries around it.

Sample Paper—I

343

SECTION C (POLITICAL SCIENCE) 11. Match the given columns:  [4 × 1 = 4] Column A Column B (i) Health (a) Registered Medical Practitioner (ii) RMP (b) 40% (iii) Lack of ventilation (c) Free from anxiety (iv) Borrow money for health insurance (d) Prone to illness 12. Give brief answers to the following questions: [3 × 1 = 3] (a) Define the term-“Double burden of women’s work” with an example. (b) Who wrote Amar Jiban? (c) What is putting-out arrangement? 13. Give short answers to the following questions: [3 × 2 = 6] (a) How do some MLAs become Ministers? Explain. (b) How do you think stereotypes, about what women can or cannot do, affect women’s right to equality? (c) What do you understand by the word brand? List two reasons why building brands is central to advertising? 14. Answer the following questions: [4 × 3 = 12] (a) In a democracy, why is universal adult franchise important? (b) You have read about the ways in which the media ‘sets the agenda’. What kind of effect does this have in a democracy? Provide two examples to support your point of view. (c) Explain how a chain of markets is formed. What purpose does it serve? (d) What role does the Constitution play in people’s struggles for equality?

Sample Paper—II Time: 3 Hours

Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions (i) The question paper has 27 questions in all. All questions are compulsory. (ii) Question paper is divided among 3 sections. Section A: History contains 5 questions with 30 marks. Section B: Geography contains 5 questions with 25 marks. Section C: Social and Political Life contains 4 questions with 25 marks. (iii) Section A: Question from serial number 1 to 7 are Very Short Answer Type Questions each question carry 1 mark. Section B: Question from serial number 8 to 18 are Short Answer Type Questions each question carry 3 marks. Answer to these questions should not exceed 80 words. Section C: Question from serial number 19 to 27 are Long Answer Type Questions each question carry 5 marks. Answer to these questions should not exceed 100 words. (iv) Question number 26 is a map question from History with 1 mark each. (v) Question number 27 is a map question from Geography with 3 marks each. After completion, attach the maps inside your answer book.

SECTION A (HISTORY) 1. Choose the correct answer from the given options: (a) Archives are A. Historical manuscripts B. Municipal records C. Land agreements D. Property certificates. (b) The Rashtrakuta chief Dantidurga overthrew the A. Palas B. Pandyas C. Chalukyas D. Chahamanas (c) The chronicler during the rule of Raziya was A. Al Beruni B. Ibn Batuta C. Minhaj us Siraj D. Fakhr I Muddabir (d) Pushkar Lake is in A. Ajmer B. Thanjavur C. Vrindavan D. Calcutta (e) Lilatikalam was composed in A. Malayalam B. Manipravalam C. Sanskrit D. Bengali 2. Define the following terms: (a) Scribes. (b) Samanta (c) Dehliwal. (d) Mir Bakshi 3. Answer the following questions in short: (a) How did Kabul become important in the 16th century? (b) Who were the pirs? What was their position in the society? (c) Mention any four causes of decline of the Mughal Empire.

344

[5 × 1 = 5]

[4 × 1 =4] [3 × 2 = 6]

Sample Paper—II

345

4. Answer the following questions:  [4 × 3 = 12] (a) What was Akbar’s religious policy? (b) In what ways do you think the policies of Rajendra I and Mahmud of Ghazni were a product of their times? How were the actions of the two rulers different? (c) Match the following columns: Column A Column B (1) garh (a) khel (2) tanda (b) chaurasi (3) labourer (c) caravan (4) clan (d) Garha Katanga (5) Sib Singh (e) Ahom state (6) Durgawati (f) paik (d) What were the major ideas expressed by Kabir? How did he express these? 5. Look at the given picture and answer the following questions. [3 × 1 = 3] Identify the architecture. Write a brief note on the place where this architecture is located.

SECTION B (GEOGRAPHY) 6. Fill in the blanks: [4 × 1 = 4] (a) The World Environment Day is celebrated on _______________. (b) The process of transformation of the rock from one to another is known as the ______________. (c) The steep rocky coast rising almost vertically above sea water is called __________________. (d) __________________ measures atmospheric pressure. 7. Name the following: [3 × 1 = 3] (a) The hard top layer of the earth which is made up of rocks and minerals and covered by a thin layer of soil.

346

Social Science—VII

(b) The dead remains of plants and animals. (c) The forces that work on the surface of the earth. 8. Answer the following questions in short: (a) Why do wet clothes take longer time to dry on a humid day? (b) Rise of wool industry in the Velds. Why? (c) Why are there scanty vegetation in the deserts? 9. Answer the following questions: (a) What is the water cycle? (b) What type of vegetation is found in the Mediterranean region? (c) How are rural settlements different from urban settlements? 10. Locate the following in the map provided:  Rocky Mountains, the Great Lakes, and river Mississippi

[3 × 2 = 6]

[3 × 3 = 9]

[3 × 1 = 3]

Sample Paper—II

347

SECTION C (POLITICAL SCIENCE) 11. Match the given columns:  [4 × 1 = 4] Column A Column B (i) Prohibition of Discrimination (a) 2001 (ii) Midday meal (b) Article 15 (iii) Civil Rights (c) 1995 (iv) Disability Act (d) 1964 12. Give brief answers to the following questions: [3 × 1 = 3] (a) What do you mean by living standard? (b) Who is the Head of State? (c) What is Legislative Assembly? 13. Give short answers to the following questions: [3 × 2 = 6] (a) “The work women do is strenuous and physically demanding.” Explain why? (b) Mention any two stereotypes, about what women can or cannot do. (c) Why do people not bargain in shops located in malls whereas they bargain in weekly markets? 14. Answer the following questions: [4 × 3 = 12] (a) How can you say that media is far from freedom? (b) Mention the drawbacks of advertising. (c) You have read the chapter on advertising. Why does the businesspersons spend ` 300 per shirt on advertising? Discuss. (d) Write a note on struggles for equality.

Sample Paper—III Time: 3 Hours

Maximum Marks: 80

General Instructions (i) The question paper has 27 questions in all. All questions are compulsory. (ii) Question paper is divided among 3 sections. Section A: History contains 5 questions with 30 marks. Section B: Geography contains 5 questions with 25 marks. Section C: Social and Political Life contains 4 questions with 25 marks. (iii) Section A: Question from serial number 1 to 7 are Very Short Answer Type Questions each question carry 1 mark. Section B: Question from serial number 8 to 18 are Short Answer Type Questions each question carry 3 marks. Answer to these questions should not exceed 80 words. Section C: Question from serial number 19 to 27 are Long Answer Type Questions each question carry 5 marks. Answer to these questions should not exceed 100 words. (iv) Question number 26 is a map question from History with 1 mark each. (v) Question number 27 is a map question from Geography with 3 marks each. After completion, attach the maps inside your answer book.

SECTION A (HISTORY) 1. State whether the following sentences are true or false: [5 × 1 = 5] (a) People were grouped into ‘jatis’ on the basis of their backgrounds and occupations. (b) In the Mughal kingdom groups of villages forming larger units are called nadu. (c) Tawarikh was written in Sanskrit. (d) Hattas were the small street markets. (e) Surdas’ devotional songs were composed in Awadhi. 2. Answer the following questions in a word or two: [4 × 1 = 4] (a) What is the person who draws and makes maps called? (b) What is the description of achievements and praise of kings written by royal poets known as? (c) What was the other name for Iqtadar? (d) What is the Persian style of chorus singing popularized by the Sufi saints called? 3. Answer the following questions in short: [3 × 2 = 6] (a) What was the role of the zamindar in Mughal administration? (b) Why do you think the Mughals tried to conquer the land of Ahoms? (c) How did Dantidurga become an emperor? 4. Answer the following questions:  [4 × 3 = 12] (a) How did Babur invade India? (b) What were the ideas of Jalaluddin Rumi? (c) What are the characteristics of the tribal societies?

348

Sample Paper—III

349

(d) Match the following columns: Column A Column B (a) Anantavarman (i) Kerala (b) Jagannatha (ii) Bengal (c) Mahodayapuram (iii) Orissa (d) Lilatilakam (iv) Kangra (e) Mangalakavya (v) Puri (f) Miniature (vi) Kerala 5. Look at the given picture and answer the following questions. [3 × 1 = 3] Describe what the labourers are doing, the tools shown and the means of carrying stones.

Social Science—VII

350

SECTION B (GEOGRAPHY) 6. Choose the correct answer from the given options: [4 × 1 = 4] (a) What do the plant and animal kingdom together make? A. Atmosphere B. Lithosphere C. Hydrosphere D. Biosphere (b) Ox-bow lakes are formed in A. Glaciers B. Deserts C. River valleys D. Mountains (c) Meteorites burn in this layer A. Stratosphere B. Mesosphere C. Ionosphere D. Troposphere (d) The rhythmic rise and fall of ocean water twice in a day is called A. Tide B. Current C. Wave D. Flow 7. Define the following terms: [3 × 1 = 3] (a) Atmosphere (b) Erosion. (c) Insolation 8. Answer the following questions in short: [3 × 2 = 6] (a) How are high tides useful? (b) What are the conditions for selection of an ideal site for settlement? (c) What is hydrosphere? 9. Answer the following questions: [3 × 3 = 9] (a) Where are tropical grasslands found? What are the characteristics of this region? (b) Why are the Prairies known as the ‘Granaries of the World’? (c) What are the summer and winter activities of the people staying in Ladakh? Name some of the famous monasteries present in Ladakh? 10. Identify the monuments in the following pictures and mention what kind of stone they are made up of: [3 × 1 = 3] (a)

(b)

(c)

SECTION C (POLITICAL SCIENCE) 11. Below are some data from a special study done by the Central Statistical Organization of India (1998-1999). See if you can fill in the blanks. [4 × 1 = 4] (i) What are the total number of work hours spent by women in Haryana and Tamil Nadu each week?

Sample Paper—III

351

(ii) How does this compare with the total number of work hours spent by men? State

Women Paid (Work hours per week)

Women Unpaid (Housework hour per week

Women (Total)

Men Men Unpaid Men Paid (Housework (Total) (Work hours per hours week per week)

Haryana

23

30

?

38

2

?

Tamil Nadu

19

35

?

40

4

?

12. Choose the correct option from the given choices: [3 × 1 = 3] (a) What does democracy mean? A. Unequal rights B. Equal right to vote C. Discrimination D. All of these (b) Who drafted the Indian Constitution? A. Dr. B. R. Ambedkar B. Mahatma Gandhi C. Pt. J. L. Nehru D. Lal Bahadur Shastri (c) The word ‘government’ in common usage refers to A. Government departments B. Various ministers heading the government departments C. Both (a) and (b) D. None of the above 13. Give short answers to the following questions: [3 × 2 = 6] (a) Why should we pay taxes to government? (b) What are some of the pressures that boys experience? (c) How are small farmers in the grip of the local trader? 14. Answer the following questions: [4 × 3 = 12] (a) In what ways does the media play an important role in a democracy? (b) How are small businessmen affected in this age of advertisements? (c) Why do people go to a weekly market? Give three reasons. (d) Write a note on the Tawa Matsya Sangh.

CBSE CBSE in

2021

SOCIAL SCIENCE

2021

CBSE

2021 in

SOCIAL SCIENCE

7

The Ultimate Exam Preparation Kit Strictly based on CBSE Latest Syllabus  Basic Concepts  In a Nutshell  Keywords with explaina on  Date Line  NCERT Textbook Exercises  Objec ve Type Ques ons  Mul ple Choice Ques ons  Addi onal Ques ons  Self-Assessment Test 

ISBN 978-93-5274-590-6

9 789352 745906

LAXMI PUBLICATIONS (P) LTD (An ISO 9001:2015 Company)

9789352745906- 0299

M.R.P. ` 299.00 X07-9030-299-EXAM KIT IN SOC SC VII

7